Document:

exv10w1

Exhibit 10.1

MARKLEY ACTUARIAL SERVICES, INC.

DEFINED CONTRIBUTION VOLUME SUBMITTER PLAN AND TRUST

 

 

TABLE
OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	ARTICLE I 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	DEFINITIONS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE II	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ADMINISTRATION	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	2.1

	 	POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER
	 	 	14	 
	2.2

	 	DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY
	 	 	14	 
	2.3

	 	ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES
	 	 	14	 
	2.4

	 	POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR
	 	 	14	 
	2.5

	 	RECORDS AND REPORTS
	 	 	15	 
	2.6

	 	APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS
	 	 	15	 
	2.7

	 	INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER
	 	 	15	 
	2.8

	 	PAYMENT OF EXPENSES
	 	 	16	 
	2.9

	 	MAJORITY ACTIONS
	 	 	16	 
	2.10

	 	CLAIMS PROCEDURE
	 	 	16	 
	2.11

	 	CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE
	 	 	16	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE III 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ELIGIBILITY	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	3.1

	 	CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY
	 	 	16	 
	3.2

	 	EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION
	 	 	16	 
	3.3

	 	DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY
	 	 	17	 
	3.4

	 	TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY
	 	 	17	 
	3.5

	 	REHIRED EMPLOYEES AND BREAKS IN SERVICE
	 	 	17	 
	3.6

	 	ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE
	 	 	18	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE IV	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	4.1

	 	FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION
	 	 	18	 
	4.2

	 	TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION
	 	 	19	 
	4.3

	 	ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS
	 	 	19	 
	4.4

	 	MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS
	 	 	25	 
	4.5

	 	ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS
	 	 	27	 
	4.6

	 	ROLLOVERS
	 	 	28	 
	4.7

	 	PLAN-TO-PLAN TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS
	 	 	28	 
	4.8

	 	AFTER-TAX VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
	 	 	29	 
	4.9

	 	QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS
	 	 	30	 
	4.10

	 	PARTICIPANT DIRECTED INVESTMENTS
	 	 	30	 
	4.11

	 	INTEGRATION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN
	 	 	31	 
	4.12

	 	QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE
	 	 	31	 

©
2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

i

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	ARTICLE V	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	VALUATIONS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	5.1

	 	VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND
	 	 	31	 
	5.2

	 	METHOD OF VALUATION
	 	 	31	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE VI 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	6.1

	 	DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT
	 	 	32	 
	6.2

	 	DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH
	 	 	32	 
	6.3

	 	DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY
	 	 	33	 
	6.4

	 	DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION
	 	 	33	 
	6.5

	 	DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS
	 	 	34	 
	6.6

	 	DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH
	 	 	38	 
	6.7

	 	TIME OF DISTRIBUTION
	 	 	39	 
	6.8

	 	REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS
	 	 	39	 
	6.9

	 	DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR OR INCOMPETENT INDIVIDUAL
	 	 	43	 
	6.10

	 	LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN
	 	 	43	 
	6.11

	 	IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION
	 	 	44	 
	6.12

	 	ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP
	 	 	44	 
	6.13

	 	SPECIAL RULE FOR CERTAIN PROFIT SHARING PLANS
	 	 	44	 
	6.14

	 	QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER DISTRIBUTION
	 	 	45	 
	6.15

	 	DIRECT ROLLOVERS
	 	 	45	 
	6.16

	 	TRANSFER OF ASSETS FROM A MONEY PURCHASE PLAN
	 	 	46	 
	6.17

	 	CORRECTIVE DISTRIBUTIONS
	 	 	46	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE VII	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	7.1

	 	BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE
	 	 	46	 
	7.2

	 	INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF DISCRETIONARY TRUSTEE
	 	 	47	 
	7.3

	 	INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF NONDISCRETIONARY TRUSTEE
	 	 	49	 
	7.4

	 	POWERS AND DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN
	 	 	50	 
	7.5

	 	LIFE INSURANCE
	 	 	50	 
	7.6

	 	LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS
	 	 	51	 
	7.7

	 	ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES
	 	 	52	 
	7.8

	 	TRUSTEE’S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES
	 	 	52	 
	7.9

	 	ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE
	 	 	52	 
	7.10

	 	AUDIT
	 	 	53	 
	7.11

	 	RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE
	 	 	53	 
	7.12

	 	TRANSFER OF INTEREST
	 	 	53	 
	7.13

	 	TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION
	 	 	54	 
	7.14

	 	EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY
	 	 	54	 

©
2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

ii

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	ARTICLE VIII	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGERS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	8.1

	 	AMENDMENT
	 	 	54	 
	8.2

	 	TERMINATION
	 	 	54	 
	8.3

	 	MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS
	 	 	55	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE IX 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	9.1

	 	TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS
	 	 	55	 
	9.2

	 	DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS
	 	 	55	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE X 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	MISCELLANEOUS 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	10.1

	 	EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS
	 	 	57	 
	10.2

	 	PARTICIPANTS RIGHTS
	 	 	57	 
	10.3

	 	ALIENATION
	 	 	57	 
	10.4

	 	CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN
	 	 	57	 
	10.5

	 	GENDER AND NUMBER
	 	 	57	 
	10.6

	 	LEGAL ACTION
	 	 	58	 
	10.7

	 	PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS
	 	 	58	 
	10.8

	 	EMPLOYER’S AND TRUSTEE’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE
	 	 	58	 
	10.9

	 	INSURER’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE
	 	 	58	 
	10.10

	 	RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS
	 	 	58	 
	10.11

	 	ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER
	 	 	58	 
	10.12

	 	NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY
	 	 	58	 
	10.13

	 	HEADINGS
	 	 	59	 
	10.14

	 	APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE
	 	 	59	 
	10.15

	 	UNIFORMITY
	 	 	59	 
	10.16

	 	PAYMENT OF BENEFITS
	 	 	59	 
	10.17

	 	ELECTRONIC MEDIA
	 	 	59	 
	10.18

	 	PLAN CORRECTION
	 	 	59	 
	10.19

	 	NONTRUSTEED PLANS
	 	 	59	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE XI 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	11.1

	 	ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER
	 	 	60	 
	11.2

	 	REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS
	 	 	60	 
	11.3

	 	DESIGNATION OF AGENT
	 	 	60	 
	11.4

	 	EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS
	 	 	60	 
	11.5

	 	PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES
	 	 	60	 
	11.6

	 	AMENDMENT
	 	 	61	 
	11.7

	 	DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION
	 	 	61	 
	11.8

	 	ADMINISTRATOR’S AUTHORITY
	 	 	61	 
	11.9

	 	PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE
	 	 	61	 

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

iii

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	ARTICLE XII	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	CASH OR DEFERRED PROVISIONS	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	12.1

	 	FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION
	 	 	61	 
	12.2

	 	PARTICIPANT’S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION
	 	 	62	 
	12.3 12.4

	 	ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS

ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS
	 	 	64

65	 
	12.5

	 	ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS
	 	 	67	 
	12.6

	 	ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS
	 	 	70	 
	12.7

	 	ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS
	 	 	72	 
	12.8

	 	SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS
	 	 	74	 
	12.9

	 	ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP
	 	 	76	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE XIII 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	SIMPLE 401(K) PROVISIONS 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	13.1

	 	SIMPLE 401(k) PROVISIONS
	 	 	77	 
	13.2

	 	DEFINITIONS
	 	 	77	 
	13.3

	 	CONTRIBUTIONS
	 	 	77	 
	13.4

	 	ELECTION AND NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
	 	 	78	 
	13.5

	 	VESTING REQUIREMENTS
	 	 	78	 
	13.6

	 	TOP-HEAVY RULES
	 	 	78	 
	13.7

	 	NONDISCRIMINATION TESTS
	 	 	78	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ARTICLE XIV 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PROVISIONS 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	14.1

	 	ELECTION AND OVERRIDING EFFECT
	 	 	78	 
	14.2

	 	DEFINITIONS
	 	 	79	 
	14.3

	 	PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER ELECTIONS
	 	 	79	 
	14.4

	 	HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE STATUS	 	 	79	 
	14.5

	 	TESTING
	 	 	79	 
	14.6

	 	TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS
	 	 	80	 
	14.7

	 	COMPENSATION
	 	 	80	 
	14.8

	 	SERVICES
	 	 	80	 
	14.9

	 	REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS
	 	 	80	 
	14.10

	 	COOPERATION AND INDEMNIFICATION
	 	 	80	 
	14.11

	 	TRANSITION RULES
	 	 	81	 
	14.12

	 	INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION
	 	 	81	 
	14.13

	 	VOLUNTARY TERMINATION
	 	 	82	 

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

iv 

 

Volume Submitter Plan

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

     As used in this Plan, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings set forth herein
unless a different meaning is clearly required by the context:

1.1 “Account” means any separate notational account established and maintained by the Administrator
for each Participant under the
Plan. To the extent applicable, a Participant may have any (or all) of the following Accounts:

(a) “Combined Account” means the account representing the Participant’s total interest under the
Plan resulting from (a) the Employer’s contributions in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan or
Money Purchase Plan, and (b) the Employer Nonelective Contributions in the case of a 401(k)
Profit Sharing Plan. Separate accountings shall be maintained with respect to that portion of a
Participant’s Account attributable to Employer contributions made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(2)
and to Employer contributions made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(3).

(b) “Elective Deferral Account” means the account established hereunder to which Elective
Deferrals (including a separate accounting for Catch-Up Contributions) are allocated. Amounts in
the Participant’s Elective Deferral Account are nonforfeitable when made and are subject to the
distribution restrictions of Section 12.2(d). For calendar years beginning after December 31,
2005, the Elective Deferral Account may consist of the sub-Accounts listed below. Unless
specifically stated otherwise, any reference to a Participant’s Elective Deferral Account will
refer to both of these sub-Accounts.

(1) “Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account” means the portion of the Elective Deferral Account
attributable to Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals (i.e., Elective Deferrals that are not subject to
Federal Income Tax at the time of their deferral to the Plan).

(2) “Roth Elective Deferral Account” means the portion of the Elective Deferral Account
attributable to Roth Elective Deferrals (i.e., that are subject to Federal Income Tax at the
time of their deferral).

(c) “Qualified Matching Contribution Account” means the account established hereunder to which
Qualified Matching Contributions are allocated. Amounts in the Qualified Matching Contribution
Account are nonforfeitable when made and are subject to the distribution restrictions of Section
12.2(d).

(d)
“Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account” means the account established hereunder to
which Qualified Nonelective Contributions are allocated. Amounts in the Qualified Nonelective
Contribution Account are nonforfeitable when made and are subject to the distribution
restrictions of Section 12.2(d).

(e) “Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account” means the account established
hereunder to which a Participant’s tax-deductible qualified voluntary employee contributions
made pursuant to Section 4.9 are allocated.

(f) “Rollover Account” means the account established hereunder to which amounts
transferred from another qualified plan or Individual Retirement Account in accordance
with Section 4.6 are allocated.

(g) “Transfer Account” means the account established hereunder to which amounts transferred to
this Plan from a direct plan-to-plan transfer in accordance with Section 4.7 are allocated.

(h) “Voluntary Contribution Account” means the account established hereunder to which after-tax
voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.8 are allocated. Amounts
recharacterized as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section 12.5 shall
remain subject to the limitations of Section 12.2. Therefore, a separate accounting shall be
maintained with respect to that portion of the Voluntary Contribution Account attributable to
after-tax voluntary Employee contributions made pursuant to Section 4.8.

1.2 “ACP” means the “Actual Contribution Percentage” determined pursuant to Section 12.6(d).

1.3 “Act” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.4 “ADP” means the “Actual Deferral Percentage” determined pursuant to Section 12.4(d).

1.5 “Administrator” means the Employer unless another person or entity has been designated by the
Employer pursuant to Section 2.2 to administer the Plan on behalf of the Employer. “Administrator”
also includes any Qualified Termination Administrator (QTA) that has assumed the responsibilities
of the Administrator in accordance with guidelines set forth by the Department of Labor.

1.6 “Adoption Agreement” means the separate agreement which is executed by the Employer and sets
forth the elective provisions of this Plan and Trust as specified by the Employer.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

1

 

Volume Submitter Plan

1.7 “Affiliated Employer” means any corporation which is a member of a controlled group of
corporations (as defined in Code Section 414(b)) which includes the Employer; any trade or business
(whether or not incorporated) which is under common control (as defined in Code Section 414(c))
with the Employer; any organization (whether or not incorporated} which is a member of an
affiliated service group (as defined in Code Section 4l4(m)) which includes the Employer; and any
other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to Regulations under Code Section
414(o).

1.8 “Anniversary Date” means the last day of the Plan Year.

1.9 “Annuity Starting Date” means, with respect to any Participant, the first day of the first
period for which an amount is paid as an annuity, or in the case of a benefit not payable in the
form of an annuity, the first day on which all events have occurred which entitles the Participant
to such benefit.

1.10 “Beneficiary” means the person (or entity) to whom all or a portion of a deceased
Participant’s interest in the Plan is payable, subject to the restrictions of Sections 6.2 and 6.6.

1.11 “Catch-Up Contribution” means, effective for taxable years beginning after December 31, 2001,
an Elective Deferral made to the Plan by a Catch-Up Eligible Participant that, during any taxable
year of such Participant, exceeds one of the following:

(a) a statutory dollar limit on Elective Deferrals or “annual additions” as provided in Code
Sections 401(a)(30), 402(h). 403(b), 408, 415(c), or 457(b)(2) (without regard to Code Section
457(b)(3)), as applicable;

(b) any Plan limit on Elective Deferrals other than a limit described in (a) above; or the limit
imposed by the actual deferral percentage (ADP) test under Code Section 401(k)(3) which Excess
Contributions would otherwise be distributed pursuant to Section 12.5(b) to a Highly Compensated
Employee who is a Catch-Up Eligible Participant.

     Catch-Up Contributions for a Participant for a Participant’s taxable year may not exceed the
dollar limit on Catch-Up Contributions under Code Section 414(v) for the Participant’s taxable
year. The dollar limit on Catch-Up Contributions under Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) is $1,000 for
taxable years beginning in 2002, increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $5,000 for
taxable years beginning in 2006 and later years. After 2006, the $5,000 limit will be adjusted by
the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 414(v)(2)(C). Any
such adjustments shall be in multiples of $500. Notwithstanding the preceding, different dollar
limits apply to Catch-Up Contributions under SIMPLE 401(k) plans.

1.12 “Catch-Up Eligible Participant” means, for any Participant’s taxable year beginning after
December 31, 2001, a Participant who:

(a) is eligible to make Elective Deferrals to the Plan pursuant to Section 12.2; and

(b) will attain age 50 or older by the end of such taxable year.

1.13 “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.

1.14 “Compensation” means, with respect to any Participant and except as otherwise provided below
and in the Adoption Agreement,

(a) one of the following as elected in the Adoption Agreement:

(1) Information required to be reported under Code Sections 6041, 6051 and 6052 (Wages, tips
and other compensation as
reported on Form W-2). Compensation means wages, within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a),
and all other payments of
compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer’s trade or
business) for which the Employer is
required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3)
and 6052. Compensation must be
determined without regard to any rules under Code Section 3401(a) that limit the
remuneration included in wages based on the
nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for
agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).

(2) Code Section 3401(a) Wages. Compensation means an Employee’s wages within the meaning of
Code Section 3401(a) for
the purposes of income tax withholding at the source but determined without regard to any
rules that limit the remuneration
included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services
performed (such as the exception for
agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

2

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(3) 415 safe harbor compensation. Compensation means wages, salaries, and fees for
professional services and other amounts received (without regard to whether or not an amount
is paid in cash) for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with
the Employer maintaining the Plan to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross
income (including, but not limited to commissions paid salespersons, compensation for
services on the basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance premiums, tips,
bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements, or other expense allowances under a
nonaccountable plan (as described in Regulation Section 1.62-2(c))), and excluding the
following:

(i) Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation which are not includible
in the Employee’s gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, or Employer
contributions under a simplified employee pension plan to the extent such contributions
are excludable from the Employee’s gross income, or any distributions from a plan of
deferred compensation;

(ii) Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified stock option, or when
restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable
or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture;

(iii) Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired
under a qualified stock option; and

(iv) Other amounts which receive special tax benefits, or contributions made by the
Employer (whether or not under a salary reduction agreement) towards the purchase of an
annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b) (whether or not the contributions are
actually excludable from the gross income of the Employee).

(b) However, Compensation for any Self-Employed Individual shall be equal to Earned Income.
Furthermore, the contributions on behalf of any Owner-Employee shall be made only with respect
to the Earned Income for such Owner-Employee which is derived from the trade or business with
respect to which such Plan is established.

(c) Compensation shall include only that Compensation which is actually paid to the Participant
during the determination period. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the determination
period shall be the period elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. If the Employer
makes no election, the determination period shall be the Plan Year.

(d) Notwithstanding the above, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, Compensation shall
include all of the following types of elective contributions and all of the following types
of deferred compensation:

(1) Elective contributions that are made by the Employer on behalf of a Participant that are
not includible in gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B), 403(b), and
132(f)(4). If specified in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted Elections),
amounts under Code Section 125 shall be deemed to include any amounts not available to a
Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to
certify that he or she has other health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount
under Code Section 125 pursuant to the preceding sentence only if the Employer does not
request or collect information regarding the Participant’s other health coverage as part of
the enrollment process for the health plan.

(2) Compensation deferred under an eligible deferred compensation plan within the meaning of
Code Section 457(b); and

(3) Employee contributions (under governmental plans) described in Code Section
414(h)(2) that are picked up by the employing unit and thus are treated as Employer
contributions.

(e) If the Employer elects, in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted
Elections), to apply the post-severance compensation provisions of the proposed Code Section 415
Regulations, then Compensation will include payments made within 2 1/2 months after severance
from employment (within the meaning of Code Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(1)) if they are payments
that, absent a severance from employment, would have been paid to the Employee while the
Employee continued in employment with the Employer and are regular compensation for services
during the Employee’s regular working hours, compensation for services outside the Employee’s
regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other
similar compensation, and payments for accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only
if the Employee would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued. Any payments
not described above are not considered Compensation if paid after severance from employment,
even if they are paid within 2 1/2 months following severance from employment, except for
payments to an individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer by reason of
qualified military service (within the meaning of Code Section 414(u)(l)) to the extent these
payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had
continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.

(f) For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, Compensation in excess of $200,000
shall be disregarded for all purposes, except that for purposes of salary deferral elections,
the Administrator is not required to disregard Compensation in excess of $200,000. Such amount
shall be adjusted by the Commissioner for increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with
Code Section 401(a)(17)(B). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies
to any determination period beginning with or within such calendar year. If a determination
period consists of fewer than twelve (12) months, the $200,000 annual Compensation limit will be
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the determination
period, and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services. Inc.

3

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(g) If,
in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer elects to exclude a class of Employees from
the Plan, then Compensation for any Employee who becomes eligible or ceases to be eligible to
participate during a determination period shall only include Compensation while the Employee is
an Eligible Employee.

(h) If, in connection with the adoption of any amendment, the definition of Compensation has
been modified, then, except as otherwise provided herein, for Plan Years prior to the Plan Year
which includes the adoption date of such amendment, Compensation means compensation determined
pursuant to the terms of the Plan then in effect.

1.15 “Contract” or “Policy” means any life insurance policy, retirement income policy, or annuity
contract (group or individual) issued by the Insurer. In the event of any conflict between the
terms of this Plan and the terms of any contract purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall
control.

1.16 “Custodian” means a person or entity that has custody of all or any portion of the Plan
assets.

1.17 “Designated Investment Alternative” means a specific investment identified by name by the
Employer (or such other Fiduciary who has been given the authority to select investment options) as
an available investment under the Plan to which Plan assets may be invested by the Trustee (or
Insurer) pursuant to the investment direction of a Participant.

1.18 “Directed Investment Option” means a Designated Investment Alternative and any other
investment permitted by the Plan and the Participant Direction Procedures to which Plan assets may
be invested pursuant to the investment direction of a Participant.

1.19 “Directed Trustee” means a Trustee who, with respect to the investment of Plan assets, is
subject to the direction of the Plan Administrator, the Employer, a properly appointed Investment
Manager, a named Fiduciary, or Plan Participant. To the extent the Trustee is a Directed Trustee,
the Trustee does not have any discretionary authority with respect to the investment of Plan
assets. In addition, the Trustee is not responsible for the propriety of any directed investment
made pursuant to this Section and shall not be required to consult or advise the Employer regarding
the investment quality of any directed investment held under the Plan.

1.20 “Discretionary Trustee” means a Trustee who has the authority and discretion to invest, manage
or control any portion of the Plan assets without direction from any person or entity.

1..21 “Early Retirement Date” means the date specified in the Adoption Agreement on which a
Participant has satisfied the requirements specified in the Adoption Agreement (Early Retirement
Age). If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant shall become fully Vested upon satisfying
such requirements if the Participant is still employed at the Early Retirement Age,

     A Participant who separates from service after satisfying any service requirement but before
satisfying the age requirement for Early Retirement Age and who thereafter reaches the age
requirement contained herein shall be entitled to receive benefits under this Plan (other than any
accelerated vesting and allocations of Employer contributions) as though the requirements for Early
Retirement Age had been satisfied.

1.22 “Earned Income” means the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with
respect to which the Plan is established,
for which the personal services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net
earnings will be determined without regard to
items not included in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items. Net earnings are
reduced by contributions made by the
Employer to a qualified plan to the extent deductible under Code Section 404. In addition, net
earnings shall be determined with regard to
the deduction allowed to the taxpayer by Code Section 164(f).

     If Compensation is defined to exclude any items of Compensation (other than Elective
Deferrals), then for purposes of determining the Compensation of a Self-Employed Individual, Earned
Income shall be adjusted by multiplying Earned Income by the percentage of total Compensation that
is included for the Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees. The percentage
is determined by calculating the percentage of each Nonhighly Compensated Eligible Participant’s
total Compensation prior to excluding any items selected in the Adjustments to Compensation Section
of the Adoption Agreement that is included in the definition of Compensation and averaging those
percentages.

1.23 “Effective Date” means the date this Plan, including any restatement or amendment of this
Plan, is effective. Where the Plan is
restated or amended, a reference to Effective Date is the effective date of the restatement or
amendment, except where the context indicates
a reference to an earlier Effective Date. If this Plan is retroactively effective, the provisions
of this Plan generally control. However, if the
provisions of this Plan are different from the provisions of the
Employer’s prior plan document and, after the retroactive Effective Date of
this Plan, the Employer operated in compliance with the provisions of the prior plan, the
provisions of such prior plan are incorporated into
this Plan for purposes of determining whether the Employer operated the Plan in compliance with its
terms, provided operation in
compliance with the terms of the prior plan do not violate any qualification requirements under the
Code. Regulations, or other IRS
guidance.

     The Employer may designate special effective dates for individual provisions under the Plan
where provided in the Adoption Agreement or under Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other
Permitted Elections). If one or more qualified retirement plans have

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

4

 

Volume Submitter Plan

been merged into this Plan, the provisions of the merging plan(s) will remain in full force and
effect until the effective date of the plan merger(s).

1.24 “Elective Deferrals” means the Employer’s contributions to the Plan that are made pursuant to
a Participant’s deferral election pursuant to Section 12.2, excluding any such amounts distributed
as “excess annual additions” pursuant to Section 4.5. Elective Deferrals shall be subject to the
requirements of Sections 12.2(c) and 12.2(d) and shall, except as otherwise provided herein, be
required to satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements of the Code Section 40l(k) Regulations.
For calendar years beginning after December 31, 2005, the term “Elective Deferrals” includes
Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals and Roth Elective Deferrals.

1.25 “Eligible Employee” means any Eligible Employee as elected in the Adoption Agreement and as
provided herein. An individual shall not be an Eligible Employee if such individual is not reported
on the payroll records of the Employer as a common law employee. In particular, it is expressly
intended that individuals not treated as common law employees by the Employer on its payroll
records and out-sourced workers, are not Eligible Employees and are excluded from Plan
participation even if a court or administrative agency determines that such individuals are common
law employees and not independent contractors. However, the two preceding sentences shall not apply
to partners or other Self-Employed Individuals unless the Employer treats them as independent
contractors. Furthermore, Employees of an Affiliated Employer will not be treated as Eligible
Employees prior to the date the Affiliated Employer adopts the Plan as a Participating Employer.

     Employees who became Employees as the result of a “Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) transaction”
will, unless otherwise specified in the Adoption Agreement, only be Eligible Employees after the
expiration of the transition period beginning on the date of the transaction and ending on the last
day of the first Plan Year beginning after the date of the transaction. A Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)
transaction is an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or similar transaction involving a change in
the Employer of the Employees of a trade or business that is subject to the special rules set forth
in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C). However, regardless of any election made in the Adoption Agreement,
if a separate entity becomes an Affiliated Employer as the result of a Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)
transaction, then Employees of such separate entity will not be treated as Eligible Employees prior
to the date the entity adopts the Plan as a Participating Employer.

     If, in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer elects to exclude union employees, then Employees
whose employment is governed by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and
“employee representatives” under which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith
bargaining and if two percent (2%) or less of the Employees covered pursuant to that agreement are
professionals as defined in Regulation Section 1.410(b)-9, shall not be eligible to participate in
this Plan to the extent of employment covered by such agreement. For this purpose, the term
“employee representatives” does not include any organization more than half of whose members are
employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer.

     If, in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer elects to exclude nonresident aliens, then
Employees who are nonresident aliens (within the meaning of Code
Section 7701(b)(1)(B)) who
received no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which
constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section
861(a)(3)) shall not be eligible to participate in this Plan. In addition, this paragraph shall
also apply to exclude from participation in the Plan an Employee who is a nonresident alien (within
the meaning of Code Section 7701(b)(1)(B)) but who receives earned income (within the meaning of
Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer that constitutes income from sources within the United
States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)), if all of the Employee’s earned income from
the Employer from sources within the United States is exempt from United States income tax under an
applicable income tax convention. The preceding sentence will apply only if all Employees described
in the preceding sentence are excluded from the Plan.

If, in the Adoption Agreement, the Employer elects to exclude Part-Time/Temporary/Seasonal
Employees, then notwithstanding any such exclusion, if any such excluded Employee actually
completes a Year of Service (or Period of Service if the Elapsed Time method is selected), then
such Employee will enter the Plan on the next entry date following completion of the Year of
Service (or, if applicable, Period of Service), provided the Employee is employed by the Employer
on that entry date.

1.26 “Employee” means any person who is employed by the Employer. The term “Employee” shall also
include any person who is an employee of an Affiliated Employer and any Leased Employee deemed
to be an Employee as provided in Code Section 414(n) or (o).

1.27 “Employer” means the entity specified in the Adoption Agreement, any successor which shall
maintain this Plan and any predecessor which has maintained this Plan. In addition, unless the
context means otherwise, the term “Employer” shall include any Participating Employer which shall
adopt this Plan.

1.28 “Excess Aggregate Contributions” means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

(a) The aggregate “contribution percentage amounts” (as defined in Section 12.6) actually made
on behalf of Highly Compensated Participants for such Plan Year and taken into account in
computing the numerator of the ACP, over

(b) The maximum “contribution percentage amounts” permitted by the ACP test in Section 12.6
(determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated
Participants in order of their “contribution percentages” beginning with the highest of such
percentages).

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

5

 

Volume Submitter Plan

     Such determination shall be made after first taking into account corrections of any Excess
Deferrals pursuant to Section 12.2 and then taking into account adjustments of any Excess
Contributions pursuant to Section 12.5.

1.29 “Excess Compensation” means, with respect to a Plan that is integrated with Social Security
(permitted disparity), a Participant’s Compensation which is in excess of the integration level
elected in the Adoption Agreement. However, if Compensation is based on less than a twelve (12)
month determination period. Excess Compensation shall be determined by reducing the integration
level by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full months in the short period and
the denominator of which is twelve (12). A determination period is not less than twelve (12) months
solely because a Participant’s Compensation does not include Compensation paid during a
determination period while the Participant was not a Participant in this component of the Plan.

1.30 “Excess Contributions” means, with respect to any Plan Year, the excess of:

(a) The aggregate amount of Employer contributions actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated
Participants for such Plan Year and taken into account in computing the numerator of the ADP,
over

(b) The maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP test in Section 12.4
(determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on behalf of Highly Compensated
Participants in order of the actual deferral ratios, beginning with the highest of such ratios).

     In determining the amount of Excess Contributions to be distributed and/or recharacterized
with respect to an affected Highly Compensated Participant as determined herein, such amount
shall be reduced by any Excess Deferrals previously distributed to such affected Highly
Compensated Participant for the Participant’s taxable year ending with or within such Plan
Year.

1.31 “Excess Deferrals” means, with respect to any taxable year of a Participant, either (I) those
elective deferrals within the meaning of Code Sections 402(g) or 402A that are made during the
Participant’s taxable year and exceed the dollar limitation under Code Section 402(g) (including,
if applicable, the dollar limitation on Catch-Up Contributions defined in Code Section 414(v)) for
such year; or (2) are made during a calendar year and exceed the dollar limitation under Code
Sections 402(g) and 402A (including, if applicable, the dollar limitation on Catch-Up Contributions
defined in Code Section 414(v)) for the Participant’s taxable year beginning in such calendar year,
counting only Elective Deferrals made under this Plan and any other plan, contract or arrangement
maintained by the Employer.

1.32 “Fiduciary” means any person who (a) exercises any discretionary authority or discretionary
control respecting management of the Plan or exercises any authority or control respecting
management or disposition of its assets, (b) renders investment advice for a fee or other
compensation, direct or indirect, with respect to any monies or other property of the Plan or has
any authority or responsibility to do so, or (c) has any discretionary authority or discretionary
responsibility in the administration of the Plan.

1.33 “Fiscal Year” means the Employer’s accounting year.

1.34 “Forfeiture” means that portion of a Participant’s Account that is not Vested and is disposed
of in accordance with the provisions of
the Plan. Unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, Forfeitures occur pursuant to (a)
below.

     (a) A Forfeiture will occur on the earlier of:

(1) The last day of the Plan Year in which a Participant incurs five (5) consecutive 1-Year
Breaks in Service, or

(2) The distribution of the entire Vested portion of the Participant’s Account of a
Participant who has severed employment with the Employer. For purposes of this provision, if
the Participant has a Vested benefit of zero, then such Participant shall be deemed to have
received a distribution of such Vested benefit as of the year in which the severance of
employment occurs. For this purpose, a Participant’s Vested benefit shall not include: (1)
the Participant’s Qualified Voluntary Contribution Account, and (2) the Participant’s
Rollover Account.

(b) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a Forfeiture will occur as of the last day of the Plan
Year in which a Participant incurs
five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service.

     Regardless of the preceding, if a Participant is eligible to share in the allocation of
Forfeitures in the year in which the Forfeiture would otherwise occur, then the Forfeiture will not
occur until the end of the first Plan Year for which the Participant is not eligible to share in
the allocation of Forfeitures. Furthermore, the term “Forfeiture” shall also include amounts deemed
to be Forfeitures pursuant to any other provision of this Plan.

1.35 “Former Employee” means an individual who has severed employment with the Employer or an
Affiliated Employer.

1.36
“414(s) Compensation” means Compensation as defined in Section 1.14. However, the Employer may
operationally elect to use any other definition of compensation for 414(s) Compensation provided
such definition satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Code Section 4l4(s) and the
Regulations thereunder. The period for determining 414(s) Compensation must be either the Plan Year
or the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year. An Employer may further limit the period
taken into account to that part of the Plan

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

6

 

Volume Submitter Plan

Year or calendar year in which an Employee was a Participant in the component of the Plan being
tested. The period used to determine 414(s) Compensation must be applied uniformly to all
Participants for the Plan Year.

1.37 “415 Compensation” means, with respect to any Participant, such Participant’s (a) Wages, tips
and other compensation on Form W-2, (b) Section 3401(a) wages or (c) 415 safe harbor compensation as
elected in the Adoption Agreement for purposes of Compensation. 415 Compensation shall be based on
the full Limitation Year regardless of when participation in the Plan commences. Furthermore,
regardless of any election made in the Adoption Agreement, 415 Compensation shall include any
elective deferral (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)) and any amount which is contributed or
deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in the
gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Sections 125, 457, and 132(f)(4).

     If elected in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted Elections), amounts under
Code Section 125 shall be deemed to include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in
lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he or she has other
health coverage. An amount will be treated as an amount under Code Section 125 pursuant to the
preceding sentence only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the
Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.

     For Limitation Years beginning in and after the year specified in Appendix A to the Adoption
Agreement (but in no event earlier than the Limitation Year beginning in 2005), payments made
within 2 1/2 months after severance from employment (within the meaning of Code Section
401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I)) will be compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3) if they are
payments that, absent a severance from employment, would have been paid to the Employee while the
Employee continued in employment with the Employer and are regular compensation for services during
the Employee’s regular working hours, compensation for services outside the Employee’s regular
working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar
compensation, and payments for accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the
Employee would have been able to use the leave if employment had continued. Any payments not
described above are not considered compensation if paid after severance from employment, even if
they are paid within 2 1/2 months following severance from employment, except for payments to an
individual who does not currently perform services for the Employer by reason of qualified military
service (within the meaning of Code Section 414(u)(1)) to the extent these payments do not exceed
the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services
for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.

     415 Compensation will be limited to the same dollar limitations set forth in Section 1.14
adjusted in such manner as permitted under Code Section 415(d).

     Except as otherwise provided herein, if, in connection with the adoption of any amendment, the
definition of 415 Compensation has been modified, then for Plan Years prior to the Plan Year which
includes the adoption date of such amendment, 415 Compensation means compensation determined
pursuant to the terms of the Plan then in effect.

1.38 “Highly Compensated Employee” means an Employee described in Code Section 414(q) and the
Regulations thereunder, and generally means any Employee who:

(a) was a “five percent (5%) owner” as defined in Section 1.44(b) at any time during the
“determination year” or the “look-back year”; or

(b) for the “look-back year” had 415 Compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000 and,
if elected in the Adoption Agreement, was in the Top-Paid Group for the “look-back year.” The
$80,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section
415(d).

     The “determination year’ means the Plan Year for which testing is being performed and the
“look-back year” means the immediately preceding twelve (12) month period. However, if the calendar
year data election is made in the Adoption Agreement, for purposes of (b) above, the “look-back
year” shall be the calendar year beginning within the twelve (12) month period immediately
preceding the “determination year.”

     The Top-Paid Group election may be made at any time up to the date the applicable test
for which the term is being used must be performed (including any statutory or regulatory
provision for the correction of a failure of such test).

     A Highly Compensated Former Employee is based on the rules applicable to determining highly
compensated employee status as in effect for that “determination year,” in accordance with
Regulation Section 1.414(q)-1T, A-4 and IRS Notice 97-45 (or any superseding guidance).

     In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, Employees who are nonresident aliens and
who received no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)) from the Employer
constituting United States source income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be
treated as Employees. If a nonresident alien Employee has U.S. source income, that Employee is
treated as satisfying this definition if all of such Employee’s U.S. source income from the
Employer is exempt from U.S. income tax under an applicable income tax treaty. Additionally, all
Affiliated Employers shall be taken into account as a single employer and Leased Employees within
the meaning of Code Sections 414(n)(2) and 414(o)(2) shall be considered Employees unless such
Leased Employees are covered by a plan described in Code Section 414(n)(5) and are not covered in any
qualified plan maintained by the Employer. The exclusion of

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

7

 

Volume Submitter Plan

Leased Employees for this purpose shall be applied on a uniform and consistent basis for all of the
Employer’s retirement plans. Highly Compensated Former Employees shall be treated as Highly
Compensated Employees without regard to whether they performed services during the “determination
year.”

1.39 “Highly Compensated Participant” means any Highly Compensated Employee who is eligible to
participate in the component of the Plan being tested.

1.40 “Hour of Service” means (1) each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly
compensated or entitled to Compensation by the Employer for the performance of duties during the
applicable computation period (these hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation
period in which the duties are performed); (2) each hour for which an Employee is directly or
indirectly compensated or entitled to Compensation by the Employer (irrespective of whether the
employment relationship has terminated) for reasons other than performance of duties (such as
vacation, holidays, sickness, incapacity (including disability), jury duty, lay-off, military duty
or leave of absence) during the applicable computation period (these hours will be calculated and
credited pursuant to Department of Labor regulation Section 2530.200b-2 which is incorporated
herein by reference); (3) each hour for which back pay is awarded or agreed to by the Employer
without regard to mitigation of damages (these hours will be credited to the Employee for the
computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation
period in which the award, agreement or payment is made). The same Hours of Service shall not be
credited both under (1) or (2), as the case may be, and under (3).

     Notwithstanding (2) above, (i) no more than 501 Hours of Service are required to be credited
to an Employee on account of any single continuous period during which the Employee performs no
duties (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period); (ii) an hour for which
an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on account of a period during
which no duties are performed is not required to be credited to the Employee if such payment is
made or due under a plan maintained solely for the purpose of complying with applicable workers’
compensation, or unemployment compensation or disability insurance laws; and (iii) Hours of Service
are not required to be credited for a payment which solely reimburses an Employee for medical or
medically related expenses incurred by the Employee. Furthermore, for purposes of (2) above, a
payment shall be deemed to be made by or due from the Employer regardless of whether such payment
is made by or due from the Employer directly, or indirectly through, among others, a trust fund, or
insurer, to which the Employer contributes or pays premiums and regardless of whether contributions
made or due to the trust fund, insurer, or other entity are for the benefit of particular Employees
or are on behalf of a group of Employees in the aggregate.

     Hours of Service will be credited for employment with all Affiliated Employers and for any
individual considered to be a Leased Employee pursuant to Code Section 414(n) or 414(o) and the
Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, the provisions of Department of Labor regulations Section
2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are incorporated herein by reference.

Hours of Service will be determined on the basis of the following method as elected in the
Adoption Agreement:

If the days worked method is elected, an Employee will be credited with ten (10) Hours of
Service if under the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least one (1) Hour of Service
during the day.

If the weeks worked method is elected an Employee will be credited with forty-five (45)
Hours of Service if under the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least one (1)
Hour of Service during the week.

If the semi-monthly payroll periods worked method is elected, an Employee will be credited with
ninety-five (95) Hours of Service if under the Plan such Employee would be credited with at
least one (1) Hour of Service during the semi-monthly payroll period.

If the months worked method is elected, an Employee will be credited with one hundred ninety
(190) Hours of Service if under the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least one (1)
Hour of Service during the month.

If the bi-weekly payroll periods worked method is elected, an Employee will be credited with
ninety (90) Hours of Service if under the Plan such Employee would be credited with at least
one (1) Hour of Service during the bi-weekly payroll period.

If the actual hours method is elected, an Employee is credited with the actual Hours of Service
the Employee completes with the Employer or the number of Hours of Service for which the
Employee is paid (or entitled to payment).

1.41 “Insurer” means any legal reserve insurance company which has issued or shall issue one or
more Contracts or Policies under the Plan.

1.42 “Investment Manager” means a Fiduciary as described in Act Section 3(38).

1.43 “Joint and Survivor Annuity” means an immediate annuity for the life of a Participant with a
survivor annuity for the life of the Participant’s spouse which is not less than fifty percent
(50%), nor more than one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of the annuity payable during the
joint lives of the Participant and the Participant’s spouse which can be purchased with the
Participant’s Vested interest in the Plan reduced by any outstanding loan balances pursuant to
Section 7.6.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

8

 

Volume Submitter Plan

1.44 “Key Employee” means, effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, an Employee
as defined in Code Section 416(i) and the Regulations thereunder. Generally, any Employee or former Employee (including any deceased
employee as well as each of the Employee’s or former Employee’s Beneficiaries) is considered a Key Employee if the Employee or
former Employee, at any time during the Plan Year that contains the “determination date,” has been included in one of the following
categories:

(a) an officer of the Employer (as that term is defined within the meaning of the Regulations
under Code Section 416) having annual 415 Compensation greater than $130,000 (as adjusted under
Code Section 416(i)(1) for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2002);

(b) a “five percent (5%) owner” of the Employer, “Five percent (5%) owner” means any person who
owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) more than five percent
(5%) of the value of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than five
percent (5%) of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of
an unincorporated business, any person who owns more than five percent (5%) of the capital or
profits interest in the Employer; and

(c) a “one percent (1%) owner” of the Employer having annual 415 Compensation from the Employer
of more than $150,000. “One percent (1%) owner” means any person who owns (or is considered as
owning within the meaning of Code Section 318) more than one percent (1%) of the value of the
outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than one percent (1%) of the total
combined voting power of all stock of the Employer or, in the case of an unincorporated
business, any person who owns more than one percent (1%) of the capital or profits interest in
the Employer.

     In determining percentage ownership hereunder, employers that would otherwise be aggregated
under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be treated as separate employers. In determining
whether an individual has 415 Compensation of more than $150,000, 415 Compensation from each
employer required to be aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c), (m) and (o) shall be taken into
account.

1.45 “Late Retirement Date” means the date of, or the first day of the month or the Anniversary
Date coinciding with or next following, whichever corresponds to the election in the Adoption
Agreement for the Normal Retirement Date, a Participant’s actual retirement after having reached
the Normal Retirement Date.

1.46 “Leased Employee” means any person (other than an Employee of the recipient Employer) who
pursuant to an agreement between the recipient Employer and any other person or entity (“leasing
organization”), has performed services for the recipient (or for the recipient and related persons
determined in accordance with Code Section 414(n)(6)) on a substantially full time basis for a
period of at least one year, and such services are performed under primary direction or control by
the recipient Employer. Contributions or benefits provided a Leased Employee by the leasing
organization which are attributable to services performed for the recipient Employer shall be
treated as provided by the recipient Employer. Furthermore. Compensation for a Leased Employee
shall only include Compensation from the leasing organization that is attributable to services
performed for the recipient Employer.

     A Leased Employee shall not be considered an employee of the recipient Employer if: (a) such
employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (1) a non-integrated employer
contribution rate of at least ten percent (10%) of compensation, as defined in Code Section
415(c)(3), (2) immediate participation, and (3) full and immediate vesting; and (b) leased
employees do not constitute more than twenty percent (20%) of the recipient Employer’s nonhighly
compensated workforce.

1.47 “Limitation Year” means the determination period used to determine Compensation. However, the
Employer may elect a different Limitation Year in the Adoption Agreement. All qualified plans
maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. Furthermore, unless there is a change
to a new Limitation Year, the Limitation Year will be a twelve (12) consecutive month period. In
the case of an initial Limitation Year, the Limitation Year will be the twelve (12) consecutive
month period ending on the last day of the period specified in the Adoption Agreement. If the
Limitation Year is amended to a different twelve (12) consecutive month period, the new “Limitation
Year” must begin on a date within the “Limitation Year” in which the amendment is made.

1.48 “Net Profit” means, with respect to any Fiscal Year, the Employer’s net income or profit for
such Fiscal Year determined upon the basis of the Employer’s books of account in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles, without any reduction for taxes based upon income, or for
contributions made by the Employer to this Plan and any other qualified plan.

1.49 “Nonelective Contribution” means the Employer’s contributions to the Plan other than Elective
Deferrals, any Qualified Nonelective Contributions and any Qualified Matching Contributions. Employer matching
contributions which are not Qualified Matching Contributions shall be considered a Nonelective
Contribution for purposes of the Plan.

1.50 “Nonhighly Compensated Employee/Participant” means any Employee/Participant who is not a
Highly Compensated Employee. However, if pursuant to Sections 12.4 or 12.6 the prior year testing
method is used to calculate the ADP or the ACP, a Nonhighly Compensated Employee/Participant shall
be determined using the definition of Highly Compensated Employee in effect for the preceding Plan
Year.

1.51 “Non-Key Employee” means any Employee or former Employee (and such Employee’s or former
Employee’s Beneficiaries) who is not a Key Employee.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc,

9

 

Volume Submitter Plan

1.52 “Normal Retirement Age” means the age elected in the Adoption Agreement at which time a
Participant’s Account shall be nonforfeitable (if the Participant is employed by the Employer on or
after that date). However, solely for purposes of nondiscrimination testing under Code Section
401(a)(4), the Employer may deem the social security retirement age (as defined in Code Section
415(b)(8)) as the Normal Retirement Age.

1.53 “Normal Retirement Date” means the date elected in the Adoption Agreement.

1.54 “1-Year Break in Service” means, if the Hour of Service method is elected in the Adoption
Agreement, the applicable computation period during which an Employee or former Employee has not
completed more than 500 Hours of Service. However, if the Employer selected, in the Service
Crediting Method Section of the Adoption Agreement, to define a Year of Service as less than 1,000
Hours of Service, then the 500 Hours of Service in this definition of 1-Year Break in Service shall
be proportionately reduced. Further, solely for the purpose of determining whether an Employee has
incurred a 1-Year Break in Service. Hours of Service shall be recognized for “authorized leaves of
absence” and “maternity and paternity leaves of absence.” For this purpose, Hours of Service shall
be credited for the computation period in which the absence from work begins, only if credit
therefore is necessary to prevent the Employee from incurring a 1-Year Break in Service, or, in any
other case, in the immediately following computation period. The Hours of Service credited for a
“maternity or paternity leave of absence” shall be those which would normally have been credited
but for such absence, or, in any case in which the Administrator is unable to determine such hours
normally credited, eight (8) Hours of Service per day. The total Hours of Service required to be
credited for a “maternity or paternity leave of absence” shall not exceed the number of Hours of
Service needed to prevent the Employee from incurring a 1-Year Break in Service.

     “Authorized leave of absence” means an unpaid, temporary cessation from active employment
with the Employer pursuant to an established nondiscriminatory policy, whether occasioned by
illness, military service, or any other reason.

     A “maternity or paternity leave of absence” means an absence from work for any period by
reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, birth of the Employee’s child, placement of a child with the
Employee in connection with the adoption of such child, or any absence for the purpose of caring
for such child for a period immediately following such birth or placement.

     If the Elapsed Time method is elected in the Service Crediting Section of the Adoption
Agreement, then a “1-Year Break in Service” means a twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning
on the severance from service date or any anniversary thereof and ending on the next succeeding
anniversary of such date; provided, however, that the Employee or former Employee does not perform
an Hour of Service for the Employer during such twelve (12) consecutive month period.

1.55 “Owner-Employee” means a sole proprietor who owns the entire interest in the Employer or a
partner (or member in the case of a limited liability company treated as a partnership or sole
proprietorship for federal income tax purposes) who owns more than ten percent (10%) of either the
capital interest or the profits interest in the Employer and who receives income for personal
services from the Employer.

1.56 “Participant” means any Employee or Former Employee who has satisfied the requirements of
Sections 3.1 and 3.2 and entered the Plan and is eligible to accrue benefits under the Plan. In
addition, the term “Participant” also includes any individual who was a Participant (as defined in
the preceding sentence) and who must continue to be taken into account under a particular provision
of the Plan (e.g., because the Participant has an Account balance in the Plan).

1.57 “Participant Directed Account” means that portion of a Participants interest in the Plan with
respect to which the Participant has directed the investment in accordance with the Participant
Direction Procedures.

1.58 “Participant Direction Procedures” means such instructions, guidelines or policies, the terms
of which are incorporated herein, as shall be established pursuant to Section 4.10 and observed by
the Administrator and applied and provided to Participants who have Participant Directed Accounts.

1.59 “Participating Employer” means an Employer who adopts the Plan pursuant to Sections 11.1 or
14.1.

1.60 “Period of Service” means every twelve (12) month period commencing with an Employee’s first
day of employment or reemployment with the Employer or an Affiliated Employer and ending on the
first day of a Period of Severance. The first day of employment or reemployment is the first day
the Employee performs an Hour of Service. An Employee will also receive partial credit for any
Period of Severance of less than twelve (12) consecutive months. Fractional periods of a year will
be expressed in terms of days.

     Periods of Service with any Affiliated Employer shall be recognized. Furthermore, Periods of
Service with any predecessor employer that maintained this Plan shall be recognized. Periods of
Service with any other predecessor employer shall be recognized as elected in the Adoption
Agreement.

     In determining Periods of Service for purposes of vesting under the Plan, Periods of
Service will be excluded as elected in the Adoption Agreement and as specified in Section 3.5.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

10

 

Volume Submitter Plan

     In the event the method of crediting service is amended from the Hour of Service method to the
Elapsed Time method, an Employee will receive credit for a Period of Service consisting of:

(a) A number of years equal to the number of Years of Service credited to the Employee before
the computation period during which the amendment occurs; and

(b) The greater of (1) the Periods of Service that would be credited to the Employee under
the Elapsed Time method for service during the entire computation period in which the
transfer occurs or (2) the service taken into account under the Hour of Service method as
of the date of the amendment.

     In addition, the Employee will receive credit for service subsequent to the amendment
commencing on the day after the last day of the computation period in which the transfer occurs.

1.61 “Period of Severance” means a continuous period of time during which an Employee is not
employed by the Employer. Such period begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is discharged, or if earlier, the twelve (12)
month anniversary of the date on which the Employee was otherwise first absent from service.

     In the case of an individual who is absent from work for “maternity or paternity” reasons,
the twelve (12) consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first day of
such absence shall not constitute a one year Period of Severance. For purposes of this paragraph,
an absence from work for “maternity or paternity” reasons means an absence (a) by reason of the
pregnancy of the individual, (b) by reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (c) by
reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such
child by such individual, or (d) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning
immediately following such birth or placement.

1.62 “Plan” means this instrument (hereinafter referred to as Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.
Defined Contribution Volume Submitter Plan and Trust) and the Adoption Agreement as adopted by
the Employer, including all amendments thereto and any appendix which is specifically permitted
pursuant to the terms of the Plan.

1.63 “Plan Year” means the Plan’s accounting year as specified in the Adoption Agreement. Unless
there is a Short Plan Year, the Plan Year will be a twelve-consecutive month period.

1.64 “Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity” means an immediate annuity for the life of a Participant’s
spouse, the payments under which must be equal to the benefit which can be provided with the
percentage, as specified in the Adoption Agreement, of the Participant’s Vested interest in the
Plan as of the date of death. If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, the percentage
shall be equal to fifty percent (50%). Furthermore, if less than one hundred percent (100%) of the
Participant’s Vested interest in the Plan is used to provide the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, a
proportionate share of each of the Participant’s Accounts subject to the Pre-Retirement Survivor
Annuity shall be used to provide the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.

1.65 “Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals” means a Participant’s Elective Deferrals that are not includible
in the Participant’s gross income at the time deferred.

1.66 “Qualified Matching Contribution” means any Employer matching contributions that are made
pursuant to Sections 12.1(a)(2) (if elected in the Adoption Agreement), 12.5 and 12.7.

1.67 “Qualified Nonelective Contribution” means the Employer’s contributions to the Plan that are
made pursuant to Sections I2.1(a)(4), 12.5 and 12.7.

1.68 “Regulation” means the Income Tax Regulations as promulgated by the Secretary of the
Treasury or a delegate of the Secretary of the Treasury, and as amended from time to time.

1.69 “Retirement Date” means the date as of which a Participant retires for reasons other than
Total and Permanent Disability, regardless of whether such retirement occurs on a Participant’s
Normal Retirement Date, Early Retirement Date or Late Retirement Date (sec Section 6.1).

1.70 “Roth Elective Deferrals” means, for calendar years beginning after December 31, 2005, a
Participant’s Elective Deferrals that are includible in the Participant’s gross income at the time
deferred and have been irrevocably designated as Roth Elective Deferrals by the Participant in his
or her deferral election. Roth Elective Deferrals shall be subject to the requirements of Sections
12.2(c) and 12.2(d) and shall, except as otherwise provided herein, be required to satisfy the
nondiscrimination requirements of Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(b)(2), the provisions of which are
incorporated herein by reference. A Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals will be maintained in a
separate account containing only the Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals and gains and losses
attributable to those Roth Elective Deferrals.

1.71 “Salary Reduction Agreement” means an agreement between a Participant and the Employer,
whereby the Participant elects to reduce Compensation by a specific dollar amount or percentage and the Employer agrees to contribute
such amount into the 401(k) Plan. A Salary Reduction Agreement may require that an election be stated in specific percentage increments
(not greater than one percent (1%)

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

11

 

Volume Submitter Plan

increments) or in specific dollar amount increments (not greater than dollar increments
that could exceed one percent (1%) of Compensation).

     A Salary Reduction Agreement may not be effective prior to the later of: (a) the date the
Employee becomes a Participant; (b) the date the Participant agrees (including by automatic
consent) to the Salary Reduction Agreement; or (c) the date the 401(k) plan is adopted by the
Employer or applicable Participating Employer. A Salary Reduction Agreement is valid even though it
is executed by an Employee before he or she actually becomes a Participant, so long as the Salary
Reduction Agreement is not effective before the date the Employee becomes a Participant. A Salary
Reduction Agreement may only apply to Compensation that becomes currently available to the Employee
after the effective date of the Salary Reduction Agreement.

     A Salary Reduction Agreement (or other written procedures) must designate a uniform period
during which an Employee may change or terminate his or her deferral election under the Salary
Reduction Agreement. A Participant’s right to change or terminate a Salary Reduction Agreement may
not be available on a less frequent basis than once per Plan Year.

1.72 “Self-Employed Individual” means an individual who has Earned Income for the taxable year from
the trade or business for which the Plan is established, and, also, an individual who would have
had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no net profits for the taxable
year. A Self-Employed Individual shall be treated as an Employee.

1.73 “Shareholder-Employee” means a Participant who owns (or is deemed to own pursuant to Code
Section 318(a)(1)) more than five percent (5%) of the Employer’s outstanding capital stock
during any year in which the Employer elected to be taxed as a Small Business Corporation (S
Corporation) under the applicable Code Sections relating to Small Business Corporations.

1.74 “Short Plan Year” means, if specified in the Adoption Agreement or as the result of an
amendment, a Plan Year of less than a twelve (12) month period. If there is a Short Plan Year, the
following rules shall apply in the administration of this Plan. In determining whether an Employee
has completed a Year of Service (or Period of Service if the Elapsed Time method is used) for
benefit accrual purposes in the Short Plan Year, the number of the Hours of Service (or months of
service if the Elapsed Time method is used) required shall be proportionately reduced based on the
number of days (or months) in the Short Plan Year. The determination of whether an Employee has
completed a Year of Service (or Period of Service) for vesting and eligibility purposes shall be
made in accordance with Department of Labor regulation Section 2530.203-2(c). In addition, if this
Plan is integrated with Social Security, then the integration level shall be proportionately
reduced based on the number of months in the Short Plan Year.

1.75 “Taxable Wage Base” means, with respect to any Plan Year, the contribution and benefit
base under Section 230 of the Social Security Act at the beginning of such Plan Year.

1.76 “Terminated Participant” means a person who has been a Participant, but whose
employment has been terminated with the Employer or applicable Participating Employer other
than by death, Total and Permanent Disability or retirement.

1.77 “Top-Heavy Plan” means a plan described in Section 9.2(a).

1.78 “Top-Heavy Plan Year” means a Plan Year during which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.

1.79 “Top-Paid Group” shall be determined pursuant to Code Section 414(q) and the Regulations
thereunder and generally means the top twenty percent (20%) of Employees who performed services for
the Employer during the applicable year, ranked according to the amount of 415 Compensation
received from the Employer during such year. All Affiliated Employers shall be taken into account
as a single employer, and Leased Employees shall be treated as Employees if required pursuant to
Code Section 414(n) or (o). Employees who are nonresident aliens who received no earned income
(within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer constituting United States source
income within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3) shall not be treated as Employees. Furthermore,
for the purpose of determining the number of Employees in any year, the following additional
Employees may also be excluded, however, such Employees shall still be considered for the purpose
of identifying the particular Employees in the Top-Paid Group:

(a) Employees with less than six (6) months of service;

(b) Employees who normally work less than 17 1/2 hours per week;

(c) Employees who normally work less than six (6) months during a year; and

(d) Employees who have not yet attained age twenty-one (21).

     In addition, if ninety percent (90%) or more of the Employees of the Employer are covered
under agreements the Secretary of Labor finds to be collective bargaining agreements between
Employee representatives and the Employer, and the Plan covers only Employees who are not covered
under such agreements, then Employees covered by such agreements shall be excluded from both the
total number of active Employees as well as from the identification of particular Employees in the
Top-Paid Group.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

12

 

Volume Submitter Plan

     The foregoing exclusions set forth in this Section shall be applied on a uniform and
consistent basis for all purposes for which the Code Section 414(q) definition is applicable.
Furthermore, in applying such exclusions, the Employer may substitute any lesser service, hours or
age.

1.80 “Total and Permanent Disability” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful
activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected
to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not
less than twelve (12) months. The disability of a Participant shall be determined by a licensed
physician. However, if the condition constitutes total disability under the federal Social Security
Acts, the Administrator may rely upon such determination that the Participant is Totally and
Permanently Disabled for the purposes of this Plan. The determination shall be applied uniformly to
all Participants.

1.81 “Trustee” means any person or entity that is named in the Adoption Agreement or has
otherwise agreed to serve as Trustee, or any successors thereto. In addition, unless the context
means, or the Plan provides, otherwise, the term “Trustee” shall mean the Insurer if the Plan is
fully insured.

1.82 “Trust Fund” means, if the Plan is funded with a trust, the assets of the Plan and Trust as
the same shall exist from time to time.

1.83 “Valuation Date” means the date or dates specified in the Adoption Agreement. Regardless of
any election to the contrary, the Valuation Date shall include the Anniversary Date and may include
any other date or dates deemed necessary or appropriate by the Administrator for the valuation of
Participants’ Accounts during the Plan Year, which may include any day that the Trustee (or
Insurer), any transfer agent appointed by the Trustee (or Insurer) or the Employer, or any stock
exchange used by such agent, are open for business.

1.84 “Vested” means the nonforfeitable portion of any account maintained on behalf of a
Participant.

1.85 “Year of Service” means the computation period of twelve (12) consecutive months, herein set
forth, and during which an Employee has completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service (unless a lower
number of Hours of Service is specified in the Adoption Agreement).

     For purposes of eligibility for participation, the initial computation period shall begin with
the date on which the Employee first performs an Hour of Service (employment commencement date).
Unless otherwise elected in the Service Crediting Method Section of the Adoption Agreement, the
succeeding computation periods shall begin on the anniversary of the Employee’s employment
commencement date. However, unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, if one (1) Year of
Service or less is required as a condition of eligibility, then the computation period after the
initial computation period shall shift to the current Plan Year which includes the anniversary of
the date on which the Employee first performed an Hour of Service, and subsequent computation
periods shall be the Plan Year. If there is a shift to the Plan Year, an Employee who is credited
with the number of Hours of Service to be credited with a Year of Service in both the initial
eligibility computation period and the first Plan Year which commences prior to the first
anniversary of the Employee’s initial eligibility computation period will be credited with two (2)
Years of Service for purposes of eligibility to participate.

     If two (2) Years of Service are required as a condition of eligibility, a Participant will
only have completed two (2) Years of Service for eligibility purposes upon completing two (2)
consecutive Years of Service without an intervening 1-Year Break in Service.

     For vesting purposes, and all other purposes not specifically addressed in this Section,
the computation period shall be the period elected in the Service Crediting Method Section of
the Adoption Agreement. If no election is made in the Service Crediting Method Section of the
Adoption Agreement, then the computation period shall be the Plan Year.

     In determining Years of Service for purposes of vesting under the Plan, Years of Service will
be excluded as elected in the Adoption Agreement and as specified in Section 3.5.

     Years of Service and 1-Year Breaks in Service for eligibility purposes will be measured on the
same eligibility computation period. Years of Service and 1-Year Breaks in Service for vesting
purposes will be measured on the same vesting computation period.

     Years of Service with any Affiliated Employer shall be recognized. Furthermore, Years of
Service with any predecessor employer that maintained this Plan shall be recognized. Years of
Service with any other predecessor employer shall be recognized as elected in the Adoption
Agreement.

     In the event the method of crediting service is amended from the Elapsed Time method to the
Hour of Service method, an Employee will receive credit for Years of Service equal to:

(a) The number of Years of Service equal to the number of 1-year Periods of Service credited to
the Employee as of the date of the amendment; and

(b) In the computation period which includes the date of the amendment, a number of Hours of
Service (using the Hours of Service equivalency method elected in the Adoption Agreement) to any
fractional part of a year credited to the Employee under this Section as of the date of the
amendment.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

13

 

Volume Submitter Plan

ARTICLE II

ADMINISTRATION

2.1 POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE EMPLOYER

(a) Appointment of Trustee (or Insurer) and Administrator. In addition to the general powers and
responsibilities otherwise provided for in this Plan, the Employer shall be empowered to appoint
and remove the Trustee (or Insurer) and the Administrator from time to time as it deems
necessary for the proper administration of the Plan to ensure that the Plan is being operated
for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries in accordance with the
terms of the Plan, the Code, and the Act. The Employer may appoint counsel, specialists,
advisers, agents (including any nonfiduciary agent) and other persons as the Employer deems
necessary or desirable in connection with the exercise of its fiduciary duties under this Plan.
The Employer may compensate such agents or advisers from the assets of the Plan as fiduciary
expenses (but not including any business (settlor) expenses of the Employer), to the extent not
paid by the Employer.

(b) Funding policy and method. The Employer shall establish a “funding policy and method,” i.e.,
it shall determine whether the Plan has a short run need for liquidity (e.g., to pay benefits)
or whether liquidity is a long run goal and investment growth (and stability of same) is a more
current need, or shall appoint a qualified person to do so. If the Trustee (or Insurer) has
discretionary authority, the Employer or its delegate shall communicate such needs and goals to
the Trustee (or Insurer), who shall coordinate such Plan needs with its investment policy. The
communication of such a “funding policy and method” shall not, however, constitute a directive
to the Trustee (or Insurer) as to the investment of the Trust Funds. Such “funding policy and
method” shall be consistent with the objectives of this Plan and with the requirements of Title
I of the Act.

(c) Appointment of Investment Manager. The Employer may appoint, at its option, an Investment
Manager, investment adviser, or other agent to provide investment direction to the Trustee (or
Insurer) with respect to any or all of the Plan assets. Such appointment shall be given by the
Employer in writing in a form acceptable to the Trustee(or Insurer) and shall specifically
identify the Plan assets with respect to which the Investment Manager or other agent shall have
the authority to direct the investment.

(d) Review of fiduciary performance. The Employer shall periodically review the performance of
any Fiduciary or other person to whom duties have been delegated or allocated by it under the
provisions of this Plan or pursuant to procedures established hereunder. This requirement may be
satisfied by formal periodic review by the Employer or by a qualified person specifically
designated by the Employer, through day-to-day conduct and evaluation, or through other
appropriate ways.

2.2 DESIGNATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE AUTHORITY

     The Employer may appoint one or more Administrators. If the Employer does not appoint an
Administrator, the Employer will be the Administrator. Any person, including, but not limited to,
the Employees of the Employer, shall be eligible to serve as an Administrator. Any person so
appointed shall signify acceptance by filing written acceptance with the Employer. An Administrator
may resign by delivering a written resignation to the Employer or be removed by the Employer by
delivery of written notice of removal, to take effect at a date specified therein, or upon delivery
to the Administrator if no date is specified. Upon the resignation or removal of an Administrator,
the Employer may designate in writing a successor to this position.

2.3 ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

     If more than one person is appointed as Administrator, then the responsibilities of each
Administrator may be specified by the Employer and accepted in writing by each Administrator. If no
such delegation is made by the Employer, then the Administrators may allocate the responsibilities
among themselves, in which event the Administrators shall notify the Employer and the Trustee (or
Insurer) in writing of such action and specify the responsibilities of each Administrator. The
Trustee (or Insurer) thereafter shall accept and rely upon any documents executed by the
appropriate Administrator until such time as the Employer or the Administrators file with the
Trustee (or Insurer) a written revocation of such designation.

2.4 POWERS AND DUTIES OF THE ADMINISTRATOR

     The primary responsibility of the Administrator is to administer the Plan for the exclusive
benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries, subject to the specific terms of the Plan. The
Administrator shall administer the Plan in accordance with its terms and shall have the power and
discretion to construe the terms of the Plan and determine all questions arising in connection with
the administration, interpretation, and application of the Plan. Benefits under this Plan will be
paid only if the Administrator decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them.
Any such determination by the Administrator shall be conclusive and binding upon all persons. The
Administrator may establish procedures, correct any defect, supply any information, or reconcile
any inconsistency in such manner and to such extent as shall be deemed necessary or advisable to
carry out the purpose of the Plan; provided, however, that any procedure, discretionary act,
interpretation or construction shall be done in a nondiscriminatory manner based upon uniform
principles consistently applied and shall be consistent with the intent that the Plan continue to
be deemed a qualified plan under the terms of Code Section 401(a), and shall comply with the terms
of the Act and all regulations issued pursuant thereto. The Administrator shall have all powers
necessary or appropriate to accomplish its duties under this Plan.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

14

 

Volume Submitter Plan

     The Administrator shall be charged with the duties of the general administration of the
Plan and the powers necessary to carry out such duties as set forth under the terms of the Plan,
including, but not limited to the following:

(a) the discretion to determine all questions relating to the eligibility of an Employee to
participate or remain a Participant hereunder and to receive benefits under the Plan;

(b) the authority to review and settle all claims against the Plan, including claims where the
settlement amount cannot be calculated or is not calculated in accordance with the Plan’s
benefit formula. This authority specifically permits the Administrator to settle disputed
claims for benefits and any other disputed claims made against the Plan;

(c) to compute, certify, and direct the Trustee (or Insurer) with respect to the amount
and the kind of benefits to which any Participant shall be entitled hereunder;

(d) to authorize and direct the Trustee (or Insurer) with respect to all discretionary or
otherwise directed disbursements from the Trust Fund;

(e) to maintain all necessary records for the administration of the Plan;

(f) to interpret the provisions of the Plan and to make and publish such rules for regulation
of the Plan that are consistent with the terms hereof;

(g) to determine the size and type of any Contract to be purchased from any Insurer, and to
designate the Insurer from which such Contract shall be purchased;

(h) to compute and certify to the Employer and to the Trustee (or Insurer) from time to
time the sums of money necessary or desirable to be contributed to the Plan;

(i) to consult with the Employer and the Trustee (or Insurer) regarding the short and
long-term liquidity needs of the Plan in order that the Trustee (or Insurer) can exercise any
investment discretion (if the Trustee (or Insurer) has such discretion), in a manner designed to
accomplish specific objectives;

(J) to prepare and implement a procedure for notifying Participants and Beneficiaries of
their rights to elect Joint and Survivor Annuities and Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuities if
required by the Plan, Code and Regulations thereunder;

(k) to assist Participants regarding their rights, benefits, or elections available under the
Plan;

(l) to act as the named Fiduciary responsible for communicating with Participants as needed to
maintain Plan compliance with Act Section 404(c) (if the Employer intends to comply with Act
Section 404(c)) including, but not limited to, the receipt and transmission of Participants’
directions as to the investment of their accounts under the Plan and the formation of policies,
rules, and procedures pursuant to which Participants may give investment instructions with
respect to the investment of their accounts; and

(m) to determine the validity of, and take appropriate action with respect to, any qualified
domestic relations order received by it.

2.5 RECORDS AND REPORTS

     The Administrator shall keep a record of all actions taken and shall keep all other books of
account, records, and other data that may be necessary for proper administration of the Plan and
shall be responsible for supplying all information and reports to the Internal Revenue Service,
Department of Labor, Participants, Beneficiaries and others as required by law.

2.6 APPOINTMENT OF ADVISERS

     The Administrator may appoint counsel, specialists, advisers, agents (including nonfiduciary
agents) and other persons as the Administrator deems necessary or desirable in connection with the
administration of this Plan, including but not limited to agents and advisers to assist with the
administration and management of the Plan, and thereby to provide, among such other duties as the
Administrator may appoint, assistance with maintaining Plan records and the providing of investment
information to the Plan’s investment fiduciaries and, if applicable, to Plan Participants.

2.7 INFORMATION FROM EMPLOYER

     The Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all pertinent
facts as the Administrator may require in order to perform its functions hereunder and the
Administrator shall advise the Trustee (or Insurer) of such of the foregoing facts as may be
pertinent to the Trustee’s (or Insurer’s) duties under the Plan. The Administrator may rely upon
such information as is supplied by the Employer and shall have no duty or responsibility to verify
such information.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

15

 

Volume Submitter Plan

2.8 PAYMENT OF EXPENSES

     All reasonable expenses of administration may be paid out of the Plan assets unless paid by
the Employer. Such expenses shall include any expenses incident to the functioning of the
Administrator, or any person or persons retained or appointed by any named Fiduciary incident to
the exercise of their duties under the Plan, including, but not limited to, fees of accountants,
counsel, Investment Managers, agents (including nonfiduciary agents) appointed for the purpose of
assisting the Administrator or Trustee (or Insurer) in carrying out the instructions of
Participants as to the directed investment of their accounts (if permitted) and other specialists
and their agents, the costs of any bonds required pursuant to Act Section 412, and other costs of
administering the Plan. In addition, unless specifically prohibited under statute, regulation or
other guidance of general applicability, the Administrator may charge to the Account of an
individual Participant a reasonable charge to offset the cost of making a distribution to the
Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee. If liquid assets of the Plan are insufficient to
cover the fees of the Trustee (or Insurer) or the Plan Administrator, then Plan assets shall be
liquidated to the extent necessary for such fees. In the event any part of the Plan assets becomes
subject to tax, all taxes incurred will be paid from the Plan assets. Until paid, the expenses
shall constitute a liability of the Trust Fund.

2.9 MAJORITY ACTIONS

     Except where there has been an allocation and delegation of administrative authority pursuant
to Section 2.3, if there is more than one Administrator, then they shall act by a majority of their
number, but may authorize one or more of them to sign all papers on their behalf.

2.10 CLAIMS PROCEDURE

     Claims for benefits under the Plan may be filed in writing with the Administrator. Written
notice of the disposition of a claim shall be furnished to the claimant within ninety (90) days (45
days if the claim involves disability benefits) after the application is filed, or such period as
is required by applicable law or Department of Labor regulation. In the event the claim is denied,
the reasons for the denial shall be specifically set forth in the notice in language calculated to
be understood by the claimant, pertinent provisions of the Plan shall be cited, and, where
appropriate, an explanation as to how the claimant can perfect the claim will be provided. In
addition, the claimant shall be furnished with an explanation of the Plan’s claims review
procedure.

2.11 CLAIMS REVIEW PROCEDURE

     Any Employee, former Employee, or Beneficiary of either, who has been denied a benefit by a
decision of the Administrator pursuant to Section 2.10 shall be entitled to request the
Administrator to give further consideration to the claim by filing with the Administrator a written
request for a hearing. Such request, together with a written statement of the reasons why the
claimant believes such claim should be allowed, shall be filed with the Administrator no later than
sixty (60) days after receipt of the written notification provided for in Section 2.10. The
Administrator shall then conduct a hearing within the next sixty (60) days, at which the claimant
may be represented by an attorney or any other representative of such claimant’s choosing and
expense and at which the claimant shall have an opportunity to submit written and oral evidence and
arguments in support of the claim. At the hearing, the claimant or the claimant’s representative
shall have an opportunity to review all documents in the possession of the Administrator which are
pertinent to the claim at issue and its disallowance. A final decision as to the allowance of the
claim shall be made by the Administrator within sixty (60) days (45 days if the claim involves
disability benefits) of receipt of the appeal (unless there has been an extension of sixty (60)
days (45 days if the claim involves disability benefits) due to special circumstances, provided the
delay and the special circumstances occasioning it are communicated to the claimant within the
sixty (60) day period (45 days if the claim involves disability benefits)). Such communication
shall be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant and shall include specific
reasons for the decision and specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the
decision is based. Notwithstanding the preceding, to the extent any of the time periods specified
in this Section are amended by law or Department of Labor regulation, then the time frames
specified herein shall automatically be changed in accordance with such law or regulation.

     If the Administrator, pursuant to the claims review procedure, makes a final written
determination denying a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefit claim, then in order to preserve the
claim, the Participant or Beneficiary must file an action with respect to the denied claim not
later than one hundred eighty (180) days following the date of the Administrator’s final
determination.

ARTICLE III

ELIGIBILITY

3.1 CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY

     Any Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate hereunder on the date such Employee has
satisfied the conditions of eligibility elected in the Adoption Agreement.

3.2 EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION

(a) General rule. An Eligible Employee who has satisfied the conditions of eligibility
pursuant to Section 3.1 shall become a Participant effective as of the date elected in the
Adoption Agreement. If said Employee is not employed on such date, but is reemployed before
a 1-Year Break in Service has occurred, then such Employee shall become a Participant on the
date of reemployment or, if later, the date that the Employee would have otherwise entered
the Plan had the Employee not terminated

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

16

 

Volume Submitter Plan

employment. If such Employee incurs a 1-Year Break in Service, then eligibility will be
determined under the Break in Service rules set forth in Section 3.5.

(b) Recognition of predecessor service. Unless specifically provided otherwise in the Adoption
Agreement, an Eligible Employee who satisfies the Plan’s eligibility requirement conditions by
reason of recognition of service with a predecessor employer will become a Participant as of
the day the Plan credits service with a predecessor employer or, if later, the date the
Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had the service with the predecessor employer
been service with the Employer.

(c) Noneligible to eligible class. If an Employee, who has satisfied the Plan’s eligibility
requirements and would otherwise have become a Participant, shall go from a classification of a
noneligible Employee to an Eligible Employee, such Employee shall become a Participant on the
date such Employee becomes an Eligible Employee or, if later, the date that the Employee would
have otherwise entered the Plan had the Employee always been an Eligible Employee.

(d) Eligible to noneligible class. If an Employee, who has satisfied the Plan’s eligibility
requirements and would otherwise become a Participant, shall go from a classification of an
Eligible Employee to a noneligible class of Employees, such Employee shall become a Participant
in the Plan on the date such Employee again becomes an Eligible Employee, or, if later, the
date that the Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan had the Employee always been an
Eligible Employee. However, if such Employee incurs a 1-Year Break in Service, eligibility will
be determined under the Break in Service rules set forth in Section 3.5.

3.3 DETERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

     The Administrator shall determine the eligibility of each Employee for participation in the
Plan based upon information furnished by the Employer. Such determination shall be conclusive and
binding upon all persons, as long as the same is made pursuant to the Plan and the Act. Such
determination shall be subject to review pursuant to Section 2.11.

3.4 TERMINATION OF ELIGIBILITY

     In the event a Participant shall go from a classification of an Eligible Employee to an
ineligible Employee, such Participant shall continue to vest in the Plan for each Year of Service
(or Period of Service, if the Elapsed Time method is used) completed while an ineligible Employee,
until such time as the Participant’s Account is forfeited or distributed pursuant to the terms of
the Plan. Additionally, the Participant’s interest in the Plan shall continue to share in the
earnings of the Trust Fund in the same manner as Participants.

3.5 REHIRED EMPLOYEES AND BREAKS IN SERVICE

(a) Rehired Participant/immediate re-entry. If any Former Employee who had been a Participant is
reemployed by the Employer, then the Employee shall become a Participant as of the reemployment
date, unless the Employee is not an Eligible Employee or the Employee’s prior service is
disregarded pursuant to Section 3.5(d) below. If such prior service is disregarded, then the
rehired Eligible Employee shall be treated as a new hire.

(b) Rehired Eligible Employee who satisfied eligibility. If any Eligible Employee had satisfied
the Plan’s eligibility requirements but, due to a severance of employment, did not become a
Participant, then such Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of the later of (1) the
entry date on which he or she would have entered the Plan had there been no severance of
employment, or (2) the date of his or her re-employment. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the
rehired Eligible Employee’s prior service is disregarded pursuant to Section 3.5(d) below, then
the rehired Eligible Employee shall be treated as a new hire.

(c) Rehired Eligible Employee who had not satisfied eligibility. If any Eligible Employee who
had not satisfied the Plan’s eligibility requirements is rehired after severance from
employment, then such Eligible Employee shall become a Participant in the Plan in accordance
with the eligibility requirements set forth in the Adoption Agreement and the Plan. However, in
applying any shift in an eligibility computation period, the Eligible Employee is not treated as
a new hire unless prior service is disregarded in accordance with Section 3.5(d) below.

(d) Reemployed after 1-Year Break in Service (“rule of parity” provisions). If any Employee is
reemployed after a 1-Year Break in Service has occurred, Years of Service (or Periods of Service
if the Elapsed Time method is being used) shall include Years of Service (or Periods of Service
if the Elapsed Time method is being used) prior to the 1-Year Break in Service subject to the
rules set forth below. The Employer may elect in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other
Permitted Elections) to make the provisions of this paragraph inapplicable for purposes of
eligibility and/or vesting.

(1) In the case of a Participant who under the Plan does not have a nonforfeitable right
to any interest in the Plan resulting from Employer contributions. Years of Service (or
Periods of Service) before a period of 1-Year Breaks in Service will not be taken into
account if the number of consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service equals or exceeds the greater
of (A) five (5) or (B) the aggregate number of pre-break Years of Service (or Periods of
Service). Such aggregate number of Years of Service (or Periods of Service) will not include
any Years of Service (or Periods of Service) disregarded under the preceding sentence by
reason of prior 1-Year Breaks in Service;

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

17

 

Volume
Submitter Plan

(2) A Participant who has not had Years of Service (or Periods of Service) before a 1-Year
Break in Service disregarded pursuant to (1) above, shall participate in the Plan as of the
date of reemployment, or if later, as of the date the Former Employee would otherwise enter
the Plan pursuant to Sections 3.1 and 3.2 taking into account all service not disregarded.

(e) Vesting after 5 1-Year Breaks in Service. After a Participant who has severed employment
with the Employer incurs five (5) consecutive 1 -Year Breaks in Service, the Vested portion
of such Participant’s Account attributable to pre-break service shall not be increased as a
result of post-break service. In such case, separate accounts will be maintained as follows:

(1) one account for nonforfeitable benefits attributable to pre-break service; and

(2) one account representing the Participant’s Employer-derived account balance in the Plan
attributable to post-break service.

(f) Buyback provisions. If any Former Employee who had been a Participant is reemployed by the
Employer before five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, and such Participant had received
a distribution of the entire Vested interest prior to reemployment, then the forfeited account
shall be reinstated only if the Participant repays the full amount which had been distributed
(including amounts from Accounts that were fully Vested such as the Elective Deferral Account).
Such repayment must be made before the earlier of five (5) years after the first date on which
the Participant is subsequently reemployed by the Employer or the close of the first period of
five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service commencing after the distribution. If a
distribution occurs for any reason other than a severance of employment, the time for repayment
may not end earlier than five (5) years after the date of distribution. In the event the
Participant does repay the full amount distributed, the undistributed forfeited portion of the
Participant’s Account must be restored in full, unadjusted by any gains or losses occurring
subsequent to the Valuation Date preceding the distribution. The source for such reinstatement
may be Forfeitures occurring during the Plan Year. If such source is insufficient, then the
Employer will contribute an amount which is sufficient to restore the Participant’s Account,
provided, however, that if a discretionary contribution is made for such year, such contribution
will first be applied to restore any such accounts and the remainder shall be allocated in
accordance with the terms of the Plan. If a non-Vested Participant was deemed to have received a
distribution and such Participant is reemployed by the Employer before five (5) consecutive
1-Year Breaks in Service, then such Participant will be deemed to have repaid the deemed
distribution as of the date of reemployment.

3.6 ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE

     An Employee may, subject to the approval of the Employer, elect voluntarily not to participate
in any component of the Plan when the Employee first becomes eligible. Such election must be made
upon inception of the Plan or at any time prior to the time the Employee first becomes eligible to
participate under any plan maintained by the Employer. The election not to participate must be
irrevocable and communicated to the Employer, in writing, within a reasonable period of time before
the date the Employee would have otherwise entered the Plan.

     An Employee who elects not to participate under the Plan is treated as a nonbenefiting
Employee for purposes of the minimum coverage requirements under Code Section 410(b). Furthermore,
an Employee who makes a one-time irrevocable election, as described in the preceding paragraph, to
make no Elective Deferrals to the Plan is not an eligible Participant for purposes of the Actual
Deferral Percentage test set forth in Section 12.4 or the Actual Contribution Percentage test set
forth in Section 12.6.

ARTICLE IV

CONTRIBUTION AND ALLOCATION

4.1 FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION

(a) For a Money Purchase Plan:

(1) The Employer will make contributions on the following basis. On behalf of each
Participant eligible to share in allocations, for each year of such Participant’s
participation in this Plan, the Employer will contribute the amount elected in the Adoption
Agreement. All contributions by the Employer will be made in cash. In the event a funding
waiver is obtained, this Plan shall be deemed to be an individually designed plan.

(2) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to an Employer which is not a tax-exempt
entity, the Employer’s contribution for any Fiscal Year shall not exceed the maximum amount
allowable as a deduction to the Employer under the provisions of Code Section 404. However,
to the extent necessary to provide the top-heavy minimum allocations, the Employer shall
make a contribution even if it exceeds the amount that is deductible under Code Section 404.

(b) For a Profit Sharing Plan:

(1) For each Plan Year, the Employer may (or will in the case of a Prevailing Wage
Contribution as set forth in the Formula for Determining Employer Profit Sharing
Contribution Section of the Adoption Agreement) contribute to the Plan such amount as
elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement. In addition, the Employer may make a
discretionary “gateway contribution” pursuant to Section 4.3(b)(4).

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services. Inc.

18

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(2) Additionally, the Employer will contribute to the Plan the amount necessary, if any,
to provide the top-heavy minimum allocations even if it exceeds current or accumulated
Net Profit or the amount that is deductible under Code Section 404.

(3) Subject to the consent of the Trustee (or Insurer), the Employer may make its
contribution to the Plan in the form of property, provided such contribution does not
constitute a prohibited transaction under the Code or the Act. The decision to make a
contribution of property is subject to the general fiduciary rules under the Act.

(c) Frozen Plans. The Employer may designate that the Plan is a frozen Plan at the
Contribution Types Section of the Adoption Agreement. As a frozen Plan, the Employer will not
make any Employer contributions with respect to Compensation earned after the date identified
in the Adoption Agreement, and if the Plan is a 401(k) Plan, no Participant will be permitted
to make Elective Deferrals to the Plan for any period following the effective date identified
in the Adoption Agreement. In addition, once a Plan is frozen, no Eligible Employees shall
become Participants.

4.2 TIME OF PAYMENT OF EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION

     Unless otherwise provided by contract or law, the Employer may make its contribution to
the Plan for a particular Plan Year at such time as the Employer, in its sole discretion,
determines. However, if pursuant to Section 12.8, the “ADP test safe harbor contribution” being
made to the Plan is a matching contribution that is made on a basis other than the Plan Year
quarter, then the matching contributions with respect to any Elective Deferrals made during a Plan
Year quarter must be contributed to the Plan by the last day of the immediately following Plan Year
quarter. If the Employer makes a contribution for a particular Plan Year after the close of that
Plan Year, the Employer will designate to the Administrator the Plan Year for which the Employer is
making its contribution.

4.3 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS

(a) Separate accounting. The Administrator shall establish and maintain an account in the
name of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit as of each Anniversary Date, or
other Valuation Date, all amounts allocated to each such Participant as set forth herein.

(b) Allocation of contributions. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with all
information required by the Administrator to make a proper allocation of the Employer’s
contribution, if any, for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable period of time after the date of
receipt by the Administrator of such information, the Administrator shall allocate any
contributions as follows:

(1) Money Purchase allocation. For a Money Purchase Plan (other than a Money Purchase
Plan which is integrated by allocation):

(i) The Employer’s contribution shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in
the manner set forth in Section 4.1 herein and as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

(ii) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, a Participant shall only be eligible to
share in the allocations of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant
is an Eligible Employee at any time during the year and the conditions set forth in the
Adoption Agreement are satisfied, unless a top-heavy contribution is required pursuant to
Section 4.3(f). If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant
shall be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the year
if the Participant completes more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service (or three (3)
Months of Service if the Elapsed Time method is chosen in the Adoption Agreement) during
the Plan Year or is employed on the last day of the Plan Year. Furthermore, regardless of
any election in the Adoption Agreement to the contrary, for the Plan Year in which this
Plan terminates, a Participant shall only be eligible to share in the allocation of the
Employer’s contributions for the Plan Year if the Participant is employed at the end of
the Plan Year and has completed a Year of Service (or Period of Service if the Elapsed
Time method is elected).

(2) Permitted disparity allocation. For an integrated Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit
Sharing Plan allocation or a Money Purchase Plan which is integrated by allocation:

(i) Except as provided in Section 4.3(f) for top-heavy purposes and subject to the
“overall permitted disparity limits,” the Employer’s contribution shall be allocated to
each Participant’s Account in a dollar amount equal to 5.7% of the sum of each
Participant’s Compensation plus Excess Compensation. If the Employer does not contribute
such amount for all Participants, each Participant will be allocated a share of the
contribution in the same proportion that each such Participant’s Compensation plus Excess
Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation plus the total Excess
Compensation of all Participants for that year. However, in the case of any Participant
who has exceeded the “cumulative permitted disparity limit,” the allocation set forth in
this paragraph shall be based on such Participant’s Compensation rather than Compensation
plus Excess Compensation.

     Regardless of the preceding, 4.3% shall be substituted for 5.7% above if Excess
Compensation is based on more than 20% and less than or equal to 80% of the Taxable Wage
Base. If Excess Compensation is based on less than 100% and more than 80% of the Taxable
Wage Base, then 5.4% shall be substituted for 5.7% above.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

19

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(ii) The balance of the Employer’s contribution over the amount allocated above, if
any, shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in the same proportion that each
such Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
Participants for such year.

(iii) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, a Participant shall only be eligible to
share in the allocations of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant
is an Eligible Employee at any time during the year and the conditions set forth in the
Adoption Agreement are satisfied, unless a top-heavy contribution is required pursuant
to Section 4.3(f). If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant
shall be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the year
if the Participant completes more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service (or three (3)
Months of Service if the Elapsed Time method is chosen in the Adoption Agreement) during
the Plan Year or is employed on the last day of the Plan Year.

(iv) The following “overall permitted disparity limits” (which consist of the “annual
overall permitted disparity limit” and the “cumulative permitted disparity limit”) apply
to the allocations set forth above.

(A) “Annual overall permitted disparity limit.” Notwithstanding the preceding
paragraphs, if in any Plan Year this Plan “benefits” any Participant who “benefits”
under another qualified plan or simplified employee pension, as defined in Code
Section 408(k), maintained by the Employer that either provides for or imputes
permitted disparity (integrates), then such plans will be considered to be one plan
and will be considered to comply with the permitted disparity rules if the extent of
the permitted disparity of all such plans does not exceed 100%. For purposes of the
preceding sentence, the extent of the permitted disparity of a plan is the ratio,
expressed as a percentage, which the actual benefits, benefit rate, offset rate, or
employer contribution rate, whatever is applicable under the Plan, bears to the
limitation under Code Section 401(1) applicable to such Plan.

(B) “Cumulative permitted disparity limit.” With respect to a Participant who
“benefits” or “has benefited” under a defined benefit or target benefit plan of the
Employer, the “cumulative permitted disparity limit” for the Participant is
thirty-five (35) total cumulative permitted disparity years. Total cumulative
permitted disparity years means the number of years credited to the Participant for
allocation or accrual purposes under the Plan, any other qualified plan or simplified
employee pension plan (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the Employer,
while such plan either provides for or imputes permitted disparity. For purposes of
determining the Participant’s “cumulative permitted disparity limit,” all years
ending in the same calendar year are treated as the same year. If the Participant has
not “benefited” under a defined benefit or target benefit plan which neither provides
for nor imputes permitted disparity for any year beginning on or after January 1,
1994, then such Participant has no cumulative disparity limit.

     For purposes of this Section, “benefiting” means benefiting under the Plan for any
Plan Year during which a Participant received or is deemed to receive an allocation in
accordance with Regulation Section 1.410(b)-3(a).

(3) Other profit sharing allocations. For a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Profit Sharing
Plan with a non-integrated allocation formula, a uniform points allocation formula, a
Prevailing Wage Contribution allocation formula, an “age-weighted method” allocation
formula, or a “grouping method” allocation formula as elected in the Formula for Determining
Employer Profit Sharing Contribution Section of the Adoption Agreement:

(i) The Employer’s contribution shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in
accordance with the allocation method below that corresponds to the elections in the
Adoption Agreement. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with all information
required by the Administrator to make a proper allocation of the Employer’s
contribution for each Plan Year. Within a reasonable period of time after the date of
receipt by the Administrator of such information, the allocation shall be made in
accordance with the provisions below. The “gateway contribution” for plans with a
cross-tested allocation formula shall be made in accordance with the provisions of
subsection (4) below.

(ii) If the Employer’s contribution is fixed, the Employer shall allocate the
contribution in a set percentage to each Participant. If the Employer elects to
contribute a uniform dollar amount for each Participant, the pro rata allocation shall
allocate that uniform dollar amount to each Participant.

(iii) If the Employer’s contribution is discretionary and non-integrated, the
contribution shall be allocated either in the same ratio as each Participant’s
Compensation bears to the total of such Compensation of all Participants, in the same
dollar amount to all Participants (per capita), or in the same dollar amount per Hour of
Service completed by each Participant.

(iv) If the Employer’s Contribution is allocated under a uniform points allocation
formula, the allocation for each Participant shall be determined based on the
Participant’s total points for the Plan Year, as determined under the Adoption Agreement.
A Participant’s allocation of the Employer Contribution is determined by multiplying the
Employer Contribution by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Participant’s total
points for the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the sum of the points for all
Participants for the Plan Year. A Participant shall receive points for each year(s) of
age and/or each Year(s) of Service. In addition, a Participant also may receive points
based on his or her Compensation,

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

20

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(v) If the Employer’s contribution is a Prevailing Wage Contribution, it shall be
allocated to each Participant who performs services subject to the Service Contract Act,
Davis-Bacon Act or similar Federal, State, or Municipal Prevailing Wage statutes. The
Prevailing Wage Contribution shall be an amount equal to the balance of the fringe
benefit payment for health and welfare for each Participant (after deducting the cost of
cash differential payments for the Participant) based on the hourly contribution rate
for the Participant’s employment classification, as designated on Schedule A as attached
to the Adoption Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the
Prevailing Wage Contribution shall be fully Vested. Furthermore, the Prevailing Wage
Contribution shall not be subject to any age, service or employment condition
requirements set forth in the Adoption Agreement and the Employer shall make such
contribution to the Plan as frequently as is required under applicable law.

(vi) If the Employer’s contribution is allocated according to a “grouping method,” the
Employer may contribute to the Plan on behalf of each of the classifications of
Participants set forth in the Adoption Agreement such amount as shall be determined by
the Employer. The Employer shall provide the Administrator, if other than the Employer,
with written notification of the amount of the contribution to be allocated to each
classification on or before the due date of the Employer’s tax return for the year of
allocation, through written instructions from the Employer to the Plan Administrator.
The Employer may elect to specify any number of classifications and a classification may
consist of any number of Participants. The Employer may elect at Question 31.g.1. of the
401(k) Profit Sharing Adoption Agreement or 27.g.1.a. of the Profit Sharing Adoption
Agreement to put each Participant in his or her own classification. The Administrator
shall allocate the contribution made on behalf of each group of Participants to the
Participants within such group either in the same proportion that each such
Participant’s Compensation bears to the total Compensation of all Participants within
such group or on an equal basis (per capita), as selected in the Adoption Agreement.

(vii) If the Employer’s contribution is allocated according to an “age-weighting method,”
the Employer’s contribution for the Plan Year shall be allocated to each Participant’s
Account in the same proportion that each such Participant’s total points with respect to
such year, bear to the total points awarded to all Participants with respect to such
year. The conditional allocation provided for in the preceding sentence shall become the
final allocation for the year only if it is not a Top-Heavy Plan Year, or if the minimum
allocation required for Top-Heavy Plan Years is provided to all Employees eligible to
receive such minimum allocation. If any such Employee does not receive the top-heavy
minimum allocation, then in lieu of the conditional allocation, the Employer’s
contribution shall instead be allocated first to the affected Employees in an amount
equal to their conditional allocation plus any additional amount necessary to provide the
top-heavy minimum allocation.

     The remainder of the Employer’s contribution shall then be allocated as provided
under the conditional allocation method, but for this purpose, those Employees who did
not receive the top-heavy minimum allocation under the initial conditional allocation
shall not be considered. If under the secondary allocation provided in the preceding
sentence, an Employee who received a top-heavy minimum contribution under the conditional
allocation no longer receives the same, then the steps outlined in the preceding
paragraph and sentence shall be repeated until such time as all affected Employees have
been allocated the top-heavy minimum contribution and the remaining contribution has been
allocated, at which time, the allocations for the year shall be final.

     A Participant’s points with respect to any Plan Year shall be computed as follows:

(A) Multiply the Participant’s Compensation for the Plan Year by 1%.

(B) Multiply the product for each Participant as determined in (a) above by the product of:

1. the factor in Table 1 in Exhibit A to the Adoption Agreement, such factor
to be determined by reference to the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age, and

2. the factor in Table II of Exhibit A to the Adoption Agreement, such factor
to be determined by reference to the number of years remaining from the
Participant’s attained age as of the allocation date to his or her Normal
Retirement Age.

     The Schedule of Age-Weighted Allocation Factors is set forth in Exhibit A
to the Adoption Agreement, (which is hereby incorporated by reference and made
a part of the Plan) and shall be based on the interest rate selected in the
Adoption Agreement (if no selection is made, 8.5% interest shall be deemed to
have been elected).

3. The resulting number shall be the number of points allocated to the
Participant.

(viii) Notwithstanding the preceding provisions, a Participant shall only be eligible to
share in the allocations of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant
is an Eligible Employee at any time during the year and the conditions set forth in the
Adoption Agreement are satisfied, unless a top-heavy contribution is required pursuant to
Section 4.3(f). If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant
shall be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the year
if the Participant completes more than five hundred (500) Hours of Service (or three (3)

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

21

 

Volume Submitter Plan

Months of Service if the Elapsed Time method is chosen in the Adoption Agreement) during
the Plan Year or is employed on the last day of the Plan Year.

(4) Gateway contribution. The Employer may make an additional discretionary Employer
contribution (“gateway contribution”) as set forth below (i.e., the minimum allocation
gateway requirement described in Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(I)(vi)). In applying the
provisions of this subsection (4), the term “Employer contributions” shall also include any
Forfeitures that are allocated to a Participant, other than Forfeitures that are subject to
Code Section 401(m) because they are allocated as a matching contribution. Furthermore, in
applying the provisions of this subsection (4) to a 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan, the term
“Employer contributions” means any Employer Nonelective Contributions, safe harbor
Nonelective and, except as otherwise provided in subsections (4)(ii) and (iv) below,
Qualified Nonelective Contributions, and such term excludes any matching contributions.

(i) Any “gateway contribution” made pursuant to this subsection for a Plan Year will
be allocated to each Nonhighly Compensated Participant who receives an allocation of
other “Employer contributions,” for such Plan Year. The “gateway contribution” will be
allocated without regard to any allocation conditions otherwise applicable to “Employer
contributions” under the Plan. However, Participants who the Administrator disaggregates
pursuant to Regulation Section 1.410(b)-7(c)(3) because they have not satisfied the
greatest minimum age and service conditions permissible under Code Section 410(a) shall
not be eligible to receive an allocation of any “gateway contribution” made pursuant to
this subsection unless such an allocation is necessary to satisfy Code Section
401(a)(4).

(ii) The “gateway contribution” will be allocated pro rata on the basis of Compensation
(as defined in (iii) or (iv) below, whichever is applicable) of each eligible Participant
(as described in subsection (i) above) but in no event will an allocation of the “gateway
contribution” exceed the lesser of: (A) five percent (5%) of Compensation or (B)
one-third (1/3) of the highest allocation rate for any Highly Compensated Participant for
the Plan Year. Any allocation under the prior sentence will be reduced by the amount of
any other “Employer contributions,” excluding any Qualified Nonelective Contributions
that are used to satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage test set forth in Section 12.4 or
the Actual Contribution Percentage test set forth in Section 12.6, allocated for the same
Plan Year to such Participant, provided that if an eligible Participant is receiving only
a Qualified Nonelective Contribution and such contribution amount equals or exceeds the
“gateway contribution.” then the contribution satisfies the “gateway contribution”
requirement as to that Participant.

(iii) For allocation purposes under the 5% “gateway contribution” under (A) of subsection
(ii) above, Compensation means 415 Compensation except that it shall be determined for
the Plan Year (rather than the Limitation Year) and shall exclude 415 Compensation paid
while an Employee is not a Participant in the Plan.

(iv) For purposes of the 1/3 “gateway contribution” alternative under (B) of subsection
(ii) above, the Administrator will (a) determine the allocation rate, and (b) allocate
the “gateway contribution,” using a Participant’s Compensation, provided the definition
of Compensation satisfies Regulation Section 1.414(s). In addition, the allocation rate
for any Participant is determined by dividing the total “Employer contribution” made on
behalf of such Participant by the Participant’s Compensation (as defined in the preceding
sentence). However, solely for purposes of determining the allocation rate of any
Nonhighly Compensated Participant, Qualified Nonelective Contributions that are used to
satisfy the Actual Deferral Percentage test set forth in Section 12.4 or the Actual
Contribution Percentage test set forth in Section 12.6, shall not be taken into account.

(v) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Employer may increase the “gateway contribution”
to satisfy the provisions of Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-9(b)(2)(v)(D) if the plan
(for nondiscrimination testing purposes) consists of one or more defined contribution
plans and one or more defined benefit plans.

(c) Gains or losses. Except as otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement or as provided in
Section 4.10 with respect to Participant Directed Accounts, as of each Valuation Date, before
allocation of any Employer contributions and Forfeitures, any earnings or losses (net
appreciation or net depreciation) of the Trust Fund (exclusive of assets segregated for
distribution) shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Participant’s nonsegregated
accounts bear to the total of all Participants’ nonsegregated accounts as of such date.

(d) Contracts. Participants’ Accounts shall be debited for any insurance or annuity premiums
paid, if any, and credited with any dividends or interest received on Contracts.

(c) Forfeitures. On or before each Anniversary Date, any amounts which became Forfeitures
since the last Anniversary Date may be made available to reinstate previously forfeited account
balances of Participants, if any, in accordance with Section 3.5(f), used to satisfy any
contribution that may be required pursuant to Section 6.10, or, if elected in the Adoption
Agreement, used to pay any Plan expenses. The remaining Forfeitures, if any, shall be treated in
accordance with the elections made in the Forfeiture Section of the Adoption Agreement. In the
event Forfeitures are used to reduce an Employer discretionary contribution and the Forfeitures
exceed such contribution, then the remaining Forfeitures will be allocated as an additional
discretionary contribution. If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then any remaining
Forfeitures will be used to reduce any Employer contributions under the Plan. However, if the
Plan provides for an integrated allocation and no election is made in the Adoption Agreement,
then any remaining Forfeitures will be added to the Employer’s contributions under the Plan.
Furthermore, if the Plan provides for a “grouping method” allocation and

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

22

 

Volume Submitter Plan

Forfeitures are added to, or used to reduce, the Employer’s contribution that is to be
allocated among the groups, then any remaining Forfeitures will be apportioned to each group in
proportion to the contribution made for each group, as made or determined by the Employer.
Regardless of the preceding sentences, in the event the allocation of Forfeitures provided
herein shall cause the “annual additions” (as defined in Section 4.4) to any Participant’s
Account to exceed the amount allowable by the Code, an adjustment shall be made in accordance
with Section 4.5. Except, however, a Participant shall only be eligible to share in the
allocations of Forfeitures for the year if the conditions set forth in the Adoption Agreement
are satisfied, unless a top-heavy contribution is required pursuant to Section 4.3(f). If no
election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant shall be eligible to share in
the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the Participant completes more
than five hundred (500) Hours of Service (or three (3) Months of Service if the Elapsed Time
method is chosen in the Adoption Agreement) during the Plan Year or is employed on the last day
of the Plan Year.

(f) Minimum allocations required for Top-Heavy Plan Years. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for
any Top-Heavy Plan Year, the sum of the Employer’s contributions and Forfeitures allocated to
the Participant’s Combined Account of each Non-Key Employee or each Participant, if elected in
the Adoption Agreement, shall be equal to at least three percent (3%) of such Employee’s 415
Compensation for the Plan Year or the calendar year ending within the Plan Year (reduced by
contributions and Forfeitures, if any, allocated to each such Employee in any defined
contribution plan included with this Plan in a “required aggregation group” (as defined in
Section 9.2(f)). However, if (i) the sum of the Employer’s contributions and Forfeitures
allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of each Key Employee for such Top-Heavy Plan
Year is less than three percent (3%) of each Key Employee’s 415 Compensation and (ii) this Plan
is not required to be included in a “required aggregation group” (as defined in Section 9.2(f)
to enable a defined benefit plan to meet the requirements of Code Section 401(a)(4) or 410, the
sum of the Employer’s contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Combined
Account of each Employee entitled to the top-heavy minimum contribution shall be equal to the
largest percentage allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of any Key Employee. The
minimum allocation required (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code Section
416(b)) may not be forfeited under Code Section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D).

     However, for each Employee who is a Participant in a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k)
Profit Sharing Plan and a Money Purchase Plan, the minimum three percent (3%) allocation
specified above shall be provided in the Money Purchase Plan.

     If this is an integrated Plan, then for any Top-Heavy Plan Year the Employer’s contribution
shall be allocated as follows and shall still be required to satisfy the other provisions of
this subsection:

(1) An amount equal to three percent (3%) multiplied by each Participant’s Compensation for
the Plan Year shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account. If the Employer does not
contribute such amount for all Participants, the amount shall be allocated to each
Participant’s Account in the same proportion that such Participant’s total Compensation for
the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all Participants for such year.

(2) The balance of the Employer’s contribution over the amount allocated under subparagraph
(1) hereof shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in a dollar amount equal to
three percent (3%) multiplied by a Participant’s Excess Compensation. If the Employer does
not contribute such amount for all Participants, each Participant will be allocated a share
of the contribution in the same proportion that such Participant’s Excess Compensation bears
to the total Excess Compensation of all Participants for that year. For purposes of this
paragraph, in the case of any Participant who has exceeded the “cumulative permitted
disparity limit” described in Section 4.3(b)(2), such Participant’s total Compensation will
be taken into account.

(3) The balance of the Employer’s contribution over the amount allocated under subparagraph
(2) hereof shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in a dollar amount equal to 2.7%
multiplied by the sum of each Participant’s total Compensation plus Excess Compensation. If
the Employer does not contribute such amount for all Participants, each Participant will be
allocated a share of the contribution in the same proportion that such Participant’s total
Compensation plus Excess Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation plus
Excess Compensation of all Participants for that year. For purposes of this paragraph, in
the case of any Participant who has exceeded the “cumulative permitted disparity limit”
described in Section 4.3(b)(2), such Participant’s total Compensation rather than
Compensation plus Excess Compensation will be taken into account.

     Regardless of the preceding, 1.3% shall be substituted for 2.7% above if Excess
Compensation is based on more than 20% and less than or equal to 80% of the Taxable Wage
Base. If Excess Compensation is based on less than 100% and more than 80% of the Taxable Wage
Base, then 2.4% shall be substituted for 2.7% above.

(4) The balance of the Employer’s contributions over the amount allocated above, if any,
shall be allocated to each Participant’s Account in the same proportion that such
Participant’s total Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Compensation of all
Participants for such year.

     For each Employee who is a Participant in this Plan and another defined contribution
plan maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer, the minimum three percent (3%)
allocation specified above shall be provided as specified in the Adoption Agreement.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

23

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(g) Top-Heavy contribution allocation. For purposes of the minimum allocations set forth
above, the percentage allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of any Key Employee shall
be equal to the ratio of the sum of the Employer’s contributions and Forfeitures allocated on
behalf of such Key Employee divided by the 415 Compensation for such Key Employee.

(h) Participants eligible for top-heavy allocation. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to
the contrary, for any Top-Heavy Plan Year, the minimum allocations set forth in this Section
shall only be allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account of all Non-Key Employees, and Key
Employees if elected in the Adoption Agreement, who are Participants and who are employed by the
Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, including Employees who have (1) failed to complete a
Year of Service; (2) declined to make mandatory contributions (if required) or, in the case of a
cash or deferred arrangement. Elective Deferrals to the Plan; or (3) Compensation less than a
stated amount. In addition, pursuant to Code Section 416(g)(4), Participants whose employment is
governed by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and employee representatives
under which retirement benefits were the subject of good faith bargaining shall not be eligible
to receive the top-heavy minimum allocations.

(i) Top-Heavy allocation if DB and DC plans maintained. Notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary, in any Plan Year in which the Employer maintains both this Plan and a non-frozen
defined benefit pension plan included in a “required aggregation group” (as defined in Section
9.2(f)) which is top-heavy, the Employer will not be required (unless otherwise elected in
Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted Elections)) to provide Employees with both
the full separate minimum defined benefit plan benefit and the full separate defined
contribution plan top-heavy minimum allocations. In such case, the top-heavy minimum benefits
will be provided as elected in the Adoption Agreement and, if applicable, as follows:

(1) If the 5% defined contribution minimum is elected in the Adoption Agreement:

(i) The requirements of Section 9.1 will apply except that each Employee who accrues a
benefit in the Profit Sharing Plan or Money Purchase Plan and who is also a participant
in the Defined Benefit Plan will receive a minimum allocation of five percent (5%) of
such Participant’s 415 Compensation from the applicable defined contribution plan(s).

(ii) For each Employee who is a participant only in the Defined Benefit Plan the
Employer will provide a minimum non-integrated benefit equal to two percent (2%) of
such participant’s highest five (5) consecutive year average 415 Compensation for
each Year of Service while a participant in the plan, in which the Plan is top-heavy,
not to exceed ten (10).

(iii) For each Employee who is a Participant only in this defined contribution plan, the
Employer will provide a minimum allocation equal to three percent (3%) of such
Participant’s 415 Compensation.

(2) If the 2% defined benefit minimum is elected in the Adoption Agreement, then for each
Employee who is a participant only in the defined benefit plan, the Employer will provide a
minimum non-integrated benefit equal to two percent (2%) of such participant’s highest five
(5) consecutive year average of 415 Compensation for each Year of Service while a
participant in the plan, in which the plan is top-heavy, not to exceed ten (10).

(j) Matching contributions used to satisfy top-heavy contribution. Unless otherwise specified
in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted Elections), effective with respect to
Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, Employer matching contributions shall be taken
into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Code Section
416(c)(2) and the Plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching
contributions under the Plan or, if the Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement
shall be met in another plan, such other plan. Employer matching contributions that are used to
satisfy the minimum contribution requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for
purposes of the ACP test and other requirements of Code Section 401 (m).

(k) Contributions under other plans. The Employer may provide, in Appendix A to the Adoption
Agreement (Other Permitted Elections), that with respect to any Plan Year beginning after
December 31, 2001, the minimum benefit requirement shall be met in another plan (including
another plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements
of Code Section 401(k)(12) and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of
Code Section 401(m)(11) apply). The Employer must specify the name of the other plan, the
minimum benefit that will be provided under such other plan, and the employees who will receive
the minimum benefit under such other plan.

(l) Delay in processing transactions. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the
contrary, all information necessary to properly reflect a given transaction may not be available
until after the date specified herein for processing such transaction, in which case the
transaction will be reflected when such information is received and processed. Subject to
express limits that may be imposed under the Code, the processing of any contribution,
distribution or other transaction may be delayed for any legitimate business reason (including,
but not limited to, failure of systems or computer programs, failure of the means of the
transmission of data, force majeure, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values
or prices, and correction for errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service
provider). The processing date of a transaction will be binding for all purposes of the Plan.

(m) 410(b) ratio percentage fail-safe provisions. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to
the contrary, the provisions of this subsection apply for any Plan Year if the Employer elected
to apply the 410(b) ratio percentage fail-safe provisions and the Plan fails to satisfy the
“ratio percentage test” due to a last day of the Plan Year allocation condition or an Hours of
Service (or months of

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

24

 

Volume Submitter Plan

service) allocation condition. A plan satisfies the “ratio percentage test” if, on the last day
of the Plan Year, the “benefiting ratio” of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are
“includible” is at least 70% of the “benefiting ratio” of the Highly Compensated Employees who
are “includible.” The “benefiting ratio” of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees is the number
of “includible” Nonhighly Compensated Employees “benefiting” under the Plan divided by the
number of “includible” Employees who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees. The “benefiting
ratio” of the Highly Compensated Employees is the number of Highly Compensated Employees
“benefiting” under the Plan divided by the number of “includible” Highly Compensated Employees.
“Includible” Employees are all Employees other than: (1) those Employees excluded from
participating in the Plan for the entire Plan Year by reason of the collective bargaining unit
exclusion or the nonresident alien exclusion described in the Code or by reason of the age and
service requirements of Article III; and (2) any Employee who incurs a separation from service
during the Plan Year and fails to complete at least 501 Hours of Service (or three (3) months
of service if the Elapsed Time method is being used) during such Plan Year.

     For purposes of this subsection, an Employee is “benefiting” under the Plan on a
particular date if, under the Plan, the Employee is entitled to an Employer contribution or an
allocation of Forfeitures for the Plan Year.

     If this subsection applies and the Hours of Service method is used, then the Administrator
will suspend the allocation conditions and expand the group of the “includible” Nonhighly
Compensated Employees who are Participants by including the minimum number of Participants
eligible to share in the contribution, beginning first with the “includible” Employees employed
by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year who have completed the greatest number of Hours
of Service in the Plan Year, then the “includible” Employees who have completed the greatest
number of Hours of Service during the Plan Year, and continuing to suspend the allocation
conditions for each “includible” Employee who completed Hours of Service, from the greatest
number of Hours of Service to the least, until the Plan satisfies the “ratio percentage test”
for the Plan Year. If two or more “includible” Employees have the same number of Hours of
Service, then the Administrator will suspend the allocation conditions for all such “includible”
Employees, irrespective of whether the Plan can satisfy the “ratio percentage test” by accruing
benefits for fewer than all such “includible” Employees. If the Plan for any Plan Year suspends
the allocation conditions for an “includible” Employee, then that Employee will share in the
allocation for that Plan Year of the Employer contribution and Forfeitures, if any, without
regard to whether the Employee has satisfied the other allocation conditions set forth in this
Section.

     If this subsection applies and the Elapsed Time method is used, then the Administrator
will suspend the allocation conditions for the “includible” Nonhighly Compensated Employees
who are Participants, beginning first with the “includible” Employees employed by the Employer
on the last day of the Plan Year, then the “includible” Employees who have the latest
separation from service during the Plan Year, and continuing to suspend the allocation
conditions for each “includible” Employee who incurred an earlier separation from service,
from the latest to the earliest separation from service date, until the Plan satisfies the
“ratio percentage test” for the Plan Year. If two or more “includible” Employees have a
separation from service on the same day, then the Administrator will suspend the allocation
conditions for all such “includible” Employees, irrespective of whether the Plan can satisfy
the “ratio percentage test” by accruing benefits for fewer than all such “includible”
Employees. If the Plan for any Plan Year suspends the allocation conditions for an
“includible” Employee, then that Employee will share in the allocation for that Plan Year of
the Employer contribution and Forfeitures, if any, without regard to whether the Employee has
satisfied the other allocation conditions set forth in this Section.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the portion of the Plan which is not a Code Section
401(k) or 401(m) plan would fail to satisfy Code Section 410(b) if the coverage tests were
applied by treating those Participants whose only allocation would otherwise be provided under
the top-heavy formula as if they were not currently benefiting under the Plan, then, for
purposes of applying this subsection (m), such Participants shall be treated as not benefiting.

4.4 MAXIMUM ANNUAL ADDITIONS

(a) Calculation of “annual additions.”

(1) If a Participant does not participate in, and has never participated in another
qualified plan maintained by the “employer,” or a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code
Section 419(e)) maintained by the “employer,” or an individual medical benefit account (as
defined in Code Section 415(1)(2)) maintained by the “employer,” or a simplified employee
pension (as defined in Code Section 408(k)) maintained by the “employer” which provides
“annual additions,” the amount of “annual additions” which may be credited to the
Participant’s Accounts for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of the “maximum
permissible amount” or any other limitation contained in this Plan. If the “employer”
contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s Accounts
would cause the “annual additions” for the Limitation Year to exceed the “maximum
permissible amount,” the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the “annual
additions” for the Limitation Year will equal the “maximum permissible amount,” and any
amount in excess of the “maximum permissible amount” which would have been allocated to such
Participant may be allocated to other Participants.

(2) Prior to determining the Participant’s actual 415 Compensation for the Limitation
Year, the “employer” may determine the “maximum permissible amount” for a Participant on
the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participants 415 Compensation for the
Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated.

(3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year the
“maximum permissible amount” for such Limitation Year shall be determined on the basis of
the Participant’s actual 415 Compensation for such Limitation Year.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

25

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(b) “Annual additions” if a Participant is in more than one plan.

(1) This subsection applies if, in addition to this Plan, a Participant is covered under
another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the “employer” that is a “master
or prototype plan,” a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code Section 419(e)) maintained by
the “employer,” an individual medical benefit account (as defined in Code Section 415(1)(2)
maintained by the “employer,” or a simplified employee pension (as defined in Code Section
408(k)) maintained by the “employer,” which provides “annual additions,” during any
Limitation Year. The “annual additions” which may be credited to a Participant’s accounts
under this Plan for any such Limitation Year shall not exceed the “maximum permissible
amount” reduced by the “annual additions” credited to a Participant’s accounts under the
other plans and welfare benefit funds, individual medical benefit accounts, and simplified
employee pensions for the same Limitation Year. If the “annual additions” with respect to
the Participant under other defined contribution plans and welfare benefit funds maintained
by the “employer” are less than the “maximum permissible amount” and the “employer”
contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s accounts
under this Plan would cause the “annual additions” for the Limitation Year to exceed this
limitation, the amount contributed or allocated will be reduced so that the “annual
additions” under all such plans and welfare benefit funds for the Limitation Year will equal
the “maximum permissible amount,” and any amount in excess of the “maximum permissible
amount” which would have been allocated to such Participant may be allocated to other
Participants. If the “annual additions” with respect to the Participant under such other
defined contribution plans, welfare benefit funds, individual medical benefit accounts and
simplified employee pensions in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the “maximum
permissible amount.” no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant’s account
under this Plan for the Limitation Year.

(2) Prior to determining the Participant’s actual 415 Compensation for the Limitation
Year, the “employer” may determine the “maximum permissible amount” for a Participant on
the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for the
Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated.

(3) As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the
“maximum permissible amount” for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of
the Participant’s actual 415 Compensation for the Limitation Year.

(4) If, pursuant to Section 4.4(b)(2) or Section 4.5, a Participant’s “annual additions”
under this Plan and such other plans would result in an “excess amount” for a Limitation
Year, the “excess amount” will be deemed to consist of the “annual additions” last
allocated, except that “annual additions” attributable to a simplified employee pension will
be deemed to have been allocated first, followed by “annual additions” to a welfare benefit
fund or individual medical benefit account, and then by “annual additions” to a plan subject
to Code Section 412, regardless of the actual allocation date.

(5) If an “excess amount” was allocated to a Participant on an allocation date of this Plan
which coincides with an allocation date of another plan, the “excess amount” attributed to
this Plan will be the product of:

(i) the total “excess amount” allocated as of such date, times

(ii) the ratio of (1) the “annual additions” allocated to the Participant for the
Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to (2) the total “annual additions”
allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this and all
the other qualified defined contribution plans.

(6) Any “excess amount” attributed to this Plan will be disposed of in the manner described
in Section 4.5.

(c) Certain amounts are not “annual additions.” For purposes of applying the limitations of Code
Section 415, the transfer of funds from one qualified plan to another is not an “annual
addition.” In addition, the following are not Employee contributions for the purposes of Section
4.4(d)(1)(b): (1) rollover contributions (as defined in Code Sections 402(c), 403(a)(4),
403(b)(8), 408(d)(3) and 457(c)(16)); (2) repayments of loans made to a Participant from the
Plan; (3) repayments of distributions received by an Employee pursuant to Code Section
411(a)(7)(B) (cash-outs); (4) repayments of distributions received by an Employee pursuant to
Code Section 411(a)(3)(D) (mandatory contributions); (5) Catch-Up Contributions; and (6)
Employee contributions to a simplified employee pension excludable from gross income under Code
Section 408(k)(6).

(d) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following terms shall be defined as follows:

(1) “Annual additions” means the sum credited to a Participant’s accounts for any
Limitation Year of (a) “employer” contributions, (b) Employee contributions (except as
provided below), (c) Forfeitures, (d) amounts allocated to an individual medical benefit
account, as defined in Code Section 415(1)(2), which is part of a pension or annuity plan
maintained by the “employer,” (e) amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued which
are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a
key employee (as defined in Code Section 419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund (as
defined in Code Section 419(e)) maintained by the “employer” and (f) allocations under a
simplified employee pension. Except, however, the Compensation percentage limitation
referred to in paragraph (e)(7)(ii) shall not apply to: (1) any contribution for medical
benefits (within the meaning of Code Section 419A(f)(2)) after separation from service which
is otherwise treated as an “annual addition,” or (2) any amount otherwise treated as an
“annual addition” under Code Section 415(I)(1).

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services. Inc.

26

 

Volume Submitter Plan

     For this purpose, any “excess amount” applied under Section 4.5 in the Limitation Year
to reduce “employer” contributions shall be considered “annual additions” for such
Limitation Year.

(2) “Defined contribution dollar limitation” means, effective with respect to Limitation
Years beginning after December 31, 2001, $40,000 as adjusted under Code Section 415(d).

(3) “Employer” means, for purposes of this Section and Section 4.5 the Employer that adopts
this Plan and all Affiliated Employers, except that for purposes of this Section, the
determination of whether an entity is an Affiliated Employer shall be made by applying Code
Section 415(h).

(4) “Excess amount” means the excess of the Participant’s “annual additions” for the
Limitation Year over the “maximum permissible amount.”

(5) “Highest average compensation” means the average Compensation for the three (3)
consecutive Years of Service with the “employer” while a Participant in the Plan that
produces the highest average. A Year of Service with the “employer” is the twelve (12)
consecutive month period ending on the last day of the Limitation Year.

(6) “Maximum permissible amount” means, except to the extent permitted under this Plan and
Code Section 414(v), effective with respect to Limitation Years beginning after December 31,
2001, the maximum “annual addition” that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant’s
accounts under the Plan for any Limitation Year, which shall not exceed the lesser of:

(i) the “defined contribution dollar limitation,” or

(ii) one hundred percent (100%) of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for the
Limitation Year.

     The 415 Compensation Limitation referred to in (ii) shall not apply to any
contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning
of Code Sections 401 (h) or 419A(f)(2)) which is otherwise treated as an “annual
addition.”

     If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the
Limitation Year to a different twelve (12) consecutive month period, the “maximum
permissible amount” will not exceed the “defined contribution dollar limitation”
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short
Limitation Year and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

4.5 ADJUSTMENT FOR EXCESSIVE ANNUAL ADDITIONS

     Allocation of “annual additions” (as defined in Section 4.4) to a Participant’s Combined
Account for a Limitation Year generally will cease once the limits of Section 4.4 have been
reached for such Limitation Year. However, if as a result of the allocation of Forfeitures, a
reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s annual 415 Compensation, a reasonable error in
determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that
may be made with respect to any Participant under the limits of Section 4.4, or other facts and
circumstances to which Regulation Section 1.415-6(b)(6) shall be applicable, the “annual
additions” under this Plan would cause the maximum provided in Section 4.4 to be exceeded, the
“excess amount” will be disposed of in one of the following manners, as uniformly determined by
the Plan Administrator for all Participants similarly situated:

(a) Any after-tax voluntary Employee contributions (plus attributable gains), to the extent they
would reduce the “excess amount,” will be distributed to the Participant;

(b) If, after the application of subparagraph (a), an “excess amount” still exists, any
unmatched Elective Deferrals, and any gains attributable to such Elective Deferrals, to the
extent they would reduce the “excess amount,” will be distributed to the Participant;

(c) To the extent necessary, matched Elective Deferrals and “employer” matching contributions
will be proportionately reduced from the Participant’s Account. The Elective Deferrals, and any
gains attributable to such Elective Deferrals, will be distributed to the Participant and the
“employer” matching contributions, and any gains attributable to such matching contributions,
will be used to reduce the “employer’s” contributions in the next Limitation Year;

(d) If, after the application of subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c), an “excess amount” still exists,
and the Participant is covered by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, the “excess
amount” in the Participant’s Account will be used to reduce “employer” contributions (including
any allocation of Forfeitures) for such Participant in the next Limitation Year, and each
succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

(e) If, after the application of subparagraphs (a), (b) and (c), an “excess amount” still
exists, and the Participant is not covered by the Plan at the end of a Limitation Year, the
“excess amount” will be held unallocated in a suspense account. The suspense account will be
applied to reduce future “employer” contributions (including allocation of any Forfeitures) for
all remaining Participants in the next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation Year if
necessary; and

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services. Inc.

27

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(f) If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a Limitation Year pursuant
to this Section, no investment gains and losses shall be allocated to such suspense account. If
a suspense account is in existence at any time during a particular Limitation Year, all amounts
in the suspense account must be allocated and reallocated to Participants’ Accounts before any
“employer” contributions or any Employee contributions may be made to the Plan for that
Limitation Year. Except as provided in (a), (b) and (c) above, “excess amounts” may not be
distributed to Participants.

4.6 ROLLOVERS

(a) Acceptance of “rollovers” into the Plan. If elected in the Adoption Agreement and with the
consent of the Administrator (such consent must be exercised in a nondiscriminatory manner and
applied uniformly to all Participants), the Plan may accept a “rollover,” provided the
“rollover” will not jeopardize the tax-exempt status of the Plan or create adverse tax
consequences for the Employer. The amounts rolled over shall be separately accounted for in a
“Participant’s Rollover Account.” Furthermore, any Roth Elective Deferrals that are accepted as
“rollovers” in this Plan on or after January 1, 2006 shall be separately accounted for. A
Participant’s Rollover Account shall be fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to
forfeiture for any reason. For purposes of this Section, the term Participant shall include any
Eligible Employee who is not yet a Participant, if, pursuant to the Adoption Agreement,
“rollovers” are permitted to be accepted from Eligible Employees. In addition, for purposes of
this Section the term Participant shall also include former Employees if the Employer and
Administrator consent to accept “rollovers” of distributions made to former Employees from any
plan of the Employer.

(b) 
Treatment of “rollover” under the Plan. Amounts in a Participant’s Rollover Account shall
be held by the Trustee (or Insurer) pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and may not be
withdrawn by, or distributed to the Participant, in whole or in part, except as elected in the
Adoption Agreement and subsection (c) below. The Trustee (or Insurer) shall have no duty or
responsibility to inquire as to the propriety of the amount, value or type of assets
transferred, nor to conduct any due diligence with respect to such assets; provided, however,
that such assets are otherwise eligible to be held by the Trustee (or Insurer) under the terms
of this Plan.

(c) Distribution of “rollovers.” At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the
Participant or Eligible Employee or such Participant’s or Eligible Employee’s Beneficiary shall
be entitled to receive benefits, the Participant’s Rollover Account shall be used to provide
additional benefits to the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary. Any distribution of
amounts held in a Participant’s Rollover Account shall be made in a manner which is consistent
with and satisfies the provisions of Sections 6.5 and 6.6, including, but not limited to, all
notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations
thereunder. Furthermore, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, such amounts shall be considered
to be part of a Participant’s benefit in determining whether an involuntary cash-out of benefits
may be made without Participant consent.

(d) “Rollovers” maintained in a separate account. The Administrator may direct that “rollovers”
made after a Valuation Date be segregated into a separate account for each Participant until
such time as the allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at which time they may remain
segregated, invested as part of the general Trust Fund or, if elected in the Adoption Agreement,
directed by the Participant.

(e) Limits on accepting “rollovers.” Prior to accepting any “rollovers” to which this Section
applies, the Administrator may require the Employee to establish (by providing opinion of
counsel or otherwise) that the amounts to be rolled over to this Plan meet the requirements of
this Section. The Employer may instruct the Administrator, operationally and on a
nondiscriminatory basis, to limit the source of rollover contributions that may be accepted by
the Plan.

(f) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) A “rollover” means: (i) amounts transferred to this Plan directly from another “eligible
retirement plan;” (ii) distributions received by an Employee from other “eligible retirement
plans” which are eligible for tax-free rollover to an “eligible retirement plan” and which
are transferred by the Employee to this Plan within sixty (60) days following receipt
thereof; and (iii) any other amounts which are eligible to be rolled over to this Plan
pursuant to the Code or any other federally enacted legislation.

(2) An “eligible retirement plan” means an individual retirement account described in Code
Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b) (other
than an endowment contract), a qualified trust (an employees’ trust described in Code
Section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under Code Section 501(a)), an annuity plan
described in Code Section 403(a), an eligible deferred compensation plan described in Code
Section 457(b) which is maintained by an eligible employer described in Code Section
457(e)(1)(A). and an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b).

4.7 PLAN-TO-PLAN TRANSFERS FROM QUALIFIED PLANS

(a) Transfers into this Plan. With the consent of the Administrator, amounts may be
transferred (within the meaning of Code Section 414(1)) to this Plan from other tax qualified
plans under Code Section 401(a), provided the plan from which such funds are transferred permits
the transfer to be made and the transfer will not jeopardize the tax-exempt status of the Plan
or Trust or create adverse tax consequences for the Employer. Prior to accepting any transfers
to which this Section applies, the Administrator may require an opinion of counsel that the
amounts to be transferred meet the requirements of this Section. The amounts transferred shall
be set up in a separate account herein referred to as a “Participant’s Transfer Account.”
Furthermore, for Vesting purposes, the Participant’s Transfer Account shall be treated as a
separate “Participant’s Account.”

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

28

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(b) Accounting of transfers. Amounts in a Participant’s Transfer Account shall be held by
the Trustee (or Insurer) pursuant to the provisions of this Plan and may not be withdrawn by,
or distributed to the Participant, in whole or in part, except as elected in the Adoption
Agreement and subsection (d) below, provided the restrictions of subsection (c) below and
Section 6.16 are satisfied. The Trustee (or Insurer) shall have no duty or responsibility to
inquire as to the propriety of the amount, value or type of assets transferred, nor to conduct
any due diligence with respect to such assets; provided, however, that such assets are
otherwise eligible to be held by the Trustee (or Insurer) under the terms of this Plan.

(c) Restrictions on Elective Deferrals. Except as permitted by Regulations (including Regulation
Section 1.411(d)-4), amounts attributable to elective contributions (as defined in Regulation
Section 1.401(k)-6), including amounts treated as elective contributions, which are transferred
from another qualified plan in a plan-to-plan transfer (other than a direct rollover) shall be
subject to the distribution limitations provided for in the Code Section 401(k) Regulations.

(d) Distribution of plan-to-plan transfer amounts. At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date
when the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive benefits, the
Participant’s Transfer Account shall be used to provide additional benefits to the Participant
or the Participant’s Beneficiary. Any distribution of amounts held in a Participant’s Transfer
Account shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of
Sections 6.5 and 6.6, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code
Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, such amounts shall be
considered to be part of a Participant’s benefit in determining whether an involuntary cash-out
of benefits may be made without Participant consent.

(e) Segregation. The Administrator may direct that Employee transfers made after a Valuation
Date be segregated into a separate account for each Participant until such time as the
allocations pursuant to this Plan have been made, at which time they may remain segregated,
invested as part of the general Trust Fund or, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, directed
by the Participant.

(f) Protected benefits. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a transfer directly
to this Plan from another qualified plan (or a transaction having the effect of such a
transfer) shall only be permitted if it will not result in the elimination or reduction of any
“Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit” as described in Section 8.1 (c).

4.8 AFTER-TAX VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

(a) Not permitted in Money Purchase or Profit Sharing Plan. Except as provided in subsection
4.8(b) below, this Plan will not
accept after-tax voluntary Employee contributions. If this is an amendment to a Plan that had
previously allowed after-tax voluntary Employee contributions, then this Plan will not accept
after-tax voluntary Employee contributions for Plan Years beginning after the Plan Year in
which this Plan is adopted by the Employer.

(b) After-tax voluntary Employee contributions allowed in 401(k) Plans. For 401(k)
Plans, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant who is eligible to make Elective
Deferrals may, in accordance with nondiscriminatory procedures established by the Administrator,
elect to make after-lax voluntary Employee contributions to this Plan. Such contributions must
generally be paid to the Trustee (or Insurer) within a reasonable period of time after being
received by the Employer. An after-tax voluntary Employee contribution is any contribution
(other than Roth Elective Deferrals) made to the Plan by or on behalf of a Participant that is
included in the Participant’s gross income in the year in which made and that is separately
accounted for under the Plan.

(c) Full Vesting. The balance in each Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account shall be
fully Vested at all times and shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any reason.

(d) Distribution at any time. A Participant may elect at any time to withdraw after-tax
voluntary Employee contributions from such Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account and the
actual earnings thereon in a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of
Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections
411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. If the Administrator maintains sub-accounts
with respect to after-tax voluntary Employee contributions (and earnings thereon) which were
made on or before a specified date, a Participant shall be permitted to designate which
sub-account shall be the source for the withdrawal. Forfeitures of Employer contributions shall
not occur solely as a result of an Employee’s withdrawal of after-tax voluntary Employee
contributions.

     In the event a Participant has received a hardship distribution under the safe harbor
hardship provisions of the Code Section 401 (k) Regulations from any plan maintained by the
Employer, then the Participant shall be barred from making any after-tax voluntary Employee
contributions for a period of twelve (12) months after receipt of the hardship distribution.
However, with respect to Plan Years beginning on or after December 31, 2002, the suspension
period shall be six (6) months rather than twelve (12) months.

(e) Used to provide benefits. At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the
Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary is entitled to receive benefits, the Participant’s
Voluntary Contribution Account shall be used to provide additional benefits to the Participant
or the Participant’s Beneficiary.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

29

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(f) Prior mandatory contributions. To the extent a Participant has previously made mandatory
Employee contributions under prior provisions of this Plan, such contributions will be treated
as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions, except that the provisions of subsection (d)
above permitting a distribution at any time shall not apply to mandatory Employee
contributions.

4.9 QUALIFIED VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

(a) Maintenance of existing QVEC accounts. If this is an amendment to a Plan that previously
permitted deductible voluntary Employee contributions, then each Participant who made “qualified
voluntary Employee contributions” within the meaning of Code Section 219(e)(2) as it existed
prior to the enactment of the Tax Reform Act of 1986, shall have such contributions held in a
separate Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account which shall be fully Vested at all
times. Such contributions, however, shall not be permitted for taxable years beginning after
December 31, 1986.

(b) Distribution from QVEC account. A Participant may, upon written request delivered to the
Administrator, make withdrawals from such Participant’s Qualified Voluntary Employee
Contribution Account. Any distribution shall be made in a manner which is consistent with and
satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent
requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.

(c) Used to provide benefits. At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date when the
Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary is entitled to receive benefits, the Qualified
Voluntary Employee Contribution Account shall be used to provide additional benefits to the
Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary.

4.10 PARTICIPANT DIRECTED INVESTMENTS

(a) Directed Investment Options allowed. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, all Participants
may direct the Trustee (or Insurer) as to the investment of all or a portion of their individual
account balances as set forth in the Adoption Agreement and within limits set by the Employer.
Participants may direct the Trustee (or Insurer), in writing (or in such other form which is
acceptable to the Trustee (or Insurer)), to invest their accounts in specific assets, specific
funds or other investments permitted under the Plan and the Participant Direction Procedures.
That portion of the account of any Participant that is subject to investment direction of such
Participant will be considered a Participant Directed Account.

(b) Establishment of Participant Direction Procedures. The Administrator will establish
Participant Direction Procedures, to be applied in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner,
setting forth the permissible investment options under this Section, how often changes between
investments may be made, and any other limitations and provisions that the Administrator may
impose on a Participant’s right to direct investments.

(c) Administrative discretion. The Administrator may, in its discretion, include or exclude by
amendment or other action from the Participant Direction Procedures such instructions,
guidelines or policies as it deems necessary or appropriate to ensure proper administration of
the Plan, and may interpret the same accordingly.

(d) Allocation of gains or losses. As of each Valuation Date, all Participant Directed Accounts
shall be charged or credited with the net earnings, gains, losses and expenses as well as any
appreciation or depreciation in the market value using publicly listed fair market values when
available or appropriate as follows:

(1) to the extent the assets in a Participant Directed Account are accounted for as pooled
assets or investments, the allocation of earnings, gains and losses of each Participant’s
Account shall be based upon the total amount of funds so invested in a manner proportionate
to the Participant’s share of such pooled investment; and

(2) to the extent the assets in a Participant Directed Account are accounted for as
segregated assets, the allocation of earnings, gains on and losses from such assets shall be
made on a separate and distinct basis.

(e) Plan will follow investment directions. Investment directions will be processed as soon as
administratively practicable after proper investment directions are received from the
Participant. No guarantee is made by the Plan, Employer, Administrator or Trustee (or Insurer)
that investment directions will be processed on a daily basis, and no guarantee is made in any
respect regarding the processing time of an investment direction. Notwithstanding any other
provision of the Plan, the Employer, Administrator or Trustee (or Insurer) reserves the right to
not value an investment option on any given Valuation Date for any reason deemed appropriate by
the Employer, Administrator or Trustee (or Insurer). Furthermore, the processing of any
investment transaction may be delayed for any legitimate business reason (including, but not
limited to, failure of systems or computer programs, failure of the means of the transmission of
data, the failure of a service provider to timely receive values or prices, and correction for
errors or omissions or the errors or omissions of any service provider) or force majeure. The
processing date of a transaction will be binding for all purposes of the Plan and considered the
applicable Valuation Date for an investment transaction.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

30

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(f) Section 404(c) provisions. If the Employer intends to operate any portion of this Plan as
an Act Section 404(c) plan, the Participant Direction Procedures should provide an explanation
of the circumstances under which Participants and their Beneficiaries may give investment
instructions, including but not limited to, the following to the extent required under DOL
regulations or guidance;

(1) the conveyance of instructions by the Participants and their Beneficiaries to invest
Participant Directed Accounts in a Directed Investment Option;

(2) the name, address and phone number of the Fiduciary (and, if applicable, the person or
persons designated by the Fiduciary to act on its behalf) responsible for providing
information to the Participant or a Beneficiary upon request relating to the Directed
Investment Options;

(3) applicable restrictions on transfers to and from any Designated Investment Alternative;

(4) any restrictions on the exercise of voting, tender and similar rights related to
a Directed Investment Option by the Participants or their Beneficiaries;

(5) a description of any transaction fees and expenses which affect the balances in
Participant Directed Accounts in connection with the purchase or sale of a Directed
Investment Option; and

(6) general procedures for the dissemination of investment and other information
relating to the Designated Investment Alternatives as deemed necessary or appropriate,
including but not limited to a description of the following:

(i) the investment vehicles available under the Plan, including specific information
regarding any Designated Investment Alternative;

(ii) any designated Investment Managers; and

(iii) a description of the additional information that may be obtained upon request from
the Fiduciary designated to provide such information.

(g) Other documents required by Directed Investments. Any information regarding investments
available under the Plan, to the extent not required to be described in the Participant
Direction Procedures, may be provided to Participants in one or more documents (or in any other
form, including, but not limited to, electronic media) which are separate from the Participant
Direction Procedures and are not thereby incorporated by reference into this Plan.

4.11 INTEGRATION IN MORE THAN ONE PLAN

     If the Employer maintains qualified retirement plans that provide for permitted
disparity (integration), the provisions of Section 4.3(b)(2) will apply.

4.12 QUALIFIED MILITARY SERVICE

     Notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and
service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Code
Section 414(u). Furthermore, loan repayments may be suspended under this Plan as permitted under
Code Section 414(u)(4).

ARTICLE V

VALUATIONS

5.1 VALUATION OF THE TRUST FUND

     The Administrator shall direct the Trustee (or Insurer), as of each Valuation Date, to
determine the net worth of the assets comprising the Trust Fund as it exists on the Valuation Date.
In determining such net worth, the Trustee (or Insurer) shall value the assets comprising the Trust
Fund at their fair market value as of the Valuation Date and may deduct all expenses for which the
Trustee (or Insurer) has not yet been paid by the Employer or the Trust Fund. The Trustee (or
Insurer), when determining the net worth of the assets, may update the value of any shares held in
a Participant Directed Account by reference to the number of shares held on behalf of the
Participant, priced at the market value as of the Valuation Date.

5.2 METHOD OF VALUATION

     In determining the fair market value of securities held in the Trust Fund which are listed on
a registered stock exchange, the Administrator shall direct the Trustee (or Insurer) to value the
same at the prices they were last traded on such exchange preceding the close of business on the
Valuation Date. If such securities were not traded on the Valuation Date, or if the exchange on
which they are traded was not open for business on the Valuation Date, then the securities shall be
valued at the prices at which they were last traded prior

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

31

 

Volume Submitter Plan

to the Valuation Date, Any unlisted security held in the Trust Fund shall be valued at its hid
price next preceding the close of business on the Valuation Date which bid price shall be obtained
from a registered broker or an investment banker. In determining the fair market value of assets
other than securities for which trading or bid prices can be obtained, the Trustee (or Insurer) may
appraise such assets itself (assuming it has the appropriate expertise), or in its discretion,
employ one or more appraisers for that purpose and rely on the values established by such appraiser
or appraisers.

ARTICLE VI

DETERMINATION AND DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

6.1 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON RETIREMENT

     Every Participant may terminate employment with the Employer and retire for purposes hereof on
the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date or Early Retirement Date. However, a Participant may
postpone the termination of employment with the Employer to a later date, in which event the
participation of such Participant in the Plan, including the right to receive allocations pursuant
to Section 4.3. shall continue until such Participant’s Retirement Date. Upon a Participant’s
Retirement Date, or if elected in the Adoption Agreement, the attainment of Normal Retirement Date
without termination of employment with the Employer (subject to Section 12.2(d)), or as soon
thereafter as is practicable, the Administrator shall direct the distribution, at the election of
the Participant, of the Participant’s entire Vested interest in the Plan in accordance with Section
6.5.

6.2 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

(a) 100% Vesting on death. Upon the death of a Participant before the Participant’s Retirement
Date or other termination of employment, all amounts credited to such Participant’s Combined
Account shall, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, become fully Vested. The Administrator
shall direct, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7, the distribution of
the deceased Participant’s Vested accounts to the Participant’s Beneficiary.

(b) Distribution upon death. Upon the death of a Participant, the Administrator shall
direct, in accordance with the provisions of Sections 6.6 and 6.7, the distribution of any
remaining Vested amounts credited to the accounts of such deceased Participant to such
Participant’s Beneficiary.

(c) Determination of death benefit by Administrator. The Administrator may require such proper
proof of death and such evidence of the right of any person to receive payment of the value of
the account of a deceased Participant as the Administrator may deem desirable. The
Administrator’s determination of death and of the right of any person to receive payment shall
be conclusive.

(d) Beneficiary designation. Unless otherwise elected in the manner prescribed in Section 6.6.
the Beneficiary of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be the Participant’s surviving
spouse. Except, however, the Participant may designate a Beneficiary other than the spouse for
the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity if:

(1) the Participant and the Participant’s spouse have validly waived the Pre-Retirement
Survivor Annuity in the manner prescribed in Section 6.6. and the spouse has waived the
right to be the Participant’s Beneficiary,

(2) the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned (within the meaning of local
law) and the Participant has a court order to such effect (and there is no “qualified
domestic relations order” as defined in Code Section 414(p) which provides otherwise),

(3) the Participant has no spouse, or

(4) the spouse cannot be located.

     In such event, the designation of a Beneficiary shall be made on a form satisfactory to the
Administrator. A Participant may at any time revoke a designation of a Beneficiary or change a
Beneficiary by filing written (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) notice of such
revocation or change with the Administrator. However, the Participant’s spouse must again
consent in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) to any change in Beneficiary
unless the original consent acknowledged that the spouse had the right to limit consent only to
a specific Beneficiary and that the spouse voluntarily elected to relinquish such right.

(e) Beneficiary if no Beneficiary elected by Participant. A Participant may, at any time,
designate a Beneficiary for death benefits, if any, payable under the Plan that are in excess of
the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity without the waiver or consent of the Participant’s spouse.
In the event no valid designation of Beneficiary exists, or if the Beneficiary with respect to a
portion of a Participant’s death benefit is not alive at the time of the Participant’s death and
no contingent Beneficiary has been designated, then such portion of the death benefit will be
paid in the following order of priority, unless the Employer specifies a different order of
priority in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted Elections), to:

(1) The Participant’s surviving spouse;

(2) The Participant’s children, including adopted children, per stirpes;

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

32

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(3) The Participant’s surviving parents, in equal shares; or

(4) The Participant’s estate.

     If the Beneficiary does not predecease the Participant, but dies prior to distribution
of the death benefit, the death benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary’s ‘designated
Beneficiary” (or if there is no “designated Beneficiary,” to the Beneficiary’s estate).

(f) Divorce revokes spousal Beneficiary designation. Notwithstanding anything in this
Section to the contrary, if a Participant has designated the spouse as a Beneficiary, then a
divorce decree or a legal separation that relates to such spouse shall revoke the Participant’s
designation of the spouse as a Beneficiary unless the decree or a “qualified domestic relations
order” (within the meaning of Code Section 414(p)) provides otherwise or a subsequent
Beneficiary designation is made.

(g) Insured death benefit. If the Plan provides an insured death benefit and a Participant
dies before any insurance coverage to which the Participant is entitled under the Plan is
effected, the death benefit from such insurance coverage shall be limited to the premium
which was or otherwise would have been used for such purpose.

(h) Plan terms control. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the
terms of any Contract issued hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

6.3 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS IN EVENT OF DISABILITY

     In the event of a Participant’s Total and Permanent Disability prior to the Participant’s
Retirement Date or other termination of employment, all amounts credited to such Participant’s
Combined Account shall, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, become fully Vested. In the event of
a Participant’s Total and Permanent Disability, the Administrator, in accordance with the provisions
of Sections 6.5 and 6.7, shall direct the distribution to such Participant of the entire Vested
interest in the Plan.

6.4 DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION

(a) Payment on termination of employment. If a Participant’s employment with the Employer is
terminated for any reason other than death. Total and Permanent Disability, or retirement, then
such Participant shall be entitled to such benefits as are provided herein.

     Distribution of the funds due to a Terminated Participant shall be made on the occurrence of
an event which would result in the distribution had the Terminated Participant remained in the
employ of the Employer (upon the Participant’s death. Total and Permanent Disability. Early or
Normal Retirement). However, at the election of the Participant, the Administrator shall direct
that the entire Vested portion of the Terminated Participant’s Combined Account be payable to such
Terminated Participant provided the conditions, if any, set forth in the Adoption Agreement have
been satisfied. Any distribution under this paragraph shall be made in a manner which is consistent
with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including but not limited to, all notice and
consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder.

     Regardless of whether distributions in kind are permitted, in the event the amount of the
Vested portion of the Terminated Participant’s Combined Account equals or exceeds the fair market
value of any insurance Contracts, the Trustee (or Insurer), when so directed by the Administrator
and agreed to by the Terminated Participant, shall assign, transfer, and set over to such
Terminated Participant all Contracts on such Terminated Participant’s life in such form or with
such endorsements, so that the settlement options and forms of payment are consistent with the
provisions of Section 6.5. In the event that the Terminated Participant’s Vested portion does not
at least equal the fair market value of the Contracts, if any, the Terminated Participant may pay
over to the Trustee (or Insurer) the sum needed to make the distribution equal to the value of the
Contracts being assigned or transferred, or the Trustee (or Insurer), pursuant to the Participant’s
election, may borrow the cash value of the Contracts from the Insurer so that the value of the
Contracts is equal to the Vested portion of the Terminated Participant’s Combined Account and then
assign the Contracts to the Terminated Participant.

     Notwithstanding the above, unless otherwise elected in the Adoption Agreement, if the value of
a Terminated Participant’s Vested benefit derived from Employer and Employee contributions does not
exceed $5,000 (or such lower amount as elected in the Adoption Agreement), the Administrator shall
direct that the entire Vested benefit be paid to such Participant in a single lump-sum as soon as
practical without regard to the consent of the Participant, provided the conditions, if any, set
forth in the Adoption Agreement have been satisfied. A Participant’s Vested benefit shall not
include (1) Qualified Voluntary Employee Contributions within the meaning of Code Section
72(o)(5)(B) and (2) if selected in the Conditions for Distributions Upon Termination of Employment
Section of the Adoption Agreement, the Participant’s Rollover Account. Effective with respect to
distributions made on or after March 28, 2005, or such later date as elected in the Adoption
Agreement, if a mandatory’ distribution is made pursuant to this paragraph and such distribution is
greater than $1,000 and the Participant does not elect to have such distribution paid directly to
an “eligible retirement plan” specified by the Participant in a “direct rollover” in accordance
with Section 6.15 or to receive the distribution directly, then the Administrator shall transfer
such amount to an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a) or an individual
retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b) designated by the Administrator. However, if
the Participant elects to receive or make a “direct rollover” of such amount, then the
Administrator shall direct the Trustee (or Insurer) to cause the entire Vested benefit to be paid
to such Participant in a single lump sum, or make a “direct rollover” pursuant to Section 6.15,
provided the conditions, if any, set forth in the Adoption Agreement have been satisfied.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

33

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(b) Vesting schedule. The Vested portion of any Participant’s Account shall be a percentage of
such Participant’s Account determined on the basis of the Participant’s number of Years of
Service (or Periods of Service if the Elapsed Time method is elected) according to the vesting
schedule specified in the Adoption Agreement. However, a Participant’s entire interest in the
Plan shall be non-forfeitable upon the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age (if the Participant
is employed by the Employer on or after such date).

(c) EGTRRA matching vesting schedule. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, if the
Employer maintained a vesting schedule for matching contributions that did not comply with Code
Section 411(a)(2), then the matching contribution vesting schedule selected in the Adoption
Agreement shall apply to Participants who complete an Hour of Service in a Plan Year beginning
after December 31, 2001, unless a provision was adopted to have the vesting schedule apply to
all Participants. However, if specified in the Adoption Agreement, the matching contribution
vesting schedule set forth in the Adoption Agreement shall only apply to the portion of the
Participant’s Account attributable to matching contributions made after December 31, 2001 and
matching contributions made prior to the first day of the first Plan Year beginning after
December 31, 2001 will vest in accordance with the vesting schedule then in effect.

(d) Top-Heavy vesting schedule. For any Top-Heavy Plan Year, the minimum top-heavy vesting
schedule elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement will automatically apply to the Plan.
The minimum top-heavy vesting schedule applies to all benefits within the meaning of Code
Section 411(a)(7) except those attributable to Employee contributions, including benefits
accrued before the effective date of Code Section 416 and benefits accrued before the Plan
became top-heavy. Further, no decrease in a Participant’s Vested percentage shall occur in the
event the Plan’s status as top-heavy changes for any Plan Year. However, this Section does not
apply to the account balances of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after the
Plan has initially become top-heavy and the Vested percentage of such Employee’s Participant’s
Account shall be determined without regard to this Section 6.4(d).

     If in any subsequent Plan Year the Plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan, then unless a
specific Plan amendment is made to provide otherwise, the Administrator will continue to use the
vesting schedule in effect while the Plan was a Top-Heavy Plan.

(e) 100% Vesting on partial or full Plan termination. Upon the complete discontinuance of the
Employer’s contributions to the
Plan (if this is a profit sharing plan) or upon any full or partial termination of the Plan, all
amounts then credited to the account of any
affected Participant shall become 100% Vested and shall not thereafter be subject to Forfeiture.

(f) No reduction in Vested percentage due to change in vesting schedule. If this is an
amended or restated Plan, then notwithstanding the vesting schedule specified in the Adoption
Agreement, the Vested percentage of a Participant’s Account shall not be less than the Vested
percentage attained as of the later of the Effective Date or adoption date of this amendment and
restatement. The computation of a Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage of such Participant’s
interest in the Plan shall not be reduced as the result of any direct or indirect amendment to
this Article, or due to changes in the Plan’s status as a Top-Heavy Plan. Furthermore, if the
Plan’s vesting schedule is amended (including a change in the calculation of Years of Service or
Periods or Service), then the amended schedule will only apply to those Participants who
complete an Hour of Service after the effective date of the amendment.

(g) Continuation of old schedule if 3 Years of Service. If the Plan’s vesting schedule is
amended, or if the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly affects the
computation of the Participant’s nonforfeitable percentage or if the Plan is deemed amended by
an automatic change to a top-heavy vesting schedule, then each Participant with at least three
(3) Years of Service (or Periods of Service if the Elapsed Time method is elected) as of the
expiration date of the election period may elect to have such Participant’s nonforfeitable
percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment or change. If a Participant
fails to make such election, then such Participant shall be subject to the new vesting schedule.
The Participant’s election period shall commence on the adoption date of the amendment, or
deemed adoption date, and shall end sixty (60) days after the latest of:

(1) the adoption date, or deemed adoption date, of the amendment,

(2) the effective date of the amendment, or

(3) the date the Participant receives written notice of the amendment from the Employer or
Administrator.

(h) Excludable service for Vesting. In determining Years of Service or Periods of Service for
purposes of vesting under the Plan. Years of Service or Periods of Service shall be excluded as
elected in the Adoption Agreement.

6.5 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS

(a) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

(1) Unless otherwise elected as provided below, a Participant who is married on the
Annuity Starting Date and who does not die before the Annuity Starting Date shall receive
the value of all Plan benefits in the form of a Joint and Survivor Annuity. The Joint and
Survivor Annuity is an annuity that commences immediately and shall be equal in value to a
single life annuity. Such joint and survivor benefits following the Participant’s death
shall continue to the “spouse” during the “spouse’s” lifetime at a rate equal to either
fifty percent (50%). seventy-five percent (75%) (or, sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66
2/3%) if the Insurer used to provide the annuity does not offer a joint and seventy-five
percent (75%) annuity), or one hundred percent (100%) of the rate at

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

34

 

Volume Submitter Plan

which such benefits were payable to the Participant. Unless otherwise elected in the
Adoption Agreement, a joint and fifty percent (50%) survivor annuity shall be considered the
designated qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and the normal form of payment for the
purposes of this Plan. However, the Participant may, without spousal consent, elect an
alternative Joint and Survivor Annuity, which alternative shall be equal in value lo the
designated qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. An unmarried Participant shall receive the
value of such Participant’s benefit in the form of a life annuity. Such unmarried
Participant, however, may elect to waive the life annuity. The election must comply with the
provisions of this Section as if it were an election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity
by a married Participant, but without fulfilling the spousal consent requirement. The
Participant may elect to have any annuity provided for in this Section distributed upon the
attainment of the “earliest retirement age” under the Plan. The “earliest retirement age”
is the earliest date on which, under the Plan, the Participant could elect to receive
retirement benefits.

(2) Any election lo waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity must be made by the Participant in
writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) during the election period and be
consented to in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) by the Participant’s
“spouse.” If the “spouse” is legally incompetent to give consent, the “spouse’s” legal
guardian, even if such guardian is the Participant, may give consent. Such election shall
designate a Beneficiary (or a form of benefits) that may not be changed without spousal
consent (unless the consent of the “spouse” expressly permits designations by the
Participant without the requirement of further consent by the “spouse”). Such “spouse’s”
consent shall be irrevocable and must acknowledge the effect of such election and be
witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public. Such consent shall not be required if
it is established to the satisfaction of the Administrator that the required consent cannot
be obtained because there is no “spouse,” the “spouse” cannot be located, or other
circumstances that may be prescribed by Regulations. The election made by the Participant
and consented to by such Participant’s “spouse” may be revoked by the Participant in writing
(or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) without the consent of the “spouse” at any
time during the election period. A revocation of a prior election shall cause the
Participant’s benefits to be distributed as a Joint and Survivor Annuity. The number of
revocations shall not be limited. Any new election must comply with the requirements of this
paragraph. A former “spouse’s” waiver shall not be binding on a new “spouse.”

(3) The election period to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity shall be the ninety (90)
day period ending on the Annuity Starting Date.

(4) For purposes of this Section and Section 6.6, “spouse” or “surviving spouse” means the
spouse or surviving spouse of the Participant, provided that a former spouse will be treated
as the spouse or surviving spouse and a current spouse will not be treated as the spouse or
surviving spouse to the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order” as
described in Code Section 414(p).

(5) With regard to the election, except as otherwise provided herein, the Administrator
shall provide to the Participant no less than thirty (30) days and no more than ninety (90)
days before the Annuity Starting Date a written (or such other form as permitted by the IRS)
explanation of:

(i) the terms and conditions of the Joint and Survivor Annuity,

(ii) the Participant’s right to make and the effect of an election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity,

(iii) the right of the Participant’s “spouse” to consent to any election to waive the Joint and Survivor Annuity, and

(iv) the right of the Participant to revoke such election, and the effect of such revocation.

(6) Any distribution provided for in this Section may commence less than thirty (30)
days after the notice required by Code
Section 417(a)(3) is given provided the following requirements are satisfied:

(i) the Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right
to a period of thirty (30) days after receiving the notice to consider whether to waive
the Joint and Survivor Annuity and to elect (with spousal consent) a form of distribution
other than a Joint and Survivor Annuity;

(ii) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at
least until the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration
of the seven (7) day period that begins the day after the explanation of the Joint and
Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant;

(iii) the Annuity Starting Date is after the time that the explanation of the Joint and
Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant. However, the Annuity Starting Date may
be before the date that any affirmative distribution election is made by the Participant
and before the date that the distribution is permitted to commence under (iv) below; and

(iv) distribution in accordance with the affirmative election does not commence before
the expiration of the seven (7) day period that begins the day after the explanation
of the Joint and Survivor Annuity is provided to the Participant.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

35

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(b) 
Alternative forms of distributions. In the event a married Participant duly elects pursuant
to paragraph (a)(2) above not to
receive the benefit in the form of a Joint and Survivor Annuity, or if such Participant is not
married, in the form of a life annuity, the
Administrator, pursuant to the election of the Participant, shall direct the distribution to a
Participant or Beneficiary any amount to
which the Participant or Beneficiary is entitled under the Plan in one or more of the following
methods which are permitted pursuant
to the Adoption Agreement.

(1) One lump-sum payment in cash or in property, provided that if a distribution of property
is permitted, it shall be limited to property that is specifically allocated and
identifiable with respect to such Participant.

(2) Partial withdrawals.

(3) Payments over a period certain in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual cash
installments. The period over which such payment is to be made shall not extend beyond the
earlier of the Participant’s life expectancy (or the joint life expectancy of the
Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary).

(4) Purchase of or providing an annuity. However, such annuity may not be in any form that
will provide for payments over a period extending beyond either the life of the Participant
(or the lives of the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary) or the life
expectancy of the Participant (or the life expectancy of the Participant and the
Participant’s designated Beneficiary).

(c) Consent to distributions. Benefits may not be paid without the Participant’s and the
Participant’s “spouse’s” consent if the
present value of the Participant’s Joint and Survivor Annuity derived from Employer and Employee
contributions exceeds $5,000 and
the benefit is “immediately distributable.” However, spousal consent is not required if the
distribution will be made in the form of a
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and the benefit is “immediately distributable.” A benefit
is “immediately distributable” if any
part of the benefit could be distributed to the Participant (or “surviving spouse”) before the
Participant attains (or would have attained
if not deceased) the later of the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age or age 62.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the value of the Participant’s benefit derived from
Employer and Employee contributions does not exceed $5,000, then the Administrator will
distribute such benefit in a lump-sum. No distribution may be made under the preceding sentence
after the Annuity Starting Date unless the Participant and the Participant’s “spouse” consent in
writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) to such distribution. Any consent
required under this paragraph must be obtained not more than ninety (90) days before
commencement of the distribution and shall be made in a manner consistent with Section
6.5(a)(2).

     For purposes of this subsection, the Participant’s benefit derived from Employer and
Employee contributions shall not include: (1) the Participant’s Qualified Voluntary Contribution
Account, and (2) if selected in the Conditions for Distributions Upon Termination of Employment
Section of the Adoption Agreement, the Participant’s Rollover Account.

(d) Obtaining consent. The following rules will apply with respect to the consent requirements
set forth in subsection (c):

(1) No consent shall be valid unless the Participant has received a general
description of the material features and an explanation of the relative values of
the optional forms of benefit available under the Plan that would satisfy the
notice requirements of Code Section 417;

(2) The Participant must be informed of the right to defer receipt of the distribution. If a
Participant fails to consent, it shall be deemed an election to defer the commencement of
payment of any benefit. However, any election to defer the receipt of benefits shall not
apply with respect to distributions that are required under Section 6.8;

(3) Notice of the rights specified under this paragraph shall be provided no less
than thirty (30) days and no more than ninety (90) days before the Annuity Starting
Date;

(4) Written (or such other form as permitted by the IRS) consent of the Participant to the
distribution must not be made before the Participant receives the notice and must not be
made more than ninety (90) days before the Annuity Starting Date; and

(5) No consent shall be valid if a significant detriment is imposed under the Plan on any
Participant who does not consent to the distribution.

(e) Required minimum distributions (Code Section 401(a)(9)). Notwithstanding any provision in
the Plan to the contrary, the
distribution of a Participant’s benefits, whether under the Plan or through the purchase of an
annuity Contract, shall be made in
accordance with the requirements of Section 6.8.

(f) Annuity Contracts. All annuity Contracts under this Plan shall be non-transferable when
distributed. Furthermore, the terms of any annuity Contract purchased and distributed to a
Participant or “spouse” shall comply with all of the requirements of this Plan.

(g) TEFRA 242(b)(2) election. The provisions of this Section shall not apply to distributions
made in accordance with Plan Section 6.8(a)(5).

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

36

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(h) Distribution from partially Vested account. If a distribution is made to a Participant
who has not severed employment and who is not fully Vested in the Participant’s Account, and
the Participant may increase the Vested percentage in such account, then at any relevant time
the Participant’s Vested portion of the account will be equal to an amount (“X”) determined by
the formula:

X equals P (AB plus D) - D

     For purposes of applying the formula: P is the Vested percentage at the relevant time,
AB is the account balance at the relevant time, D is the amount of distribution, and the
relevant time is the time at which, under the Plan, the Vested percentage in the account
cannot increase.

     However, the Employer may elect, in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted
Elections), to provide that a separate account shall be established for the Participant’s
interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and at any relevant time the
Participant’s Vested portion of the separate account will be equal to an amount determined as
follows: P (AB plus (R x D)) - (R x D) where R is the ratio of the account balance at the
relevant time to the account balance after distribution and the other terms have the same
meaning as in the preceding paragraph.

(i) Transition rules.

(1) Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who would otherwise
not receive the benefits prescribed by the previous subsections of this Section must be
given the opportunity to elect to have such prior subsections apply if such participant is
credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan in a plan
year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and such Participant had at least ten (10) years
of vesting service when he or she separated from service.

(2) Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who was credited with
at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan on or after September 2,
1974, and who is not otherwise credited with any service in a plan year beginning on or
after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to have his or her benefits paid in
accordance with Subsection (4) below.

(3) The respective opportunities to elect (as described in Subsections (1) and (2) above)
must be afforded to the appropriate Participants during the period commencing on August 23,
1984, and ending on the date benefits would otherwise commence to said Participants.

(4) Any Participant who has elected pursuant to Subsection (2) above and any Participant who
does not elect under Subsection (1) or who meets the requirements of Subsection (1) except
that such Participant does not have at least ten (10) years of vesting service when he or
she separates from service, shall have his or her benefits distributed in accordance with
all of the following requirements if benefits would have been payable in the form of a life
annuity:

(a) If benefits in the form of a life annuity become payable to a married Participant
who:

(1) begins to receive payments under the plan on or after Normal Retirement Age; or

(2) dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still working for the Employer; or

(3) begins to receive payments on or after the “qualified early retirement age”; or

(4) separates from service on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age (or the
“qualified early retirement age”) and after satisfying the eligibility requirements
for the payment of benefits under the Plan and thereafter dies before beginning to
receive such benefits;

then such benefits will be received under this Plan in the form of a Qualified Joint and
Survivor Annuity, unless the Participant has elected otherwise during the election
period. The election period must begin at least six (6) months before the Participant
attains “qualified early retirement age” and end not more than ninety (90) days before
the commencement of benefits. Any election hereunder will be in writing and may be
changed by the Participant at any time.

(b) A Participant who is employed after attaining the “qualified early retirement age”
will be given the opportunity to elect,
during the election period, to have a survivor annuity payable on death. If the
Participant elects the survivor annuity,
payments under such annuity must not be less than the payments which would have been made
to the “spouse” under the
Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if the Participant had retired on the day before his
or her death. Any election under this
provision will be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time. The
election period begins on the later of (1) the 90th day before the Participant attains
the “qualified early retirement age,” or (2) the date on which Participation begins, and
ends on the date the Participant terminates employment.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

37

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(c) For purposes of this Subsection, the “qualified early retirement age” means the
latest of: (i) the earliest date, under the Plan, on which the Participant may elect to
receive retirement benefits, (ii) the first day of the 120th month beginning before the
Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, or (iii) the date the Participant begins
participation.

6.6 DISTRIBUTION OF BENEFITS UPON DEATH

(a) Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity (QPSA). Unless otherwise elected as provided
below, a Vested Participant who dies before the Annuity Starting Date and who has a “surviving
spouse” shall have the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity paid to the “surviving spouse.” The
Participant’s “spouse” may direct that payment of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity commence
within a reasonable period after the Participant’s death. If the
“spouse” does not so direct,
payment of such benefit will commence at the time the Participant would have attained the
later of Normal Retirement Age or age 62. However, the “spouse” may elect a later commencement
date. Any distribution to the Participant’s “spouse” shall be subject to the rules specified
in Section 6.8.

(b) Election to waive QPSA. Any election to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity before the
Participant’s death must be made by the Participant in writing (or in such other form as
permitted by the IRS) during the election period and shall require the “spouse’s” irrevocable
consent in the same manner provided for in Section 6.5(a)(2). Further, the “spouse’s” consent
must acknowledge the specific nonspouse Beneficiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the
nonspouse Beneficiary need not be acknowledged, provided the consent of the “spouse”
acknowledges that the “spouse” has the right to limit consent only to a specific Beneficiary and
that the “spouse” voluntarily elects to relinquish such right.

(c)
Time to waive QPSA. The election period to waive the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall
begin on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 and end on the
date of the Participant’s death. An earlier waiver (with “spousal” consent) may be made provided
a written (or such other form as permitted by the IRS) explanation of the Pre-Retirement
Survivor Annuity is given to the Participant and such waiver becomes invalid at the beginning of
the Plan Year in which the Participant turns age 35. In the event a Participant separates from
service prior to the beginning of the election period, the election
period shall begin on the
date of such separation from service.

(d) QPSA notice. With regard to the election, the Administrator shall provide each Participant
within the applicable election period, with respect to such Participant (and consistent with
Regulations), a written (or such other form as permitted by the IRS) explanation of the
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity containing comparable information to that required pursuant to
Section 6.5(a)(5). For the purposes of this paragraph, the term “applicable period” means, with
respect to a Participant, whichever of the following periods ends last:

(1) The period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant
attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which
the Participant attains age 35;

(2) A reasonable period after the individual becomes a Participant;

(3) A reasonable period ending after the Plan no longer fully subsidizes the cost of the
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity with respect to the Participant; or

(4) A
reasonable period ending after Code Section 401(a)(11) applies to the Participant.

     For purposes of applying this subsection, a reasonable period ending after the enumerated
events described in (2), (3) and (4) is the end of the two (2) year period beginning one (1)
year prior to the date the applicable event occurs, and ending one (1) year after that date. In
the case of a Participant who separates from service before the Plan Year in which age 35 is
attained, notice shall be provided within the two (2) year
period beginning one (1) year prior
to separation and ending one (1) year after separation. If such a Participant thereafter returns
to employment with the Employer, the “applicable period” for such Participant shall be
redetermined.

(e) Pre-REA. The Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity provided for in this Section shall apply only
to Participants who are credited with an Hour of Service on or after August 23, 1984.
Participants who are not credited with an Hour of Service on or after
August 23, 1984, shall be
provided with rights to the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity in accordance with Section 303(e)(2)
of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984.

(f) Consent. If the value of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity derived from Employer and
Employee contributions does not exceed, and has never exceeded at the time of any prior
distribution, $5,000, the Administrator shall direct the distribution of such amount to the
Participant’s “spouse” in a single lump-sum as soon as practicable. No distribution may be made
under the preceding sentence after the Annuity Starting Date unless the “spouse” consents in
writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS). If the value
exceeds $5,000. an
immediate distribution of the entire amount may be made to the “surviving spouse,” provided such
“surviving spouse” consents in writing (or in such other form as permitted by the IRS) to such
distribution. Any consent required under this paragraph must be obtained not more than ninety
(90) days before commencement of the distribution and shall be made in a manner consistent with
Section 6.5(a)(2).

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

38

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(g) Alternative forms of distribution. Death benefits may be paid to a Participant’s
Beneficiary in one of the following optional forms of benefits subject to the rules specified
in Section 6.8 and the elections made in the Adoption Agreement. Such optional forms of
distributions may be elected by the Participant in the event there is an election to waive the
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity, and for any death benefits in excess of the Pre-Retirement
Survivor Annuity. However, if no optional form of distribution was elected by the Participant
prior to death, then the Participant’s Beneficiary may elect the form of distribution.

(1) One lump-sum payment in cash or in property that is allocated to the accounts of
the Participant at the time of the distribution.

(2) Partial withdrawals.

(3) Payment in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual cash installments over a period to
be determined by the Participant or the Participant’s Beneficiary. In order to provide such
installment payments, the Administrator may (A) segregate the aggregate amount thereof in a
separate, federally insured savings account, certificate of deposit in a bank or savings and
loan association, money market certificate or other liquid short-term security or (B)
purchase a nontransferable annuity Contract for a term certain (with no life contingencies)
providing for such payment. After periodic installments commence, the Beneficiary shall have
the right to reduce the period over which such periodic installments shall be made, and the
cash amount of such periodic installments shall be adjusted accordingly.

(4) In the form of an annuity over the life expectancy of the Beneficiary.

(5) If death benefits in excess of the Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity are to be paid to the
“surviving spouse,” such benefits may be paid pursuant to (1), (2) or (3) above, or used to
purchase an annuity so as to increase the payments made pursuant to the Pre-Retirement
Survivor Annuity.

(h) Required minimum distributions (Code Section 401(a)(9)). Notwithstanding any
provision in the Plan to the contrary, distributions upon the death of a Participant shall
comply with the requirements of Section 6.8.

(i) Payment to a child. For purposes of this Section, any amount paid to a child of the
Participant will be treated as if it had been paid to the “surviving spouse” if the amount
becomes payable to the “surviving spouse” when the child reaches the age of majority.

(j) Voluntary Contribution Account. In the event that less than one hundred percent (100%)
of a Participant’s interest in the Plan is distributed to such Participant’s “spouse,” the
portion of the distribution attributable to the Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account
shall be in the same proportion that the Participant’s Voluntary Contribution Account bears to
the Participant’s total interest in the Plan.

(k) TEFRA 242(b)(2) election. The provisions of this Section shall not apply to distributions
made in accordance with Plan Section 6.8(a)(5).

6.7 TIME OF DISTRIBUTION

     Except as limited by Section 6.8, whenever a distribution is to be made, or a series of
payments are to commence, the distribution or series of payments may be made or begun as soon as
practicable. However, unless a Participant elects in writing to defer the receipt of benefits (such
election may not result in a death benefit that is more than incidental), the payment of benefits
shall begin not later than the sixtieth (60th) day after the close of the Plan Year in which the
latest of the following events occurs: (a) the date on which the Participant attains the earlier of
age 65 or the Normal Retirement Age specified herein; (b) the tenth (10th) anniversary of the year
in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or (c) the date the Participant
terminates service with the Employer.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant and, if applicable, the
Participant’s spouse, to consent to a distribution that is “immediately distributable” (within the
meaning of Section 6.5(c)), shall be deemed to be an election to defer the commencement of payment
of any benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section.

6.8 REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS

(a) General rules

(1) Effective Date. Subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements set forth in Plan
Section 6.5, the requirements of this Section shall apply to any distribution of a
Participant’s interest in the Plan and will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions
of this Plan. Unless a later effective date is specified in the Adoption Agreement, the
provisions of this Section will apply for purposes of determining required minimum
distributions for calendar years beginning after December 31, 2001.

(2) Coordination with minimum distribution requirement previously in effect. If the
“effective date” of this amendment is earlier than calendar years beginning with the 2003
calendar year, required minimum distributions for 2002 under this Section will be determined
as follows. If the total amount of 2002 required minimum distributions under the Plan made
to the distributee

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

39

 

Volume Submitter Plan

prior to the “effective date” of this Section equals or exceeds the required minimum
distributions determined under this Section, then no additional distributions will be
required to be made for 2002 on or after such date to the distributee. It the total amount
of 2002 required minimum distributions under the Plan made to the distributee prior to the
“effective date” of this Section is less than the amount
determined under this amendment,
then required minimum distributions for 2002 on and after such date will be determined so
that the total amount of required minimum distributions for 2002 made to the distributee
will be the amount determined under this Section.

(3) Requirements of Treasury Regulations incorporated. All distributions required under
this Section will be determined and made in accordance with the Regulations under Code
Section 401(a)(9) and the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirement of Code
Section 401(a)(9)(G).

(4) Limits on distribution periods. As of the first distribution calendar year,
distributions to a Participant may only be made in accordance with the selections made in
the Form of Distributions Section of the Adoption Agreement. If such distributions are not
made in a single-sum, then they may only be made over one of the following periods: (i) the
life of the Participant, (ii) the joint lives of the Participant and a “designated
Beneficiary,” (iii) a period certain not extending beyond the life expectancy of the
Participant, or (iv) a period certain not extending beyond the joint life and last survivor
expectancy of the Participant and a “designated Beneficiary.”

(5) TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) elections.

(i) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section, other than the spouse’s
right of consent afforded under the Plan, distributions may be made on behalf of any
Participant, including a five percent (5%) owner, who has made a designation in
accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA)
and in accordance with all of the following requirements (regardless of when such
distribution commences):

(I) The distribution by the Plan is one which would not have disqualified such plan
under Code Section 401(a)(9) as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction
Act of 1984.

(II) The distribution is in accordance with a method of distribution designated by
the Participant whose interest in the plan is being distributed or if the Participant
is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Participant.

(III) Such
designation was in writing, was signed by the Participant or the
Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984.

(IV) The Participant had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 1983.

(V) The method of distribution designated by the Participant or the Beneficiary
specifics the time at which distribution will commence, the period over which
distributions will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the
Participant’s death, the Beneficiaries of the Participant listed in order of
priority.

(ii) A distribution upon death will not be covered by the transitional rule of this
Subsection unless the information in the designation contains the required information
described above with respect to the distributions to be made upon the death of the
Participant.

(iii) For
any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but continues after
December 31, 1983, the Participant, or the Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is
being made, will be presumed to have designated the method of distribution under which
the distribution is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and
the distribution satisfies the requirements in (i)(I) and (i)(V) of this Subsection.

(iv) If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution must satisfy the
requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder. If a designation
is revoked subsequent to the date distributions are required to begin, the Plan must
distribute by the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the
revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed which would have been required to
have been distributed to satisfy Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder,
but for the Section 242(b)(2) election. For calendar years
beginning after December 31, 1988, such distributions must meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit
requirements. Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the
designation. However, the mere substitution or addition of another Beneficiary (one not
named in the designation) under the designation will not be considered to be a revocation
of the designation, so long as such substitution or addition does not alter the period
over which distributions are to be made under the designation, directly or indirectly
(for example, by altering the relevant measuring life).

(v) In the case in which an amount is transferred or rolled over from one plan to
another plan, the rules in Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-8, Q&A-14 and Q&A-15, shall
apply.

©
2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

40

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(b) Time and manner of distribution

(1) Required beginning date. The Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or
begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant’s “required
beginning date.”

(2) Death of Participant before distributions begin. If the Participant dies before
distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be
distributed, no later than as follows as elected in the Distributions Upon Death Section
of the Adoption Agreement (or if no election is made, then the Beneficiary may elect which
provision shall apply):

(i) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole “designated
Beneficiary,” then, except as otherwise provided herein, distributions to the surviving
spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar
year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the
Participant would have attained age 70 1/2, if later.

(ii) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole “designated
Beneficiary,” then, except as provided in Section 6.8(b)(3) below, distributions to the
“designated Beneficiary” will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately
following the calendar year in which the Participant died.

(iii) If there is no “designated Beneficiary” as of September 30 of the year following
the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be
distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the
Participant’s death.

(iv) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole “designated
Beneficiary” and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before
distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 6.8(b)(2), other than
Section 6.8(b)(2)(i), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant.

     For
purposes of this Section 6.8(b)(2) and Section 6.8(b)(3), unless Section
6.8(b)(2)(iv) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant’s
“required beginning date.” If Section 6.8(b)(2)(iv) applies, distributions are considered to
begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section
6.8(b)(2)(i). If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company
irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant’s “required beginning date”
(or to the Participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to
begin to the surviving spouse under Section 6.8(b)(2)(i)), the
date distributions are
considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence.

(3) Forms of distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of
an annuity purchased from an insurance
company or in a single sum on or before the “required beginning date,” as of the first
“distribution calendar year” distributions
will be made in accordance with Sections 6.8(c) and 6.8(d). If the Participant’s interest is
distributed in the form of an annuity
purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance
with the requirements of Code
Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder.

(c) Required minimum distributions during Participant’s lifetime

(1) Amount of required minimum distribution for each “distribution calendar year.” During
the Participant’s lifetime, the
minimum amount that will be distributed for each “distribution calendar year” is the lesser
of the following, as elected in the
Form of Distributions Section of the Adoption Agreement:

(i) the quotient obtained by dividing the “Participant’s account balance” by the
distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Regulation Section
1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the
“distribution calendar year”; or

(ii) if the Participant’s sole “designated Beneficiary” for the “distribution
calendar year” is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the
“Participant’s account balance” by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table
set forth in Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-9, using the Participant’s and spouse’s
attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the “distribution
calendar year.”

(2) Lifetime required minimum distributions continue through year of Participant’s
death. Required minimum
distributions will be determined under this Section 6.8(c) beginning with the first
“distribution calendar year” and up to and
including the “distribution calendar year” that includes the Participant’s date of
death.

©
2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

41

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(d) Required minimum distributions after Participant’s death

(1) Death on or after date distributions begin.

(i) Participant survived by “designated Beneficiary.” If the Participant dies on or
after the date distributions begin and there is a “designated Beneficiary,” the minimum
amount that will be distributed for each “distribution calendar year” after the year of
the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the “Participant’s account
balance” by the longer of the remaining “life expectancy” of the Participant or the
remaining “life expectancy” of the Participant’s “designated Beneficiary,” determined as
follows:

(A) The Participant’s remaining “life expectancy” is calculated using the age of the
Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(B) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole “designated
Beneficiary,” the remaining “life expectancy” of the surviving spouse is calculated
for each “distribution calendar year” after the year of the Participant’s death using
the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year. For
“distribution calendar years” after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the
remaining “life expectancy” of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of
the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s
death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year.

(C) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole “designated
Beneficiary,” the “designated Beneficiary’s” remaining “life expectancy” is
calculated using the age of the Beneficiary in the year following the year of the
Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(ii) No “designated Beneficiary.” If the Participant dies on or after the date
distributions begin and there is no “designated Beneficiary” as of September 30 of the
year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be
distributed for each “distribution calendar year” after the year of the Participant’s
death is the quotient obtained by dividing the “Participant’s account balance” by the
Participant’s remaining “life expectancy” calculated using the age of the Participant in
the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.

(2) Death before date distributions begin.

(i) Participant survived by “designated Beneficiary.” Except as provided in Section
6.8(b)(3), if the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a
“designated Beneficiary,” the minimum amount that will be distributed for each
“distribution calendar year” after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient
obtained by dividing the “Participant’s account balance” by the remaining “life
expectancy” of the Participant’s “designated Beneficiary,” determined as provided in
Section 6.8(d)(1).

(ii) No “designated Beneficiary.” If the Participant dies before the date distributions
begin and there is no “designated Beneficiary” as of September 30 of the year following
the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant’s entire interest
will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary
of the Participant’s death.

(iii) Death of surviving spouse before distributions to surviving spouse are required to
begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s
surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole “designated Beneficiary,” and the surviving
spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under
Section 6.8(b)(2)(i), this Section 6.8(d)(2) will apply as if the surviving spouse were
the Participant.

(e) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following definitions apply:

(1) “Designated Beneficiary” means the individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under
the Plan and is the “designated Beneficiary” under Code Section 401(a)(9) and Regulation
Section 1.401(a)(9)-4.

(2) “Distribution calendar year” means a calendar year for which a minimum distribution is
required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first
“distribution calendar year” is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year
which contains the Participant’s “required beginning date.” For distributions beginning
after the Participant’s death, the first “distribution calendar year” is the calendar year
in which distributions are required to begin under Section 6.8(b). The required minimum
distribution for the Participant’s first “distribution calendar year” will be made on or
before the Participant’s “required beginning date.” The required minimum distribution for
other “distribution calendar years,” including the required minimum distribution for the
“distribution calendar year” in which the Participant’s “required beginning date” occurs,
will be made on or before December 31 of that “distribution calendar year.”

(3) “Life expectancy” means the life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table
in Regulation Section 1.401(a)(9)-9.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

42

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(4) “Participant’s account balance” means the Participant’s account balance as of the last
Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately preceding the “distribution calendar year’
(valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or
Forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of the dates in the valuation calendar year
after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year
after the Valuation Date. For this purpose, the Administrator may exclude contributions that
are allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the
Valuation Date, but that are not actually made during the valuation calendar year. The
account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or
transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the “distribution
calendar year” if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year.

(5) “Required beginning date” means, except as otherwise elected in Appendix A to the
Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted Elections), with respect to any Participant, April 1 of
the calendar year following the later of the calendar year in which the Participant attains
age 70 1/2 or the calendar year in which the Participant retires, except that benefit
distributions to a “5-percent owner” must commence by April
1 of the calendar year following
the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2.

(6) “5-percent owner” means a Participant who is a 5-percent owner as defined in Code
Section 416 at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in
which such owner attains age 70 1/2. Once distributions have begun to a 5-percent owner
under this Section they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to
be a 5-percent owner in a subsequent year.

(f) Transition rules.

(1) For plans in existence before 2003. Required minimum distributions before 2003 were made
pursuant to Section (e), if applicable, and Sections 6.8(f)(2) through (4) below.

(2) 2000 and Before. Required minimum distributions for calendar years after 1984 and before
2001 were made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and the proposed Regulations
thereunder published in the Federal Register on July 27, 1987 (the “1987 Proposed
Regulations”).

(3) 2001. Required minimum distributions for calendar year 2001 were made in accordance with
Code Section 401(a)(9) and the 1987 Proposed Regulations, unless the Adoption Agreement
provides that required minimum distributions for 2001 were made pursuant to the proposed
Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9) published in the Federal Register on January
17, 2001 (the “2001 Proposed Regulations”). If distributions were made in 2001 under the 1987
Proposed Regulations prior to the date in 2001 the Plan began operating under the 2001
Proposed Regulations, the special transition rule in Announcement
2001-82, 2001-2 C.B. 123,
applied.

(4) 2002. Required minimum distributions for calendar year 2002 were made in accordance with
Code Section 401(a)(9) and the 1987 Proposed Regulations unless either (i) or (ii) below
applies.

(i) The Adoption Agreement provides that required minimum distributions for 2002
were made pursuant to the 2001 Proposed Regulations.

(ii) The Adoption Agreement provides that required minimum distributions for 2002 were
made pursuant to the Final and Temporary Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(9)
published in the Federal Register on April 17, 2002. (the “2002 Final and Temporary
Regulations”) which are described in Sections (b) through (e) of this Section. If
distributions were made in 2002 under either the 1987 Proposed Regulations or the 2001
Proposed Regulations prior to the date in 2002 the Plan began operating under the 2002
Final and Temporary Regulations, the special transition rule in Section 1.2 of the model
amendment in Revenue Procedure 2002-29, 2002-1 C.B. 1176, applied.

6.9 DISTRIBUTION FOR MINOR OR INCOMPETENT INDIVIDUAL

     In the event a distribution is to be made to a minor or incompetent individual, then the
Administrator may direct that such distribution be paid to the court appointed legal guardian or
any other person authorized under state law to receive such distribution, or if none, then in the
case of a minor individual, to a parent of such individual, or to the custodian for such individual
under the Uniform Gift to Minors Act or Gift to Minors Act, if such is permitted by the laws of the
state in which said individual resides. Such a payment to the guardian, custodian or parent of a
minor or incompetent individual shall fully discharge the Trustee (or Insurer), Employer, and Plan
from further liability on account thereof.

6.10 LOCATION OF PARTICIPANT OR BENEFICIARY UNKNOWN

     In the event that all, or any portion, of the distribution payable to a Participant or
Beneficiary hereunder shall, at the later of the Participant’s attainment of age 62 or Normal
Retirement Age, remain unpaid solely by reason of the inability of the Administrator, after sending
a registered letter, return receipt requested, to the last known address, and after further
diligent effort, to ascertain the whereabouts of such Participant or Beneficiary, the amount so
distributable shall be treated as a Forfeiture pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
effective with respect to distributions made after March 28, 2005, if the Plan provides for
mandatory distributions and the amount to be distributed to a Participant or Beneficiary does not
exceed $1,000, then the amount distributable may, in the sole discretion of

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

43

 

Volume Submitter Plan

the Administrator, either be treated as a Forfeiture, or be paid directly to an individual
retirement account described in Code Section 408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described
in Code Section 408(b) at the time it is determined that the whereabouts of the Participant or the
Participant’s Beneficiary cannot be ascertained. In the event a Participant or Beneficiary is
located subsequent to the Forfeiture, such benefit shall be restored, first from Forfeitures, if
any, and then from an additional Employer contribution if necessary. Upon Plan termination, the
portion of the distributable amount that is an “eligible rollover distribution” as defined in Plan
Section 6.15(b)(1) may be paid directly to an individual retirement account described in Code
Section 408(a) or an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b). However,
regardless of the preceding, a benefit that is lost by reason of escheat under applicable state law
is not treated as a Forfeiture for purposes of this Section nor as an impermissible forfeiture
under the Code.

6.11 IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTION

     If elected in the Adoption Agreement, at such time as the conditions set forth in the Adoption
Agreement have been satisfied, then the Administrator, at the election of a Participant who has
not severed employment with the Employer, shall direct the distribution of up to the entire Vested
amount then credited to the accounts as elected in the Adoption Agreement maintained on behalf of
such Participant. For purposes of this Section, a Participant shall include an Employee who has an
Account balance in the Plan. In the event that the Administrator makes such a distribution, the
Participant shall continue to be eligible to participate in the Plan on the same basis as any other
Employee. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a manner consistent with
Section 6.5, including, but not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections
411(a)(11) and 417 and the Regulations thereunder. Furthermore, if an in-service distribution is
permitted from more than one account type, the Administrator may determine any ordering of a
Participant’s in-service distribution from such accounts.

6.12 ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP

(a) Hardship events. For Profit Sharing Plans and 401(k) Plans (except to the extent Section
12.9 applies), if elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Administrator, at the election of the
Participant, shall direct the distribution to any Participant in any one Plan Year up to the
lesser of 100% of the Vested interest of the Accounts selected in the Adoption Agreement, valued
as of the last Valuation Date or the amount necessary to satisfy the immediate and heavy
financial need of the Participant. For purposes of this Section, a Participant shall include an
Employee who has an Account balance in the Plan. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section
shall be deemed to be made as of the first day of the Plan Year or, if later, the Valuation Date
immediately preceding the date of distribution, and the Account from which the distribution is
made shall be reduced accordingly. Withdrawal under this Section shall be authorized only if the
distribution is for an immediate and heavy financial need. The Administrator will determine
whether there is an immediate and heavy financial need based on the facts and circumstances. An
immediate and heavy financial need includes, but is not limited to, a distribution for one of the
following:

(1) Expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be deductible under Code
Section 213(d) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted
gross income);

(2) Costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal
residence for the Participant;

(3) Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse,
children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, and, for taxable years beginning on
or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code Section 152(d)(1)(B));

(4) Payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the
next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participant’s
spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, and, for taxable years
beginning on or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code Section 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and
(d)(1)(B));

(5) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from the Participant’s
principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence; or

(6) Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would
qualify for the casually deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to
whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).

(b) Other limits and conditions. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, no distribution shall
be made pursuant to this Section from the Participant’s Account until such Account has become
fully Vested. Furthermore, if a hardship distribution is permitted from more than one Account,
the Administrator may determine any ordering of a Participant’s hardship distribution from
such Accounts.

(c) Distribution rules apply. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in a
manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but not
limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the
Regulations thereunder.

6.13 SPECIAL RULE FOR CERTAIN PROFIT SHARING PLANS

(a) The provisions of this Section apply to a Participant in a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k)
Profit Sharing Plan to the extent elected in the Adoption Agreement. However, this Section shall
not apply with respect to amounts that are transferred directly or indirectly (i.e.,

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

44

 

Volume Submitter Plan

other than by a rollover) to this Plan from a defined benefit plan, money purchase pension
plan, target benefit plan, or stock bonus or profit sharing plan which is subject to the
survivor annuity requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417.

(b) If an election is made to not offer life annuities as a form of distribution, then a
Participant shall be prohibited from electing benefits in the form of a life annuity and the
Joint and Survivor Annuity provisions of Section 6.5 shall not apply.

(c) If an election is made to offer life annuities as a form of distribution but not as the
normal form of distribution, then the Joint and Survivor Annuity provisions of Section 6.5
shall not apply if a Participant does not elect an annuity form of distribution. Furthermore,
subsection (e) shall not apply if a Participant elects an annuity form of distribution.

(d) Notwithstanding anything in Sections 6.2 and 6.6 to the contrary, upon the death of a
Participant, the automatic form of distribution will be a lump-sum rather than a Qualified
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity. Furthermore, the Participant’s spouse will be the Beneficiary
of the Participant’s entire Vested interest in the Plan unless an election is made to waive the
spouse as Beneficiary. The other provisions in Section 6.2 shall be applied by treating the
death benefit in this subsection as though it is a Qualified Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity.

(e) Except to the extent otherwise provided in this Section, the provisions of Sections
6.2.6.5 and 6.6 regarding spousal consent shall be inoperative with respect to this Plan.

(f) If a distribution is one to which Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 do not apply, such
distribution may commence less than thirty (30) days after the notice required under
Regulation Section 1.411(a)-11(c) is given, provided that:

(1) the Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right
to a period of at least thirty (30) days after the notice to consider the decision of
whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution
option), and

(2) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

6.14 QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER DISTRIBUTION

     All rights and benefits, including elections, provided to a Participant in this Plan shall be
subject to the rights afforded to any “alternate payee” under a “qualified domestic relations
order.” Furthermore, a distribution to an “alternate payee” shall be permitted if such distribution
is authorized by a “qualified domestic relations order,” even if the affected Participant has not
reached the “earliest retirement age” under the Plan. For the purposes of this Section, “alternate
payee.” “qualified domestic relations order” and “earliest retirement age” shall have the meanings
set forth under Code Section 414(p).

6.15 DIRECT ROLLOVERS

(a) Right to direct rollover. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary that
would otherwise limit a “distributee’s” election under this Section effective with respect to
distributions made after December 31, 2001, a “distributee” may elect, at the time and in the
manner prescribed by the Administrator, to have an “eligible rollover distribution” paid
directly to an “eligible retirement plan” specified by the “distributee” in a “direct rollover.”
However, if less than the entire amount of the “eligible rollover distribution” is being paid
directly to an “eligible retirement plan,” then the Administrator may require that the amount
paid directly to such plan be at least $500. Furthermore, the Administrator may apply this
Section by treating a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account separately from the
Participant’s other Accounts.

(b) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following definitions shall apply:

(1) An “eligible rollover distribution” means any distribution described in Code Section
402(c)(4) and generally includes any distribution of all or any portion of the balance to the
credit of the “distributee,” except that an “eligible rollover distribution” does not
include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments
(not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the
“distributee” or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the “distributee” and the
“distributee’s” “designated Beneficiary,” or for a specified period often (10) years or more;
any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9);
any hardship distribution; the portion of any other distribution(s) that is not includible in
gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with
respect to employer securities); and any other distribution reasonably expected to total less
than $200 during a year.

     Notwithstanding the above, a portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an “eligible
rollover distribution” merely because the portion consists of after-tax voluntary Employee
contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be
transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in Code Section
408(a) or (b), or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in Code Section 401(a)
or 403(a) that agrees to separately account for amounts so transferred, including separately
accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the
portion of such distribution which is not so includible.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

45

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(2) An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account described in Code
Section 408(a). an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), (other
than an endowment contract), a qualified trust (an employees’ trust) described in Code
Section 401(a) which is exempt from tax under Code Section 501(a), an annuity plan described
in Code Section 403(a), an eligible plan under Code Section 457(b) which is maintained by a
state, political subdivision of a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or
political subdivision and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into
such plan from this Plan, and an annuity contract described in Code Section 403(b), that
accepts the “distributee’s” “eligible rollover distribution.” However, in the case of an
“eligible rollover distribution” to the surviving spouse, an “eligible retirement plan” is
an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity. The definition of
“eligible retirement plan” shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving
spouse, or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified
domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p). If any portion of an “eligible
rollover distribution” is attributable to payments or distributions from a designated Roth
account, an “eligible retirement plan” with respect to such portion shall include only
another designated Roth account of the individual from whose account the payments or
distributions were made, or a Roth IRA of such individual.

(3) A “distributee” includes an Employee or former Employee. In addition, the Employee’s or
former Employee’s surviving spouse and the Employee’s or former Employee’s spouse or former
spouse who is the alternate payee under a “qualified domestic relations order,” as defined in
Code Section 414(p), are “distributees” with regard to the interest of the spouse or former
spouse.

(4) A “direct rollover” is a payment by the Plan to the “eligible retirement plan” specified
by the “distributee.”

(c) Participant notice. A Participant entitled to an “eligible rollover distribution” must
receive a written explanation of the right to a “direct rollover,” the tax consequences of not
making a “direct rollover,” and, if applicable, any available special income tax elections. The
notice must be provided within the same 30 - 90 day timeframe applicable to the Participant
consent notice. The “direct rollover” notice must be provided to all Participants, unless the
total amount the Participant will receive as a distribution during the calendar year is expected
to be less than $200.

6.16 TRANSFER OF ASSETS FROM A MONEY PURCHASE PLAN

     
Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that any optional
form of benefit under this Plan permits a distribution prior to the Employee’s retirement, death,
disability, or severance from employment, and prior to Plan termination, the optional form of
benefit is not available with respect to benefits attributable to assets (including the
post-transfer earnings thereon) and liabilities that are transferred, within the meaning of Code
Section 414(l), to this Plan from a money purchase pension plan qualified under Code Section 401(a)
(other than any portion of those assets and liabilities attributable to after-tax voluntary
Employee contributions or to a direct or indirect rollover contribution).

6.17 CORRECTIVE DISTRIBUTIONS

     Nothing in this Article shall preclude the Administrator from making a distribution to a
Participant, to the extent such distribution is made to correct a qualification defect in
accordance with the corrective procedures under the IRS’ Employee Plans Compliance Resolution
System or any other voluntary compliance programs.

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE AND CUSTODIAN

7.1 BASIC RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TRUSTEE

(a) The provisions of this Article, other than Section 7.6, shall not apply to this Plan if
a separate trust agreement is being used. Furthermore, the provisions of this Article, other
than Sections 7.5 and 7.6, shall not apply if the Plan is fully insured.

(b) The Trustee is accountable to the Employer for the funds contributed to the Plan by the
Employer, but the Trustee does not have any duty to see that the contributions received comply
with the provisions of the Plan. The Trustee is not obligated to collect any contributions from
the Employer, nor is it under it duty to see that funds deposited with it are deposited in
accordance with the provisions of the Plan.

(c) The Trustee will credit and distribute the Trust Fund as directed by the Administrator. The
Trustee is not obligated to inquire as to whether any payee or distributee is entitled to any
payment or whether the distribution is proper or within the terms of the Plan, or whether the
manner of making any payment or distribution is proper. The Trustee is accountable only to the
Administrator for any payment or distribution made by it in good faith on the order or direction
of the Administrator.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

46

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(d) In the event that the Trustee shall be directed by a Participant (pursuant to the
Participant Direction Procedures if the Plan permits Participant directed investments), the
Employer, or an Investment Manager or other agent appointed by the Employer with respect to the
investment of any or all Plan assets, the Trustee shall have no liability with respect to the
investment of such assets, but shall be responsible only to execute such investment instructions
as so directed.

(1) The Trustee shall be entitled to rely fully on the written (or other form acceptable to
the Administrator and the Trustee, including but not limited to, voice recorded)
instructions of a Participant (pursuant to the Participant Direction Procedures), the
Employer, or any Fiduciary or nonfiduciary agent of the Employer, in the discharge of such
duties, and shall not be liable for any loss or other liability resulting from such
direction (or lack of direction) of the investment of any part of the Plan assets.

(2) The Trustee may delegate the duty of executing such instructions to any nonfiduciary
agent, which may be an affiliate of the Trustee or any Plan representative.

(3) The Trustee may refuse to comply with any direction from the Participant in the event
the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion, deems such direction improper by virtue of
applicable law. The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any loss or expense that
may result from the Trustee’s refusal or failure to comply with any direction from the
Participant

(4) Any costs and expenses related to compliance with the Participant’s directions shall
be borne by the Participant’s Directed Account, unless paid by the Employer.

(5) Notwithstanding anything herein above to the contrary, the Trustee shall not invest
any portion of a Participant’s Directed Account in “collectibles” within the meaning of Code
Section 408(m).

(e) The Trustee will maintain records of receipts and disbursements and furnish to the Employer
and/or Administrator for each Plan Year a written annual report pursuant to Section 7.9.

(f) The Trustee may employ a bank or trust company pursuant to the terms of its usual and
customary bank agency agreement, under which the duties of such bank or trust company shall be
of a custodial, clerical and record-keeping nature.

(g) The Trustee may employ and pay from the Trust Fund reasonable compensation to agents,
attorneys, accountants and other persons to advise the Trustee as in its opinion may be
necessary. The Trustee may delegate to any agent, attorney, accountant or other person selected
by it any non-Trustee power or duty vested in it by the Plan, and the Trustee may act or refrain
from acting on the advice or opinion of any such person.

7.2 INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF DISCRETIONARY TRUSTEE

(a) This Section applies if the Employer, in the Adoption Agreement or as otherwise agreed upon
by the Employer and the Trustee, designates the Trustee to administer all or a portion of the
trust as a Discretionary Trustee. If so designated, then the Trustee has the discretion and
authority to invest, manage, and control those Plan assets except, however, with respect to
those assets which are subject to the investment direction of a Participant (if Participant
directed investments are permitted), or an Investment Manager, the Administrator, or other agent
appointed by the Employer. The exercise of any investment discretion hereunder shall be
consistent with the ‘funding policy and method’ determined by the Employer.

(b) The Trustee shall, except as otherwise provided in this Plan, invest and reinvest the Trust
Fund to keep the Trust Fund invested without distinction between principal and income and In
such securities or property, real or personal, wherever situated, as the Trustee shall deem
advisable, including, but not limited to, common or preferred stocks, open-end or closed-end
mutual funds, bonds and other evidences of indebtedness or ownership, and real estate or any
interest therein. The Trustee shall at all times in making investments of the Trust Fund
consider, among other factors, the short and long-term financial needs of the Plan on the basis
of information furnished by the Employer. In making such investments, the Trustee shall not be
restricted to securities or other property of the character expressly authorized by the
applicable law for trust investments; however, the Trustee shall give due regard to any
limitations imposed by the Code or the Act so that at all times this Plan may qualify as a
qualified Plan and Trust. The Trustee shall discharge its duties with respect to the Plan solely
in the interest of the Participants and Beneficiaries and with the care, skill, prudence, and
diligence under the circumstances then prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like
capacity and familiar with such matters would use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like
character and with like aims.

(c) The Trustee, in addition to all powers and authorities under common law, statutory
authority, including the Act, and other provisions of this Plan, shall have the following
powers and authorities to be exercised in the Trustee’s sole discretion:

(1) To purchase, or subscribe for, any securities or other property and to retain the same.
In conjunction with the purchase of securities, margin accounts may be opened and
maintained;

(2) To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, grant options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of
any securities or other property held by the Trustee, by private contract or at public
auction. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the
purchase money or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale or
other disposition, with or without advertisement;

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

47

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(3) To vote upon any stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give general or special proxies
or powers of attorney with or without power of substitution; to exercise any conversion
privileges, subscription rights or other options, and to make any payments incidental
thereto; to oppose, or to consent to, or otherwise participate in, corporate reorganizations
or other changes affecting corporate securities, and to delegate discretionary powers, and
to pay any assessments or charges in connection therewith; and generally to exercise any of
the powers of an owner with respect to stocks, bonds, securities, or other property;

(4) To cause any securities or other property to be registered in the Trustee’s own name, or
in the name of a nominee or in a street name provided such securities or other property are
held on behalf of the Plan by (i) a bank or trust company, (ii) a broker or dealer
registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or a nominee of such broker or dealer,
or (iii) a clearing agency as defined in Section 3(a)(23) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934;

(5) To invest in a common, collective, or pooled trust fund (the provisions of which are
incorporated herein by reference) maintained by any Trustee (or any affiliate of such
Trustee) hereunder pursuant to Revenue Ruling 81-100, all or such part of the Trust Fund as
the Trustee may deem advisable, and the part of the Trust Fund so transferred shall be
subject to all the terms and provisions of the common, collective, or pooled trust fund
which contemplate the commingling for investment purposes of such trust assets with trust
assets of other trusts. The name of the trust fund may be specified in Appendix A to the
Adoption Agreement (Other Permitted Elections). The Trustee may withdraw from such common,
collective, or pooled trust fund all or such part of the Trust Fund as the Trustee may deem
advisable;

(6) To borrow or raise money for the purposes of the Plan in such amount, and upon such
terms and conditions, as the Trustee shall deem advisable; and for any sum so borrowed, to
issue a promissory note as Trustee, and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all, or
any part, of the Trust Fund; and no person lending money to the Trustee shall be bound to
see to the application of the money lent or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or
propriety of any borrowing;

(7) To accept and retain for such time as it may deem advisable any securities or other
property received or acquired by it as Trustee hereunder, whether or not such securities or
other property would normally be purchased as investments hereunder;

(8) To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and
conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to
carry out the powers herein granted;

(9) To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration (provided such arbitration does not
apply to Participants or Beneficiaries) any claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or
from the Plan, to commence or defend suits or legal or administrative proceedings, and to
represent the Plan in all suits and legal and administrative proceedings;

(10) To employ suitable agents and counsel and to pay their reasonable expenses and
compensation, and such agents or counsel may or may not be an agent or counsel for the
Employer;

(11) To apply for and procure from the Insurer as an investment of the Trust Fund any
annuity or other Contracts (on the life of any Participant, or in the case of a Profit
Sharing Plan (including a 401(k) Plan), on the life of any person in whom a Participant has
an insurable interest, or on the joint lives of a Participant and any person in whom the
Participant has an insurable interest) as the Administrator shall deem proper; to exercise,
at any time or from time to time, whatever rights and privileges may be granted under such
annuity, or other Contracts; to collect, receive, and settle for the proceeds of all such
annuity, or other Contracts as and when entitled to do so under the provisions thereof;

(12) To invest funds of the Trust in time deposits or savings accounts bearing a reasonable
rate of interest or in cash or cash balances without liability for interest thereon,
including the specific authority to invest in any type of deposit of the Trustee (or of a
financial institution related to the Trustee);

(13) To invest in Treasury Bills and other forms of United States government obligations;

(14) To sell, purchase and acquire put or call options if the options are traded on and
purchased through a national securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, or, if the options are not traded on a national securities
exchange, are guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange regardless of
whether such options are covered;

(15) To deposit monies in federally insured savings accounts or certificates of deposit in
banks or savings and loan associations including the specific authority to make deposit
into any savings accounts or certificates of deposit of the Trustee (or a financial
institution related to the Trustee);

(16) To pool all or any of the Trust Fund, from time to time, with assets belonging to any
other qualified employee pension benefit trust created by the Employer or any Affiliated
Employer, and to commingle such assets and make joint or common investments and carry joint
accounts on behalf of this Plan and Trust and such other trust or trusts, allocating
undivided shares or interests in such investments or accounts or any pooled assets of the
two or more trusts in accordance with their respective interests; and

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

48

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(17) To do all such acts and exercise all such rights and privileges, although not
specifically mentioned herein, as the Trustee may deem necessary to carry out the purposes
of the Plan.

(d) The Trustee may appoint, at its option, an Investment Manager, investment adviser, or
other agent to provide direction to the Trustee with respect to the investment of any or all of
the Plan assets. Such appointment shall be in writing and shall specifically identify the Plan
assets with respect to which the Investment Manager or other agent shall have the authority to
direct the investment.

7.3 INVESTMENT POWERS AND DUTIES OF NONDISCRETIONARY TRUSTEE

(a) This Section applies if the Employer, in the Adoption Agreement or as otherwise agreed upon
by the Employer and the Trustee, designates the Trustee to administer all or a portion of the
trust as a nondiscretionary Trustee. If so designated, then the Trustee shall have no
discretionary authority to invest, manage, or control those Plan assets, but must act solely as
a Directed Trustee of those Plan assets. A nondiscretionary Trustee, as Directed Trustee of the
Plan funds it holds, is authorized and empowered, by way of limitation, with the powers, rights
and duties set forth herein and in Section 7.14. each of which the nondiscretionary Trustee
exercises solely as Directed Trustee in accordance with the direction of the party which has
the authority to manage and control the investment of the Plan assets. If no directions are
provided to the Trustee, the Employer will provide necessary direction. Furthermore, the
Employer and the nondiscretionary Trustee may, in writing, limit the powers of the
nondiscretionary Trustee to any combination of powers listed within this Section. The party
which has the authority to manage and control the investment of the Plan assets shall discharge
its duties with respect to the Plan solely in the interest of the Participants and
Beneficiaries and with the care, skill, prudence, and diligence under the circumstances then
prevailing that a prudent person acting in a like capacity and familiar with such matters would
use in the conduct of an enterprise of a like character and with like aims.

(b) The Trustee, in addition to all powers and authorities under common law, statutory
authority, including the Act, and other provisions of this Plan, shall have the following
powers and authorities:

(1) To invest the assets, without distinction between principal and income, in securities or
property, real or personal, wherever situated, including, but not limited to, common or
preferred stocks, open-end or closed-end mutual funds, bonds and other evidences of
indebtedness or ownership, and real estate or any interest therein. In making such
investments, the Trustee shall not be restricted to securities or other property of the
character expressly authorized by the applicable law for trust investments; however, the
Trustee shall give due regard to any limitations imposed by the Code or the Act so that at
all times this Plan may qualify as a qualified Plan and Trust;

(2) To purchase, or subscribe for, any securities or other property and to retain the same.
In conjunction with the purchase of securities, margin accounts may be opened and
maintained;

(3) To sell, exchange, convey, transfer, grant options to purchase, or otherwise dispose of
any securities or other property held by the Trustee, by private contract or at public
auction. No person dealing with the Trustee shall be bound to see to the application of the
purchase money or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or propriety of any such sale or
other disposition, with or without advertisement:

(4) At the direction of the party which has the authority or discretion, to vote upon any
stocks, bonds, or other securities; to give general or special proxies or powers of attorney
with or without power of substitution; to exercise any conversion privileges, subscription
rights or other options, and to make any payments incidental thereto: to oppose, or to
consent to. or otherwise participate in, corporate reorganizations or other changes
affecting corporate securities, and to delegate powers, and pay any assessments or charges
in connection therewith; and generally to exercise any of the powers of an owner with
respect to stocks, bonds, securities, or other property;

(5) To cause any securities or other property to be registered in the Trustee’s own name, or
in the name of a nominee or in a street name provided such securities or other property are
held on behalf of the Plan by (i) a bank or trust company, (ii) a broker or dealer
registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or a nominee of such broker or dealer,
or (iii) a clearing agency as defined in Section 3(a)(23) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934;

(6) To invest in a common, collective, or pooled trust fund (the provisions of which are
incorporated herein by reference) maintained by any Trustee (or any affiliate of such
Trustee) hereunder pursuant to Revenue Ruling 81-100, all or such part of the Trust Fund as
the party which has the authority to manage and control the investment of the assets shall
deem advisable, and the part of the Trust Fund so transferred shall be subject to all the
terms and provisions of the common, collective, or pooled trust fund which contemplate the
commingling for investment purposes of such trust assets with trust assets of other trusts.
The name of the trust fund may be specified in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement (Other
Permitted Elections);

(7) To borrow or raise money for the purposes of the Plan in such amount, and upon such
terms and conditions, as the Trustee shall deem advisable; and for any sum so borrowed, to
issue a promissory note as Trustee, and to secure the repayment thereof by pledging all, or
any part, of the Trust Fund; and no person lending money to the Trustee shall be bound to
see to the application of the money lent or to inquire into the validity, expediency, or
propriety of any borrowing;

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

49

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(8) To make, execute, acknowledge, and deliver any and all documents of transfer and
conveyance and any and all other instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to
carry out the powers herein granted;

(9) To settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration (provided such arbitration does not
apply to Participants or Beneficiaries) any claims, debts, or damages due or owing to or
from the Plan, to commence or defend suits or legal or administrative proceedings, and to
represent the Plan in all suits and legal and administrative proceedings;

(10) To employ suitable agents and counsel and to pay their reasonable expenses and
compensation, and such agent or counsel may or may not be an agent or counsel for the
Employer;

(11) To apply for and procure from the Insurer as an investment of the Trust Fund any
annuity or other Contracts (on the life of any Participant, or in the case of a Profit
Sharing Plan (including a 401(k) Plan), on the life of any person in whom a Participant has
an insurable interest, or on the joint lives of a Participant and any person in whom the
Participant has an insurable interest) as the Administrator shall deem proper; to exercise,
at the direction of the person with the authority to do so, whatever rights and privileges
may be granted under such annuity or other Contracts; to collect, receive, and settle for
the proceeds of all such annuity or other Contracts as and when entitled to do so under the
provisions thereof;

(12) To invest funds of the Trust in time deposits or savings accounts bearing a reasonable
rate of interest or in cash or cash balances without liability for interest thereon,
including the specific authority to invest in any type of deposit of the Trustee (or of a
financial institution related to the Trustee);

(13) To invest in Treasury Bills and other forms of United States government obligations;

(14) To sell, purchase and acquire put or call options if the options are traded on and
purchased through a national securities exchange registered under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended, or, if the options are not traded on a national securities
exchange, are guaranteed by a member firm of the New York Stock Exchange regardless of
whether such options are covered;

(15) To deposit monies in federally insured savings accounts or certificates of deposit
in banks or savings and loan associations including the specific authority to make
deposit into any savings accounts or certificates of deposit of the Trustee (or a
financial institution related to the Trustee); and

(16) To pool all or any of the Trust Fund, from time to time, with assets belonging to any
other qualified employee pension benefit trust created by the Employer or any Affiliated
Employer, and to commingle such assets and make joint or common investments and carry joint
accounts on behalf of this Plan and such other trust or trusts, allocating undivided shares
or interests in such investments or accounts or any pooled assets of the two or more trusts
in accordance with their respective interests.

7.4 POWERS AND DUTIES OF CUSTODIAN

     The Employer may appoint a custodian of the Plan assets. A custodian has the same powers,
rights and duties as a nondiscretionary Trustee. Any reference in the Plan to a Trustee also is a
reference to a custodian unless the context of the Plan indicates otherwise. A limitation of the
Trustee’s liability by Plan provision also acts as a limitation of the Custodian’s liability. The
Custodian will be protected from any liability with respect to actions taken pursuant to the
direction of the Trustee, Plan Administrator, the Employer, an Investment Manager, a named
Fiduciary or other third party with authority to provide direction to the Custodian. The
resignation or removal of the Custodian shall be made in accordance with Section 7.11 as though the
Custodian were a Trustee.

7.5 LIFE INSURANCE

(a) Permitted insurance. The Trustee (or Insurer), in accordance with nondiscriminatory
operational procedures of the Administrator, shall ratably apply for, own, and pay all premiums
on Contracts on the lives of the Participants or, in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan
(including a 401(k) Plan), on the life of a member of the Participant’s family or on the joint
lives of a Participant and a member of the Participant’s family. Any initial or additional
Contract purchased on behalf of a Participant shall have a face amount of not less than $1,000,
an amount set forth in the Administrator’s procedures, or the limitation of the Insurer,
whichever is greater. If a life insurance Contract is to be purchased for a Participant, then
the aggregate premium for ordinary life insurance for each Participant must be less than 50% of
the aggregate contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account. For
purposes of this limitation, ordinary life insurance Contracts are Contracts with both
non-decreasing death benefits and non-increasing premiums. If term insurance or universal life
insurance is purchased, then the aggregate premium must be 25% or less of the aggregate
contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Combined Account. If both term
insurance and ordinary life insurance are purchased, then the premium for term insurance plus
one-half of the premium for ordinary life insurance may not in the aggregate exceed 25% of the
aggregate Employer contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the Participant’s Combined
Account. Notwithstanding the preceding, the limitations imposed herein with respect to the
purchase of life insurance shall not apply, in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan (including a
401(k) Plan), to the portion of the Participant’s Account that has accumulated for at least two
(2) Plan Years or to the entire Participant’s Account if the Participant has been a Participant
in the Plan for at least five (5) years. In addition, amounts transferred to this Plan in
accordance with Section 4.6(f)(1)(ii) or (iii) and a Participant’s Voluntary Contribution
Account may be used to purchase Contracts without limitation. Thus, amounts that are not subject
to the limitations contained herein

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

50

 

Volume Submitter Plan

may be used to purchase life insurance on any person in whom a Participant has an insurable
interest or on the joint lives of a Participant and any person in whom the Participant has an
insurable interest, and without regard to the amount of premiums paid to purchase any life
insurance hereunder.

(b) Contract conversion at retirement. Subject to the survivor annuity requirements of Sections
6.5 and 6.6 (if applicable), the Trustee (or Insurer) must distribute the Contracts to the
Participant or convert the entire value of the Contracts at or before retirement into cash or
provide for a periodic income so that no portion of such value may be used to continue life
insurance protection beyond the date on which benefits commence. Furthermore, if a Contract is
purchased on the joint lives of the Participant and another person and such other person
predeceases the Participant, then the Contract may not be maintained under this Plan.

(c) Limitations on purchase. Notwithstanding anything herein above to the contrary, amounts
credited to a Participant’s Qualified Voluntary Employee Contribution Account pursuant to
Section 4.9, shall not be applied to the purchase of life insurance Contracts. Furthermore, no
life insurance Contracts shall be required to be obtained on an individual’s life if, for any
reason (other than the nonpayment of premiums) the Insurer will not issue a Contract on such
individual’s life.

(d) Proceeds payable to plan. The Trustee (or Insurer) will be the owner of any life insurance
Contract purchased under the terms of this Plan. The Contract must provide that the proceeds
will be payable to the Trustee (or Insurer); however, the Trustee (or Insurer) shall be
required to pay over all proceeds of the Contract to the Participant’s “designated Beneficiary”
in accordance with the distribution provisions of Article VI. A Participant’s spouse will be
the “designated Beneficiary” pursuant to Section 6.2, unless a qualified election has been made
in accordance with Sections 6.5 and 6.6 of the Plan, if applicable. Under no circumstances
shall the Trust retain any part of the proceeds that are in excess of the cash surrender value
immediately prior to death. However, the Trustee (or Insurer) shall not pay the proceeds in a
method that would violate the requirements of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984, as stated in
Article VI of the Plan, or Code Section 401(a)(9) and the Regulations thereunder. In the event
of any conflict between the terms of this Plan and the terms of any insurance Contract
purchased hereunder, the Plan provisions shall control.

(e) No responsibility for Act of Insurer. The Employer, the Administrator and the Trustee
shall not be responsible for the validity of the provisions under a Contract issued hereunder
or for the failure or refusal by the Insurer to provide benefits under such Contract. The
Employer, Plan Administrator and the Trustee are also not responsible for any fiction or
failure to act by the Insurer or any other person which results in the delay of a payment
under the Contract or which renders the Contract invalid or unenforceable in whole or in
part.

7.6 LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS

(a) Permitted Loans. The Trustee (or the Administrator if the Trustee is a nondiscretionary
Trustee or if loans are treated as Participant directed investments) may, in the Trustee’s (or,
if applicable, the Administrator’s) sole discretion, make loans to Participants or
Beneficiaries. If loans are permitted, then the following shall apply: (1) loans shall be made
available to all Participants and Beneficiaries on a reasonably equivalent basis; (2) loans
shall not be made available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount
made available to other Participants; (3) loans shall bear a reasonable rate of interest; (4)
loans shall be adequately secured; and (5) loans shall provide for periodic repayment over a
reasonable period of time. Furthermore, no Participant loan shall exceed the Participant’s
Vested interest in the Plan.

(b) Plan loans for Owner-Employees or Shareholder-Employees. Effective for Plan loans made
after December 31, 2001, the Plan provisions prohibiting loans to any Owner-Employee or
Shareholder-Employee shall cease to apply.

(c) Prohibited assignment or pledge. An assignment or pledge of any portion of a Participant’s
interest in the Plan and a loan, pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance Contract
purchased under the Plan, shall be treated as a loan under this Section.

(d) Spousal consent. If the Vested interest of a Participant is used to secure any loan made
pursuant to this Section, then the written (or such other form as permitted by the IRS) consent
of the Participant’s spouse shall be required in a manner consistent with Section 6.5(a),
provided the spousal consent requirements of such Section apply to the Plan. Such consent must
be obtained within the 90-day period prior to the date the loan is made. A new consent shall be
required if the Vested interest of a Participant is used for renegotiation, extension, renewal
or other revision of the loan. However, unless the loan program established pursuant to this
Section provides otherwise, no spousal consent shall be required under this paragraph if the
total interest subject to the security is not in excess of $5,000. If a valid spousal consent
has been obtained in accordance with this Subsection, then, notwithstanding any other provision
of this Plan, the portion of the Participant’s Vested Account Balance used as a security
interest held by the Plan by reason of a loan outstanding to the Participant shall be taken into
account for purposes of determining the amount of the Account balance payable at the time of
death or distribution, but only if the reduction is used as repayment of the loan. If less than
100% of the Participant’s Vested Account balance (determined without regard to the preceding
sentence) is payable to the surviving spouse, then the Account balance shall be adjusted by
first reducing the Vested Account balance by the amount of the security used as repayment of the
loan, and then determining the benefit payable to the surviving spouse.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

51

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(e) Loan program. The Administrator shall be authorized to establish a participant loan
program to provide for loans under the Plan. The loan program shall be established in
accordance with Department of Labor regulation Section 2550.408(b)-1(d)(2) providing for loans
by the Plan to parties-in-interest under said Plan, such as Participants or Beneficiaries. In
order for the Administrator to implement such loan program, a separate written document forming
a part of this Plan must be adopted, which document shall specifically include, but need not be
limited to, the following:

	 	(1)	 	the identity of the person or positions authorized to administer the Participant loan
program;
	 
	 	(2)	 	a procedure for applying for loans;
	 
	 	(3)	 	the basis on which loans will be approved or denied;
	 
	 	(4)	 	limitations, if any, on the types and amounts of loans offered;
	 
	 	(5)	 	the procedure under the program for determining a reasonable rate of interest;
	 
	 	(6)	 	the types of collateral which may secure a Participant loan; and
	 
	 	(7)	 	the events constituting default and the steps that will be taken to preserve Plan
assets in the event such default.

(f) Loan default. Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, if a Participant or
Beneficiary defaults on a loan made pursuant to this Section that is secured by the
Participant’s interest in the Plan, then a Participant’s interest may be offset by the amount
subject to the security to the extent there is a distributable event permitted by the Code or
Regulations.

(g) Loans subject to Plan terms. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary, if
this is an amendment and restatement of an existing Plan, any loans made prior to the date this
amendment and restatement is adopted shall be subject to the terms of the Plan in effect at the
lime such loan was made.

7.7 ALLOCATION AND DELEGATION OF RESPONSIBILITIES

     If there is more than one Trustee, then the responsibilities of each Trustee may be
specified by the Employer and accepted in writing by each Trustee. If no such delegation is made by
the Employer, then the Trustees may allocate the responsibilities among themselves, in which event
the Trustees shall notify the Employer and the Administrator in writing of such action and specify
the responsibilities of each Trustee. Except where there has been an allocation and delegation of
powers, if there shall be more than one Trustee, they shall act by a majority of their number, but
may authorize one or more of them to sign papers on their behalf.

7.8 TRUSTEE’S COMPENSATION AND EXPENSES AND TAXES

     The Trustee shall be paid such reasonable compensation as set forth in the Trustee’s fee
schedule (if the Trustee has such a schedule) or as agreed upon in writing by the Employer and the
Trustee. However, an individual serving as Trustee who already receives full-time compensation from
the Employer shall not receive compensation from this Plan. In addition, the Trustee shall be
reimbursed for any reasonable expenses, including reasonable counsel fees incurred by it as
Trustee. Such compensation and expenses shall be paid from the Trust Fund unless paid or advanced
by the Employer. All taxes of any kind whatsoever that may be levied or assessed under existing or
future laws upon, or in respect of, the Trust Fund or the income thereof, shall be paid from the
Trust Fund.

7.9 ANNUAL REPORT OF THE TRUSTEE

(a) Annual report. Within a reasonable period of time after the later of the
Anniversary Date or receipt of the Employer’s contribution for each Plan Year, the
Trustee, or its agent, shall furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written statement
of account with respect to the Plan Year for which such contribution was made setting
forth:

	 	(1)	 	the net income, or loss, of the Trust Fund;
	 
	 	(2)	 	the gains, or losses, realized by the Trust Fund upon sales or other disposition of the
assets;
	 
	 	(3)	 	the increase, or decrease, in the value of the Trust Fund;
	 
	 	(4)	 	all payments and distributions made from the Trust Fund; and
	 
	 	(5)	 	such further information as the Trustee and/or Administrator deems appropriate.

(b) Employer approval of report. The Employer, promptly upon its receipt of each such statement
of account, shall acknowledge receipt thereof in writing and advise the Trustee and/or
Administrator of its approval or disapproval thereof. Failure by the Employer to disapprove any
such statement of account within thirty (30) days after its receipt thereof shall be deemed an
approval thereof. The approval by the Employer of any statement of account shall be binding on
the Employer and the Trustee as to all matters contained in

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

52

 

Volume Submitter Plan

the statement to the same extent as if the account of the Trustee had been settled by judgment
or decree in an action for a judicial settlement of its account in a court of competent
jurisdiction in which the Trustee, the Employer and all persons having or claiming an interest
in the Plan were parties. However, nothing contained in this Section shall deprive the Trustee
of its right to have its accounts judicially settled if the Trustee so desires.

7.10 AUDIT

(a) Duty to engage accountant. If an audit of the Plan’s records shall be required by the Act
and the regulations thereunder for any Plan Year, the Administrator shall engage on behalf of
all Participants an independent qualified public accountant for that purpose. Such accountant
shall, after an audit of the books and records of the Plan in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards, within a reasonable period after the close of the Plan Year,
furnish to the Administrator and the Trustee a report of the audit setting forth the
accountant’s opinion as to whether any statements, schedules or lists, that are required by Act
Section 103 or the Secretary of Labor to be filed with the Plan’s annual report, are presented
fairly in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles applied consistently.

(b) Payment of fees. All auditing and accounting fees shall be an expense of and may, at the
election of the Employer, be paid from the Trust Fund.

(c) Information to be provided to Administrator. If some or all of the information necessary to
enable the Administrator to comply with Act Section 103 is maintained by a bank, insurance
company, or similar institution, regulated, supervised, and subject to periodic examination by
a state or federal agency, then it shall transmit and certify the accuracy of that information
to the Administrator as provided in Act Section 103(b) within one hundred twenty (120) days
after the end of the Plan Year or such other date as may be prescribed under regulations of the
Secretary of Labor.

7.11 RESIGNATION, REMOVAL AND SUCCESSION OF TRUSTEE

(a) Trustee resignation. Unless otherwise agreed to by both the Trustee and the Employer, a
Trustee may resign at any time by delivering to the Employer, at least thirty (30) days
before its effective date, a written notice of resignation.

(b) Trustee removal. Unless otherwise agreed to by both the Trustee and the Employer, the
Employer may remove a Trustee at any time by delivering to the Trustee, at least thirty (30)
days before its effective date, a written notice of such Trustee’s removal.

(c) Appointment of successor. Upon the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of any
Trustee, a successor may be appointed by the Employer; and such successor, upon accepting such
appointment in writing and delivering same to the Employer, shall, without further act, become
vested with all the powers and responsibilities of the predecessor as if such successor had
been originally named as a Trustee herein. Until such a successor is appointed, any remaining
Trustee or Trustees shall have full authority to act under the terms of the Plan.

(d) Appointment of successor prior to removal of predecessor. The Employer may designate one or
more successors prior to the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of a Trustee. In the
event a successor is so designated by the Employer and accepts such designation, the successor
shall, without further act, become vested with all the powers and responsibilities of the
predecessor as if such successor had been originally named as Trustee herein immediately upon
the death, resignation, incapacity, or removal of the predecessor.

(e) Trustee’s statement upon cessation of being Trustee. Whenever any Trustee hereunder ceases
to serve as such, the Trustee shall furnish to the Employer and Administrator a written
statement of account with respect to the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual
or entity served as Trustee. This statement shall be either (i) included as part of the annual
statement of account for the Plan Year required under Section 7.9 or (ii) set forth in a
special statement. Any such special statement of account should be rendered to the Employer no
later than the due date of the annual statement of account for the Plan Year. The procedures
set forth in Section 7.9 for the approval by the Employer of annual statements of account shall
apply to any special statement of account rendered hereunder and approval by the Employer of
any such special statement in the manner provided in Section 7.9 shall have the same effect
upon the statement as the Employer’s approval of an annual statement of account. No successor
to the Trustee shall have any duty or responsibility to investigate the acts or transactions of
any predecessor who has rendered all statements of account required by Section 7.9 and this
subparagraph.

7.12 TRANSFER OF INTEREST

     Notwithstanding any other provision contained in this Plan, the Trustee at the direction of
the Administrator shall transfer the interest, if any, of a Participant to another trust forming
part of a pension, profit sharing, or stock bonus plan that meets the requirements of Code Section
401(a), provided that the trust to which such transfers are made permits the transfer to be made.

(c) 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

53

 

Volume Submitter Plan

7.13 TRUSTEE INDEMNIFICATION

     The Employer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee against any and all claims,
losses, damages, expenses and liabilities the Trustee may incur in the exercise and performance of
the Trustee’s powers and duties hereunder, unless the same are determined to be due to gross
negligence or willful misconduct.

7.14 EMPLOYER SECURITIES AND REAL PROPERTY

     The Trustee shall be empowered to acquire and hold “qualifying employer securities” and
“qualifying employer real property,” as those terms are defined in the Act. However, no more than
one hundred percent (100%), in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan or 401(k) Plan, or ten percent
(10%), in the case of a Money Purchase Plan, of the fair market value of all the assets in the
Trust Fund may be invested in “qualifying employer securities” and “qualifying employer real
property.”

     Any such investment shall only be made upon written direction of the Employer who shall be
solely responsible for the propriety of such investment, except to the extent Participants direct
the investment of their Accounts in such investment. Additional directives regarding the purchase,
sale, or retention of such securities may be addressed in a funding policy, statement of investment
policy, or other separate procedures or documents governing the investment of Plan assets. In the
event of any conflicts between the Plan document and a separate investment trust agreement, the
Plan document shall prevail.

     Notwithstanding the preceding, if the Plan does not permit Participants to direct the
investment of their Elective Deferral Accounts, then the Trustee shall only be permitted to acquire
or hold “qualifying employer securities” and “qualifying employer real property” to the extent
permitted under Act Section 407.

ARTICLE VIII

AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGERS

8.1 AMENDMENT

(a) General rule on Employer amendment. The Employer shall have the right at any time to
amend this Plan subject to the limitations of this Section. However, any amendment that affects
the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee (or Insurer) or Administrator may only be
made with the Trustee’s (or Insurer’s) or Administrator’s written consent. Any such amendment
shall become effective as provided therein upon its execution. The Trustee (or Insurer) shall
not be required to execute any such amendment unless the amendment affects the duties of the
Trustee (or Insurer) hereunder.

(b) Permissible amendments. The Employer may (1) change the choice of options in the Adoption
Agreement. (2) add any appendix to the Adoption Agreement that is specifically permitted
pursuant to the terms of the Plan (e.g., Appendix A (Special Effective Dates and Other
Permitted Elections); (3) amend administrative trust or custodial provisions; (4) add certain
sample or model amendments published by the Internal Revenue Service or other required
good-faith amendments which specifically provide that their adoption will not cause the Plan to
be treated as an individually designed plan, (5) add or change provisions permitted under the
Plan and/or specify or change the effective date of a provision as permitted under the Plan and
correct obvious and unambiguous typographical errors and/or cross-references that merely
correct a reference but that do not in any way change the original intended meaning of the
provisions and (6) add a list of any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” which must be
preserved shall not be considered an amendment to the Plan. An Employer that amends the Plan
for any other reason, including a waiver of the minimum funding requirement under Code Section
412(d), will no longer participate in this Volume Submitter Plan and this Plan will be
considered to be an individually designed plan.

(c) Sponsoring organization amendments. The Employer (and every Participating Employer)
expressly delegates authority to the sponsoring organization of this Volume Submitter Plan, the
right to amend the Plan by submitting a copy of the amendment to each Employer (and
Participating Employer) who has adopted this Volume Submitter Plan, after first having received
a ruling or favorable determination from the Internal Revenue Service that the Volume Submitter
Plan as amended qualifies under Code Section 401(a) (unless a ruling or determination is not
required by the IRS). For purposes of this Section, the mass submitter shall be recognized as
the agent of the sponsor. If the sponsor does not adopt any amendment made by the mass
submitter, it will no longer be identical to, or a minor modifier of, the mass submitter plan.

(d) Impermissible amendments. No amendment to the Plan shall be effective if it authorizes or
permits any part of the Trust Fund (other than such part as is required to pay taxes and
administration expenses) to be used for or diverted to any purpose other than for the exclusive
benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries or estates; or causes any reduction in the
amount credited to the account of any Participant; or causes or permits any portion of the Trust
Fund to revert to or become property of the Employer.

(e) Anti-cutback restrictions. Except as permitted by Regulations (including Regulation Section
1.411(d)-4) or other IRS guidance, no Plan amendment or transaction having the effect of a Plan
amendment (such as a merger, plan transfer or similar transaction) shall be effective if it
eliminates or reduces any “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefit” or adds or modifies conditions
relating to “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” which results in a further restriction on
such benefits unless such “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” are preserved with respect to
benefits accrued as of the later of the adoption date or effective date of the amendment.
“Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” are benefits described in Code Section 411(d)(6)(A),
early retirement benefits and retirement-type

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

54

 

Volume Submitter Plan

subsidies, and optional forms of benefit. The preceding shall not apply to a Plan amendment
that eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to receive payment of his or her
Account under a particular optional form of benefit if the amendment provides a single-sum
distribution form that is otherwise identical to the optional form of benefit being eliminated
or restricted. For this purpose, a single-sum distribution form is otherwise identical only if
the single-sum distribution form is identical in all respects to the eliminated or restricted
optional form of benefit (or would be identical except that it provides greater rights to the
Participant) except with respect to the timing of payments after commencement.

8.2 TERMINATION

(a) Termination of Plan. The Employer shall have the right at any time to terminate the Plan by
delivering to the Trustee (or Insurer) and Administrator written notice of such termination.
Upon any full or partial termination or upon the complete discontinuance of the Employer’s
Contributions to the Plan (in the case of a Profit Sharing Plan), all amounts credited to the
affected Participants’ Combined Accounts shall become 100% Vested and shall not thereafter be
subject to forfeiture.

(b) Distribution of assets. Upon the full termination of the Plan, the Employer shall direct
the distribution of the assets to Participants in a manner that is consistent with and
satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, except that no Participant or spousal consent is
required. Distributions to a Participant shall be made in cash (or in property if permitted in
the Adoption Agreement) or through the purchase of irrevocable nontransferable deferred
commitments from the Insurer. Except as permitted by Regulations, the termination of the Plan
shall not result in the reduction of “Section 411(d)(6) protected benefits” as described in
Section 8.1(e).

(c) Abandoned plan. If the Employer, in accordance with DOL, guidance, abandons the Plan, then
the Trustee (or Insurer) or other party permitted to lake action as a qualified terminal
administrator (QTA), may terminate the Plan in accordance with applicable DOL and IRS
regulations and other guidance.

8.3 MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER OF ASSETS

     This Plan may be merged or consolidated with, or its assets and/or liabilities may be
transferred to any other plan only if the benefits which would be received by a Participant of this
Plan, in the event of a termination of the plan immediately after such transfer, merger or
consolidation, are at least equal to the benefits the Participant would have received if the Plan
had terminated immediately before the transfer, merger or consolidation and such transfer, merger
or consolidation does not otherwise result in the elimination or reduction of any “Section
411(d)(6) protected benefits” as described in Section 8.1(e).

ARTICLE IX

TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

9.1 TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS

     Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, for any Top-Heavy Plan Year, the Plan
shall provide the special vesting requirements of Code Section 416(b) pursuant to Section 6.4 of
the Plan and the special minimum allocation requirements of Code Section 416(c) pursuant to Section
4.3(f) of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, the minimum allocation shall be an
Employer Nonelective Contribution and, if no vesting schedule has been selected in the Adoption
Agreement or the selection is invalid, shall be subject to the 6 Year Graded vesting schedule
described in the Adoption Agreement.

     Notwithstanding the above, the Top-Heavy Plan Year requirements of this Article and Code
Section 416 shall not apply in any Plan Year in which the Plan consists solely of a cash or
deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(l2) and matching
contributions meet the requirements of Code Section 401(m)(11).

9.2 DETERMINATION OF TOP-HEAVY STATUS

(a) Definition of Top-Heavy Plan. This Plan shall be a Top-Heavy Plan if any of the following
conditions exists:

(1) if the “top-heavy ratio” for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is
not part of any “required aggregation group” or “permissive aggregation group”;

(2) if this Plan is a part of a “required aggregation group” but not part of a “permissive
aggregation group” and the “top-heavy ratio” for the group of plans exceeds sixty percent
(60%); or

(3) if this Plan is a part of a “required aggregation group” and part of a “permissive
aggregation group” and the “top-heavy ratio” for the “permissive aggregation group”
exceeds sixty percent (60%).

(b) Top-heavy ratio. “Top-heavy ratio” means, with respect to a “determination date”:

(1) If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any
simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code Section 408(k))) and the Employer has
not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the 5-year period

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

55

 

Volume Submitter Plan

ending on the “determination date” has or has had accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for
this Plan alone or for the “required aggregation group” or “permissive aggregation group”
as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances of
all Key Employees as of the “determination date” (including any part of any account balance
distributed in the 1-year period ending on the “determination date”) (5-year period ending
on the “determination date” in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than
severance from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the Plan is
top-heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002), and the denominator of which is
the sum of all account balances (including any part of any account balance distributed in
the 1-year period ending on the “determination date”) (5-year period ending on the
“determination date” in the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance
from employment, death or disability and in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy for
Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002), both computed in accordance with Code Section
416 and the Regulations thereunder.

     Both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio are increased to reflect
any contribution not actually made as of the “determination date,” but which is required
to be taken into account on that date under Code Section 416 and the Regulations
thereunder.

(2) If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans (including any
simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more
defined benefit plans which during the 1-year period ending on the “determination date” has
or has had any accrued benefits, the top-heavy ratio for any “required aggregation group”
or “permissive aggregation group” as appropriate is a fraction, the numerator of which is
the sum of account balances under the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all
Key Employees, determined in accordance with (1) above, and the “present value” of accrued
benefits under the aggregated defined benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the
“determination date,” and the denominator of which is the sum of the account balances under
the aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all participants, determined in
accordance with (1) above, and the “present value” of accrued benefits under the defined
benefit plan or plans for all participants as of the “determination date,” all determined
in accordance with Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits
under a defined benefit plan in both the numerator and denominator of the top-heavy ratio
are increased for any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the 1-year period ending
on the “determination date” (5-year period ending on the “determination date” in the case
of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death or
disability and in determining whether the Plan is top-heavy for Plan Years beginning before
January 1, 2002).

(3) For purposes of (1) and (2) above, the value of account balances and the “present
value” of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that
falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on the “determination date,” except as
provided in Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder for the first and second plan
years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances and accrued benefits of a participant
(i) who is not a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior year, or (ii) who has
not been credited with at least one Hour of Service with any Employer maintaining the plan
at any time during the 1-year period (5-year period in determining whether the Plan is
top-heavy for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002) ending on the “determination
date” will be disregarded. The calculation of the top-heavy ratio, and the extent to which
distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance
with Code Section 416 and the Regulations thereunder. Deductible Employee contributions
will not be taken into account for purposes of computing the top-heavy ratio. When
aggregating plans the value of account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated
with reference to the “determination dates” that fall within the same calendar year.

     The accrued benefit of a participant other than a Key Employee shall be
determined under (i) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes
under all defined benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or (ii) if there is no
such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate
permitted under the fractional rule of Code Section 411(b)(1)(C).

(c) Determination date. “Determination date” means, for any Plan Year subsequent to the
first Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the
Plan, “determination date” means the last day of that Plan Year.

(d) Permissive aggregation group. “Permissive aggregation group” means the “required
aggregation group” of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer of any Affiliated
Employer which, when considered as a group with the “required aggregation group,” would
continue to satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410.

(e) Present value. “Present value” means the present value based only on the interest and
mortality rates specified in Appendix A to the Adoption Agreement.

(f) Required aggregation group. “Required aggregation group” means: (1) each qualified plan
of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or
participated at any time during the Plan Year containing the “determination date” or any of the
four preceding Plan Years (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and (2) any other
qualified plan of the Employer or any Affiliated Employer which enables a plan described in (1)
to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410.

(g) Valuation Date. “Valuation date” means the date elected by the Employer in the
Adoption Agreement as of which account balances or accrued benefits are valued for
purposes of calculating the “top-heavy ratio.”

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

56

 

Volume Submitter Plan

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

10.1 EMPLOYER ADOPTIONS

(a) Method of adoption. Any organization may become the Employer hereunder by executing the
Adoption Agreement in a form satisfactory to the Trustee (or Insurer), and it shall provide
such additional information as the Trustee (or Insurer) may require. The consent of the Trustee
(or Insurer) to act as such shall be signified by its execution of the Adoption Agreement or a
separate agreement (including, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, a separate trust
agreement).

(b) Separate affiliation. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, the affiliation of
the Employer and the participation of its Participants shall be separate and apart from
that of any other employer and its participants hereunder.

10.2 PARTICIPANT’S RIGHTS

     This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Employer and any
Participant or to be a consideration or an inducement for the employment of any Participant or
Employee. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant or Employee the
right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer
to discharge any Participant or Employee at any time regardless of the effect which such discharge
shall have upon the Employee as a Participant of this Plan.

10.3 ALIENATION

(a) General rule. Subject to the exceptions provided below and as otherwise permitted by the
Code and the Act, no benefit which shall be payable to any person (including a Participant or
the Participant’s Beneficiary) shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation,
sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to anticipate,
alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be void; and no
such benefit shall in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts,
liabilities, engagements, or torts of any such person, nor shall it be subject to attachment or
legal process for or against such person, and the same shall not be recognized except to such
extent as may be required by law.

(b) Exception for loans. Subsection (a) shall not apply to the extent a Participant or
Beneficiary is indebted to the Plan by reason of a loan made pursuant to Section 7.6. At the
time a distribution is to be made to or for a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s benefit, such
portion of the amount to be distributed as shall equal such indebtedness shall be paid to the
Plan, to apply against or discharge such indebtedness. Prior to making a payment, however, the
Participant or Beneficiary must be given notice by the Administrator that such indebtedness is
to be so paid in whole or part from the Participant’s interest in the Plan. If the Participant
or Beneficiary does not agree that the indebtedness is a valid claim against the Participant’s
interest in the Plan, the Participant or Beneficiary shall be entitled to a review of the
validity of the claim in accordance with procedures provided in Sections 2.10 and 2.11.

(c) Exception for QDRO. Subsection (a) shall not apply to a “qualified domestic relations
order” defined in Code Section 414(p), and those other domestic relations orders permitted to
be so treated by the Administrator under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984.
The Administrator shall establish a written procedure to determine the qualified status of
domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders. Further,
to the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order,” a former spouse of a
Participant shall be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse for all purposes under the Plan.

(d) Exception for certain debts to Plan. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section to the
contrary, an offset to a Participant’s accrued benefit against an amount that the Participant
is ordered or required to pay the Plan with respect to a judgment, order, or decree issued, or
a settlement entered into, on or after August 5, 1997, shall be permitted in accordance with
Code Sections 401(a)(13)(C) and (D).

10.4 CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN

     This Plan and Trust shall be construed and enforced according to the Code, the Act and the
laws of the state or commonwealth in which the Employer’s (or if there is a corporate Trustee, the
Trustee’s, or if the Plan is fully insured, the Insurer’s) principal office is located (unless
otherwise designated in the Adoption Agreement), other than its laws respecting choice of law, to
the extent not pre-empted by the Act.

10.5 GENDER AND NUMBER

     Wherever any words are used herein in the masculine, feminine or neuter gender, they shall be
construed as though they were also used in another gender in all cases where they would so apply,
and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or plural form, they shall be construed as
though they were also used in the other form in all cases where they would so apply.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

57

 

Volume Submitter Plan

10.6 LEGAL ACTION

     In the event any claim, suit, or proceeding is brought regarding the Trust and/or Plan
established hereunder to which the Trustee (or Insurer), the Employer or the Administrator may be a
party, and such claim, suit, or proceeding is resolved in favor of the Trustee (or Insurer), the
Employer or the Administrator, they shall be entitled to be reimbursed from the Trust Fund for any
and all costs, attorney’s fees, and other expenses pertaining thereto incurred by them for which
they shall have become liable.

10.7 PROHIBITION AGAINST DIVERSION OF FUNDS

(a) General rule. Except as provided below and otherwise specifically permitted by law, it
shall be impossible by operation of the Plan or of the Trust, by termination of either, by
power of revocation or amendment, by the happening of any contingency, by collateral
arrangement or by any other means, for any part of the corpus or income of any Trust Fund
maintained pursuant to the Plan or any funds contributed thereto to be used for, or diverted
to, purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries.

(b) Mistake of fact. In the event the Employer shall make a contribution under a mistake of
fact pursuant to Act Section 403(c)(2)(A), the Employer may demand repayment of such contribution at any time within
one (1) year following the time of payment and the Trustee (or Insurer) shall return such
amount to the Employer within the one (1) year period. Earnings of the Plan attributable to the
contributions may not be returned to the Employer but any losses attributable thereto must
reduce the amount so returned.

(c) Contribution conditioned on deductibility. Except as specifically stated in the Plan, any
contribution made by the Employer to the Plan (if the Employer is not tax-exempt) is
conditioned upon the deductibility of the contribution by the Employer under the Code and, to
the extent any such deduction is disallowed, the Employer may, within one (1) year following a
final determination of the disallowance, whether by agreement with the Internal Revenue Service
or by final decision of a court of competent jurisdiction, demand repayment of such disallowed
contribution and the Trustee (or Insurer) shall return such contribution within one (I) year
following the disallowance. Earnings of the Plan attributable to the contribution may not be
returned to the Employer, but any losses attributable thereto must reduce the amount so
returned.

10.8 EMPLOYER’S AND TRUSTEE’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

     The Employer, Administrator and Trustee, and their successors, shall not be responsible
for the validity of any Contract issued hereunder or for the failure on the part of the
Insurer to make payments provided by any such Contract, or for the action of any person which
may delay payment or render a Contract null and void or unenforceable in whole or in part.

10.9 INSURER’S PROTECTIVE CLAUSE

     Except as otherwise agreed upon in writing between the Employer and the Insurer, an Insurer
which issues any Contracts hereunder shall not have any responsibility for the validity of this
Plan or for the tax or legal aspects of this Plan. The Insurer shall be protected and held harmless
in acting in accordance with any written direction of the Administrator or Trustee, and shall have
no duty to see to the application of any funds paid to the Trustee, nor be required to question any
actions directed by the Administrator or Trustee. Regardless of any provision of this Plan, the
Insurer shall not be required to take or permit any action or allow any benefit or privilege
contrary to the terms of any Contract which it issues hereunder, or the rules of the Insurer.

10.10 RECEIPT AND RELEASE FOR PAYMENTS

     Any payment to any Participant, the Participant’s legal representative, Beneficiary, or to any
guardian or committee appointed for such Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the
provisions of this Plan, shall, to the extent thereof, be in full satisfaction of all claims
hereunder against the Trustee (or Insurer) and the Employer.

10.11 ACTION BY THE EMPLOYER

     Whenever the Employer under the terms of the Plan is permitted or required to do or
perform any act or matter or thing, it shall be done and performed by a person duly authorized
by its legally constituted authority.

10.12 NAMED FIDUCIARIES AND ALLOCATION OF RESPONSIBILITY

     The “named Fiduciaries” of this Plan are (1) the Employer, (2) the Administrator, (3) the
Trustee (if the Trustee has discretionary authority as elected in the Adoption Agreement or as
otherwise agreed upon by the Employer and the Trustee), and (4) any Investment Manager appointed
hereunder. The named Fiduciaries shall have only those specific powers, duties, responsibilities,
and obligations as are specifically given them under the Plan including, but not limited to, any
agreement allocating or delegating their responsibilities, the terms of which are incorporated
herein by reference. In general, the Employer shall have the sole responsibility for making the
contributions provided for under the Plan; and shall have the sole authority to appoint and remove
the Trustee and the Administrator; to formulate the Plan’s “funding policy and method”; and to
amend the elective provisions of the Adoption Agreement or terminate, in whole or in part, the
Plan. The Administrator shall have the sole responsibility for the administration of the Plan,
which responsibility is specifically described

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

58

 

Volume Submitter Plan

in the Plan. If the Trustee has discretionary authority, it shall have the sole responsibility of
management of the assets held under the Trust, except those assets, the management of which has
been assigned to an Investment Manager or Administrator, who shall be solely responsible for the
management of the assets assigned to it, all as specifically provided in the Plan. Each named
Fiduciary warrants that any directions given, information furnished, or action taken by it shall be
in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, authorizing or providing for such direction,
information or action. Furthermore, each named Fiduciary may rely upon any such direction,
information or action of another named Fiduciary as being proper under the Plan, and is not
required under the Plan to inquire into the propriety of any such direction, information or action.
It is intended under the Plan that each named Fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper
exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations under the Plan. No named
Fiduciary shall guarantee the Trust Fund in any manner against investment loss of depreciation in
asset value. Any person or group may serve in more than one Fiduciary capacity.

10.13 HEADINGS

     The headings and subheadings of this Plan have been inserted for convenience of reference and
are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.

10.14 APPROVAL BY INTERNAL REVENUE SERVICE

     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if, pursuant to an application for
qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer’s return for the
taxable year in which the Plan or an amendment to the Plan is adopted, or such later date as the
Secretary of Treasury may prescribe, the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service or the
Commissioner’s delegate should determine that the Plan does not initially qualify as a tax-exempt
plan under Code Sections 401 and 501, and such determination is not contested, or if contested, is
finally upheld, then if the Plan is a new plan, it shall be void ab initio and all amounts
contributed to the Plan, by the Employer, less expenses paid, shall be returned within one (1) year
and the Plan shall terminate, and the Trustee (or Insurer) shall be discharged from all further
obligations. If the disqualification relates to a Plan amendment, then the Plan shall operate as if
it had not been amended. If the Employer’s Plan fails to attain or retain qualification, such Plan
will no longer participate in this volume submitter plan and will be considered an individually
designed plan.

10.15 UNIFORMITY

     All provisions of this Plan shall be interpreted and applied in a uniform, nondiscriminatory manner.

10.16 PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

     Except as Otherwise provided in the Plan, benefits under this Plan shall be paid, subject to
Sections 6.11, 6.12 and 12.9, only upon death, Total and Permanent Disability, normal or early
retirement, termination of employment, or termination of the Plan.

10.17 ELECTRONIC MEDIA

     The Plan Administrator may use telephonic or electronic media to satisfy any notice
requirements required by this Plan, to the extent permissible under regulations (or other generally
applicable guidance). In addition, a Participant’s consent to immediate distribution may be
provided through telephonic or electronic means, to the extent permissible under regulations (or
other generally applicable guidance). The Plan Administrator also may use telephonic or electronic
media to conduct plan transactions such as enrolling Participants, making (and changing) salary
reduction elections, electing (and changing) investment allocations, applying for Plan loans, and
other transactions, to the extent permissible under regulations (or other generally applicable
guidance).

10.18 PLAN CORRECTION

     The Administrator in conjunction with the Employer may undertake such correction of Plan
errors as the Administrator deems necessary, including correction to preserve tax qualification of
the Plan under Code Section 401(a) or to correct a fiduciary breach under the Act. Without limiting
the Administrator’s authority under the prior sentence, the Administrator, as it determines to be
reasonable and appropriate, may undertake correction of Plan document, operational, demographic and
employer eligibility failures under a method described in the Plan or under the IRS Employee Plans
Compliance Resolution System (“EPCRS”) or any successor program to EPCRS. The Administrator, as it
determines to be reasonable and appropriate, also may undertake or assist the appropriate fiduciary
or plan official in undertaking correction of a fiduciary breach, including correction under the
DOL Voluntary Fiduciary Correction Program (“VFC”) or any successor program to VFC. If the Plan is
a 401(k) Plan, to correct an operational error, the Plan Administrator may require the Trustee (or
Insurer) to distribute from the Plan Elective Deferrals or Vested matching contributions, including
earnings, where such amounts result from an operational error other than a failure of Code Section
415, Code Section 402(g), or a failure of the ADP or ACP tests.

10.19 NONTRUSTEED PLANS

     If the Plan is funded solely with Contracts, then notwithstanding Sections 10.7 and 10.14, no
Contract will be purchased under the Plan unless such Contract or a separate definite written
agreement between the Employer and the Insurer provides that: (1) no value under Contracts
providing benefits under the Plan or credits determined by the Insurer (on account of dividends,
earnings, or other experience rating credits, or surrender or cancellation credits) with respect to
such Contracts may be paid or returned to the Employer or diverted to or

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

59

 

Volume Submitter Plan

used for other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants or their Beneficiaries. However,
any contribution made by the Employer because of a mistake of fact must be returned to the
Employer within one year of the contribution.

          If this Plan is funded by individual Contracts that provide a Participant’s benefit under the
Plan, such individual Contracts shall constitute the Participant’s account balance. If this Plan is
funded by group Contracts, under the group annuity or group insurance Contract, premiums or other
consideration received by the Insurer must be allocated to Participants’ accounts under the Plan.

ARTICLE XI

PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

11.1 ELECTION TO BECOME A PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER

     Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with the consent of the Employer and
Trustee (or Insurer), any entity may adopt the Employer’s Plan and all of the provisions hereof,
and participate herein and be known as a Participating Employer, by a properly executed document
evidencing said intent and will of such Participating Employer.

11.2 REQUIREMENTS OF PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS

(a) Provisions may not vary. Each Participating Employer shall be required to select the same
Adoption Agreement provisions as those selected by the Employer other than the Fiscal Year and
such other items that must, by necessity, vary among employers.

(b) Holding and investing assets. The Trustee (or Insurer) may, but shall not be required to,
commingle, hold and invest as one Trust Fund all contributions made by Participating Employers,
as well as all increments thereof. However, the assets of the Plan shall, on an ongoing basis,
be available to pay benefits to all Participants and Beneficiaries under the Plan without regard
to the Employer or Participating Employer who contributed such assets.

(c) Payment of expenses. Unless the Employer otherwise directs, any expenses of the Plan which
are to be paid by the Employer or borne by the Trust Fund shall be paid by each Participating
Employer in the same proportion that the total amount standing to the credit of all Participants
employed by such Employer bears to the total standing to the credit of all Participants.

11.3 DESIGNATION OF AGENT

     Each Participating Employer shall be deemed to be a part of this Plan; provided, however, that
with respect to all of its relations with the Trustee (or Insurer) and Administrator for purposes
of this Plan, each Participating Employer shall be deemed to have designated irrevocably the
Employer as its agent. Unless the context of the Plan clearly indicates otherwise, the word
“Employer” shall be deemed to include each Participating Employer as related to its adoption of the
Plan.

11.4 EMPLOYEE TRANSFERS

     In the event an Employee is transferred between Participating Employers, accumulated service
and eligibility shall be carried with the Employee involved. No such transfer shall effect a
termination of employment hereunder, and the Participating Employer to which the Employee is
transferred shall thereupon become obligated hereunder with respect to such Employee in the same
manner as was the Participating Employer from whom the Employee was transferred.

11.5 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES

     If elected by a Participating Employer in its participation agreement, then to the extent
permitted under Code Section 411(d)(6), effective with respect to Plan Years beginning in and after
the Plan Year in which the provisions of this Plan are adopted, any contribution and/or Forfeiture
subject to allocation during each Plan Year shall be determined and allocated separately by each
Participating Employer, and shall be allocated only among the Participants eligible to share in the
contribution and forfeiture allocation of the Employer or Participating Employer making the
contribution or by which the forfeiting Participant was employed. Alternatively (if so elected),
any contribution or Forfeiture subject to allocation during each Plan Year shall be allocated among
all Participants of all Participating Employers in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.
However, if a Participating Employer is not an Affiliated Employer then any contributions made by
such Participating Employer will only be allocated among the Participants eligible to share in the
contribution and forfeiture allocation of the Participating Employer.

     On the basis of the information furnished by the Administrator, the Trustee (or Insurer) shall
keep separate books and records concerning the affairs of each Participating Employer hereunder and
as to the accounts and credits of the Employees of each Participating Employer. The Trustee (or
Insurer) may, but need not, register Contracts so as to evidence that a particular Participating
Employer is the interested Employee hereunder, but in the event of an Employee transfer from one
Participating Employer to another, the employing Employer shall immediately notify the Trustee (or
Insurer) thereof.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

60

 

Volume Submitter Plan

11.6 AMENDMENT

     Any Participating Employer that is an Affiliated Employer hereby authorizes the Employer to
make amendments on its behalf, unless otherwise agreed among all affected parties. If a
Participating Employer is not an Affiliated Employer, then amendment of this Plan by the Employer
at any time when there shall be a Participating Employer shall, unless otherwise agreed to by the
affected parties, only be by the written action of each and every Participating Employer and with
the consent of the Trustee (or Insurer) where such consent is necessary in accordance with the
terms of this Plan.

11.7 DISCONTINUANCE OF PARTICIPATION

     Any Participating Employer shall be permitted to discontinue or revoke its participation in
the Plan at any time. At the time of any such discontinuance or revocation, satisfactory evidence
thereof and of any applicable conditions imposed shall be delivered to the Trustee (or Insurer).
The Trustee (or Insurer) shall thereafter transfer, deliver and assign Contracts and other Trust
Fund assets allocable to the Participants of such Participating Employer to such new trustee (or
insurer) or custodian as shall have been designated by such Participating Employer, in the event
that it has established a separate qualified retirement plan for its employees provided, however,
that no such transfer shall be made if the result is the elimination or reduction of any “Section
411(d)(6) protected benefits” as described in Section 8.1(e). If a separate plan has not been
established, at the time of such continuance or revocation for whatever reason, the assets and
liabilities, Contracts and other Trust Fund assets allocable to such Participating Employer’s
participation in this Plan shall be spun off pursuant to Code Section 414(1) and such spun off
assets shall constitute a retirement plan of the Participating Employer with such Participating
Employer becoming sponsor and the individual who has signed the participation agreement on behalf
of the Participating Employer becoming Trustee for this purpose. Such individual shall agree to
this appointment by virtue of signing the participation agreement. If such individual is no longer
an Employee of the Participating Employer, then the Participating Employer shall appoint a Trustee.
If no successor is designated, the Trustee (or Insurer) shall retain such assets for the Employees
of said Participating Employer pursuant to the provisions of Article VII hereof. In no such event
shall any part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund as it relates to such Participating
Employer be used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive benefit of the employees
of such Participating Employer.

11.8 ADMINISTRATOR’S AUTHORITY

     The Administrator shall have authority to make any and all necessary rules or regulations,
binding upon all Participating Employers and all Participants, to effectuate the purpose of this
Article.

11.9 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION FOR AFFILIATE

     If any Participating Employer is prevented in whole or in part from making a contribution
which it would otherwise have made under the Plan by reason of having no current or accumulated
earnings or profits, or because such earnings or profits are less than the contribution which it
would otherwise have made, then, pursuant to Code Section 404(a)(3)(B), so much of the contribution
which such Participating Employer was so prevented from making may be made, for the benefit of the
participating employees of such Participating Employer, by other Participating Employers who are
members of the same affiliated group within the meaning of Code Section 1504 to the extent of their
current or accumulated earnings or profits, except that such contribution by each such other
Participating Employer shall be limited to the proportion of its total current and accumulated
earnings or profits remaining after adjustment for its contribution to the Plan made without regard
to this paragraph which the total prevented contribution bears to the total current and accumulated
earnings or profits of all the Participating Employers remaining after adjustment for all
contributions made to the Plan without regard to this paragraph.

     A Participating Employer on behalf of whose employees a contribution is made under
this paragraph shall not be required to reimburse the contributing Participating Employers.

ARTICLE XII

CASH OR DEFERRED PROVISIONS

     Except as specifically provided elsewhere in this Plan, the provisions of this Article
shall apply with respect to any 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan regardless of any provisions in the
Plan to the contrary.

12.1 FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER’S CONTRIBUTION

(a) Permitted contributions. For each Plan Year, the Employer will (or may with respect
to any discretionary contributions) contribute to the Plan:

(1) The amount of the total salary reduction elections of all Participants made pursuant to
Section 12.2(a), which amount shall be deemed Elective Deferrals, plus

(2) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a matching contribution equal to the percentage,
if any, specified in the Adoption Agreement of the Elective Deferrals of each Participant
eligible to share in the allocations of the matching contribution, which amount shall be
deemed an Employer matching contribution or Qualified Matching Contribution as elected in
the Adoption Agreement, plus

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

61

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(3) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, a discretionary amount determined each year by the
Employer, which amount if any, shall be deemed an Employer Nonelective Contribution, or a
Prevailing Wage Contribution as set forth in the Adoption Agreement, which amount shall be
an Employer Nonelective Contribution or an Elective Contribution as elected in the Adoption
Agreement, plus

(4) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution in a discretionary amount determined by the
Employer.

(b) Timing and form of contributions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employer is not a
tax-exempt entity, then the Employer’s contributions for any Fiscal Year may generally not
exceed the maximum amount allowable as a deduction to the Employer under the provisions of Code
Section 404. However, to the extent necessary to provide the top-heavy minimum allocations, the
Employer shall make a contribution even if it exceeds current or accumulated Net Profit or the
amount that is deductible under Code Section 404. All contributions by the Employer shall be
made in cash or in such property as is acceptable to the Trustee (or Insurer).

12.2 PARTICIPANT’S SALARY REDUCTION ELECTION

(a) Deferral elections. Each Participant may elect to defer a portion of Compensation which
would have been received in the Plan Year, but for the salary reduction election, subject to the
limitations of this Section and the Adoption Agreement. A salary reduction election (or
modification of an earlier election) may not be made with respect to Compensation which is
currently available on or before the date the Participant executed such election, or if later,
the later of the date the Employer adopts this cash or deferred arrangement or the date such
arrangement first became effective. Any elections made pursuant to this Section, including a
modification or termination of an election, shall become effective as soon as is
administratively feasible following the receipt of such election by the Administrator.
Furthermore, if the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to apply the automatic deferral
provisions, then in the event a Participant fails to make a salary deferral election and does
not affirmatively elect to receive cash, such Participant shall be deemed to have made a salary
deferral election in accordance with the provisions selected in the Adoption Agreement and such
other procedures that the Administrator may establish and apply in a uniform and
nondiscriminatory basis.

     Additionally, if elected in the Adoption Agreement, each Participant may elect to defer a
different percentage or amount of any cash bonus to be paid by the Employer during the Plan
Year. A deferral election may not be made with respect to cash bonuses which are currently
available on or before the date the Participant executes such election.

     If elected in the Adoption Agreement, effective as of the date specified in the Adoption
Agreement, a Participant may make a salary reduction election to have Roth Elective Deferrals
contributed to the Plan. Roth Elective Deferrals are includible in the Participant’s gross
income at the time deferred and must be irrevocably designated as Roth Elective Deferrals by the
Participant in the Salary Reduction Agreement (or if applicable, in the automatic deferral
provisions of the Plan).

     The amount by which Compensation and/or cash bonuses are reduced shall be that
Participant’s Elective Deferrals and shall be treated as an Employer contribution and allocated
to that Participant’s Elective Deferral Account. If the Plan permits Roth Elective Deferral
contributions, then a Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals shall be allocated to the
Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account and a Participant’s Roth Elective Deferrals
shall be allocated to the Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account. Elective Deferrals
contributed to the Plan as one type, either Roth Elective Deferrals or Pre-Tax Elective
Deferrals, may not later be reclassified as the other type.

     For purposes of this Section, the annual dollar limitation of Code Section 401(a)(17)
($200,000 as adjusted) shall not apply except that the Administrator may elect to apply such
limit as part of the deferral election procedures established hereunder.

     Once made, a Participant’s election to reduce Compensation shall remain in effect until
modified or terminated. The Administrator shall establish procedures setting forth the
conditions on modifications of an election. However, Participants must be permitted to modify
elections at least once each Plan Year. Furthermore, terminations may be made at any time.

(b) Catch-Up Contributions. If selected in the Adoption Agreement, effective for calendar years
beginning after December 31, 2001, all Employees who are eligible to make Elective Deferrals
under this Plan and who have attained age 50 before the close of the taxable year shall be
eligible to make Catch-Up Contributions in accordance with, and subject to the dollar
limitations of, Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) for the taxable year. The dollar limit on Catch-Up
Contributions under Code Section 414(v)(2)(B)(i) is $1,000 for taxable years beginning in 2002,
increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $5,000 for taxable years beginning in 2006
and later years. After 2006, the $5,000 limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury
for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 414(v)(2)(C). Such Catch-Up Contributions shall
not be taken into account for purposes of the provisions of the Plan implementing the required
limitations of Code Sections 402(g) and 415, The Plan shall not be treated as failing to satisfy
the provisions of the Plan implementing the requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(3). 401(k)(11),
401(k)(12), 410(b), or 416, as applicable, by reason of the making of such Catch-Up
Contributions (but Catch-Up Contributions made in prior years are counted in determining whether
the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan). If selected in the Adoption Agreement, Catch-Up Contributions
shall not be treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of applying any Employer matching
contributions. Such option cannot be selected if the Plan elects to follow the safe harbor
provisions of Section 12.8.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services. Inc.

62

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(c) Full vesting. The balance in each Participant’s Elective Deferral Account, Qualified Matching
Contribution Account and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account shall be fully Vested at all
times and, except as otherwise provided herein, shall not be subject to Forfeiture for any reason.

(d) Distribution restrictions. Effective with respect to distributions and transactions made
after December 31, 2001, amounts held in a Participant’s Elective Deferral Account, Qualified
Matching Contribution Account and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account may only be
distributable as provided in (4) below or as provided under the other provisions of this Plan,
but in no event prior to the earlier of the following events or any other events permitted by
the Code or Regulations:

(1) the Participant’s severance of employment (regardless of when the severance of
employment occurred), Total and Permanent Disability, or death;

(2) the Participant’s attainment of age 59 1/2;

(3) the proven financial hardship of the Participant, subject to the limitations of Section
12.9; or

(4) the termination of the Plan without the existence at the time of Plan termination of
another defined contribution plan or the establishment of a successor defined contribution
plan by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer within the period ending twelve months after
distribution of all assets from the Plan maintained by the Employer. For this purpose, a
defined contribution plan does not include an employee stock ownership plan (as defined in
Code Section 4975(e)(7) or 409), a simplified employee pension plan (as defined in Code
Section 408(k)), or a SIMPLE individual retirement account plan (as defined in Code Section
408(p)). A distribution that is made because of this paragraph must be made in a lump-sum.

(e) Code Section 402(g) dollar limit. A Participant’s Elective Deferrals made under this Plan
and all other plans, contracts or arrangements of the Employer maintaining this Plan during any
calendar year shall not exceed the dollar limitation imposed by Code Section 402(g), as in
effect at the beginning of such calendar year, except to the extent permitted under Section
12.2(b) and Code Section 414(v), if applicable. The dollar limitation contained in Code Section
402(g) is $10,500 for taxable years beginning in 2000 and 2001 increasing to $11,000 for taxable
years beginning in 2002 and increasing by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $15,000 for
taxable years beginning in 2006 and later years. After 2006, the $15,000 limit will be adjusted
by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code Section 402(g)(4). For
this purpose, “elective deferrals” means, with respect to a calendar year, the sum of all
Employer contributions made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an election to defer under
any qualified cash or deferred arrangement as described in Code Section 401(k), any salary
reduction simplified employee pension (as defined in Code Section 408(k)(6)), any SIMPLE IRA
plan described in Code Section 408(p), any eligible deferred compensation plan under Code
Section 457, any plans described under Code Section 501(c)(18), and any Employer contributions
made on the behalf of a Participant for the purchase of an annuity contract under Code Section
403(b) pursuant to a salary reduction agreement. “Elective deferrals” shall not include any
deferrals properly distributed as excess “annual additions” pursuant to Section 4.5.

(f) Excess Deferrals. If a Participant has Excess Deferrals for a taxable year, the
Participant may, not later than March 1st following the close of such taxable year, notify the
Administrator in writing of such excess and request that the Participant’s Elective Deferrals
under this Plan be reduced by an amount specified by the Participant. In such event, the
Administrator shall direct the distribution of such excess amount (and any “income” allocable to
such excess amount) to the Participant not later than the first April 15th following the close
of the Participant’s taxable year. Any distribution of less than the entire amount of Excess
Deferrals and “income” shall be treated as a pro rata distribution of Excess Deferrals and
“income.” The amount distributed shall not exceed the Participant’s Elective Deferrals under the
Plan for the taxable year. Any distribution on or before the last day of the Participant’s
taxable year must satisfy each of the following conditions:

(1) the Participant shall designate the distribution as Excess Deferrals;

(2) the distribution must be made after the date on which the Plan received the Excess
Deferrals; and

(3) the Plan must designate the distribution as a distribution of Excess Deferrals.

     Regardless of the preceding, if a Participant has Excess Deferrals solely from elective
deferrals made under this Plan or any other plan maintained by the Employer, a Participant will
be deemed to have notified the Administrator of such excess amount and the Administrator shall
direct the distribution of such Excess Deferrals in a manner consistent with the provisions of
this subsection.

     For the purpose of this subsection, “income” means the amount of income or loss allocable
to a Participant’s Excess Deferrals, which amount shall be allocated in the same manner as
income or losses are allocated pursuant to Section 4.3(c). However, “income” for the period
between the end of the taxable year of the Participant and the date of the distribution (the
“gap period”) is not required to be distributed for Excess Deferrals attributable to taxable
years beginning prior to 2007.

     Notwithstanding the above, for any years in which a Participant makes both Roth
Elective Deferrals and Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals, the distribution of any Excess Deferrals
for such year shall be made from the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account before
the Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account, to the extent Pre-tax Elective Deferrals
were made for the year,

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

63

 

Volume Submitter Plan

unless the Participant elects otherwise. Matching contributions which relate to Excess Elective
Deferrals (regardless of whether such Excess Elective Deferrals are Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals
or Roth Elective Deferrals) shall be treated as a Forfeiture.

     Any distribution of Excess Deferrals made pursuant to this subsection shall be made
first from unmatched Elective Deferrals (regardless of whether they are attributable to
Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals or Roth Elective Deferrals) and, thereafter, from Elective
Deferrals which are matched. Matching contributions which relate to Excess Deferrals that
are distributed pursuant to this Section 12.2(f) shall be treated as a Forfeiture to the
extent required pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(4) and the Regulations thereunder.

(g) Coordination with ADP test. Notwithstanding the preceding, a Participant’s Excess
Deferrals shall be reduced, but not below zero, by any distribution and/or recharacterization
of Excess Deferrals pursuant to Section 12.5(b) for the Plan Year beginning with or within the
taxable year of the Participant.

(h) Suspension due to hardship. Effective with respect to distributions made on or after
December 31, 2001, in the event a Participant has received a hardship distribution pursuant to
Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3) from any other plan maintained by the Employer or from the
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account pursuant to Section 12.9, then such Participant shall
not be permitted to elect to have Elective Deferrals contributed to the Plan for a period of
six (6) months following the receipt of the distribution. Furthermore, any provisions of the
Plan providing for the reduction of the dollar limitation under Code Section 402(g) for the
Participant’s taxable year following the taxable year in which the hardship distribution was
made shall no longer apply.

(i) Distributable based on other terms of Plan. At Normal Retirement Date, or such other date
when the Participant shall be entitled to receive benefits, the fair market value of the
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account shall be used to provide benefits to the Participant or
the Participant’s Beneficiary.

(j) Adjustment due to anticipated failure of ADP test. If during a Plan Year, it is projected
that the aggregate amount of Elective Deferrals to be allocated to all Highly Compensated
Participants under this Plan would cause the Plan to fail the tests set forth in Section 12.4,
then the Administrator may automatically reduce the deferral amount of affected Highly
Compensated Participants, beginning with the Highly Compensated Participant who has the highest
actual deferral ratio until it is anticipated the Plan will pass the tests or until the actual
deferral ratio equals the actual deferral ratio of the Highly Compensated Participant having the
next highest actual deferral ratio. This process may continue until it is anticipated that the
Plan will satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4. Alternatively, the Employer may
specify a maximum percentage of Compensation that may be deferred by Highly Compensated
Participants.

(k) Procedures must be established. The Employer and the Administrator shall establish
procedures necessary to implement the salary reduction elections provided for herein. Such
procedures may contain limits on salary deferral elections such as limiting elections to whole
percentages of Compensation or to equal dollar amounts per pay period that an election is in
effect.

12.3 ALLOCATION OF CONTRIBUTION, FORFEITURES AND EARNINGS

(a) Separate accounting. The Administrator shall establish and maintain an account in the name
of each Participant to which the Administrator shall credit as of each Anniversary Date, or
other Valuation Date, all amounts allocated to each such Participant as set forth herein.

(b) Contributions. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with all information required by
the Administrator to make a proper allocation of Employer contributions for each Plan Year.
Within a reasonable period of time after the date of receipt by the Administrator of such
information, the Administrator shall allocate contributions as follows:

(1) With respect to Elective Deferrals made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(1), to each
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account in an amount equal to each such Participant’s
Elective Deferrals for the year.

(2) With respect to the Employer matching contribution made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(2),
to each Participant’s Account, or Participant’s Qualified Matching Contribution Account, as
elected in the Adoption Agreement, in accordance with Section 12.1(a)(2).

     Except, however, in order to be entitled to receive any Employer matching
contribution, a Participant must satisfy the conditions for sharing in the Employer
matching contribution as set forth in the Adoption Agreement.

(3) With respect to the Employer Nonelective Contribution made pursuant to Section
12.1(a)(3), to each Participant’s Account in accordance with the provisions of Section
4.3(b)(2) or (3) (including the “gateway contribution” pursuant to Section 4.3(b)(4)),
whichever is applicable.

(4) With respect to the Employer Qualified Nonelective Contribution made pursuant to Section
12.1(a)(4) to each Participant’s Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account in the same
ratio as each Participant’s Compensation bears to the total of such Compensation of all
Participants.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services. Inc.

64

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(c) Deferrals not taken into account for Non-Key Employees. Notwithstanding anything in the
Plan to the contrary, in determining whether a Non-Key Employee has received the required
minimum allocation pursuant to Section 4.3(f) such Non-Key Employee’s Elective Deferrals shall
not be taken into account. In addition, unless otherwise specified in Appendix A to the Adoption
Agreement (Other Permitted Elections), effective with respect to Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 2001, Employer matching contributions shall be taken into account for purposes of
satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2) and the Plan. The
preceding sentence shall apply with respect to matching contributions under the Plan or, if the
Plan provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be met in another plan, such other
plan. Employer matching contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum contribution
requirements shall be treated as matching contributions for purposes of the ACP test and other
requirements of Code Section 401(m).

(d) Deferrals not conditioned on service during a year. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary. Participants who terminated employment during the Plan Year shall share in the salary
deferral contributions made by the Employer for the year or termination without regard to the
Hours of Service credited.

(e) Conditions for sharing in contributions/allocations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary (other than Sections 4.3(f) and 12.3(f)), Participants shall only share in the
allocations of the Employer matching contribution made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(2), the
Employer Nonelective Contributions made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(3), the Employer Qualified
Nonelective Contribution made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(4), and Forfeitures as provided in the
Adoption Agreement. If no election is made in the Adoption Agreement, then a Participant shall
be eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer’s contribution for the year if the
Participant completes more than 500 Hours of Service (or three (3) Months of Service if the
Elapsed Time method is chosen in the Adoption Agreement) during the Plan Year or is employed on
the last day of the Plan Year.

(f) Code Section 410(b) fail-safe. Notwithstanding anything in this Section to the contrary,
if the Employer elected to apply the 410(b) ratio percentage fail-safe provisions, then the
provisions of subsection 4.3(m) shall apply.

     Furthermore, if the Plan includes Employer matching contributions subject to ACP testing, then
subsection 4.3(m) shall be applied separately to the Code Section 401(m) portion of the Plan.

12.4 ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

(a) ADP test. Except as otherwise provided herein, this subsection applies if the prior year
testing method is elected in the Adoption Agreement. The “Actual Deferral Percentage”
(hereinafter ADP) for a Plan Year for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees
(hereinafter “HCEs”) for each Plan Year and the prior year’s ADP for Participants who were
Nonhighly Compensated Employees (hereinafter “NHCEs”) for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one
of the following tests:

(1) The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are “HCEs” for the Plan Year shall not
exceed the prior year’s ADP for Participants who were “NHCEs” for the prior Plan Year
multiplied by 1.25; or

(2) The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are “HCEs” for the Plan Year shall not
exceed the prior year’s ADP for Participants who were “NHCEs” for the prior Plan Year
multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ADP for Participants who are “HCEs” does not exceed the
prior year’s ADP for Participants who were “NHCEs” in the prior Plan Year by more than two
(2) percentage points.

     Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of applying the foregoing tests with respect to the
first Plan Year (as defined in Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(c)(2)) in which the Plan permits
any Participant to make Elective Deferrals, the ADP for the prior year’s “NHCEs” shall be deemed
to be three percent (3%) unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the
current Plan Year’s ADP for these Participants. However, the provisions of this paragraph may
not be used if the Plan is a successor plan or is otherwise prohibited from using such
provisions pursuant to Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(c)(2).

(b) Current year testing method. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the current year testing
method is elected in the Adoption Agreement, the ADP tests in (a)(1) and (a)(2) above shall be
applied by comparing the current Plan Year’s ADP for Participants who are “HCEs” with the
current Plan Year’s ADP (rather than the prior Plan Year’s ADP) for Participants who are “NHCEs”
for the current Plan Year. Once made, the Employer can elect prior year testing for a Plan Year
only if the Plan has used current year testing for each of the preceding 5 Plan Years (or if
lesser, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of a merger
or acquisition described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a plan
using prior year testing and a plan using current year testing and the change is made within the
transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii).

(c) Determination of “HCEs” and “NHCEs.” A Participant is an “HCE” for a particular Plan Year if
the Participant meets the definition of an “HCE” in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a
Participant is an “NHCE” for a particular Plan Year if the Participant does not meet the
definition of an “HCE” in effect for that Plan Year.

(d) Calculation of ADP. For the purposes of this Section and Section 12.5, ADP means, for a
specific group of Participants for a Plan Year, the average of the ratios (calculated separately
for each Participant in such group) of (1) the amount of Employer contributions actually paid
over to the Plan on behalf of such Participant for the Plan Year to (2) the Participant’s 414(s)
Compensation for such Plan Year. Employer contributions on behalf of any Participant shall
include: (1) any Elective Deferrals made pursuant to the

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

65

 

Volume Submitter Plan

Participant’s deferral election (including Excess Deferrals of “HCEs”), but excluding (i)
Excess Deferrals of “NHCEs” that arise solely from Elective Deferrals made under the plan or
plans of this Employer and (ii) Elective Deferrals that are taken into account in the ACP tests
set forth in Section 12.6 (provided the ADP test is satisfied both with and without exclusion
of these Elective Deferrals); and (2) except as provided in subsections (f) and (g), at the
election of the Employer, Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching
Contributions to the extent such contributions are not used to satisfy the ACP test.

     The actual deferral ratio for each Participant and the ADP for each group shall be
calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of one percent. Furthermore, Elective Deferrals
allocated to each Highly Compensated Participant’s Elective Deferral Account shall not be
reduced by Excess Deferrals to the extent such excess amounts are made under this Plan or any
other plan maintained by the Employer.

(e) Participants taken into account. For purposes of this Section and Section 12.5, a Highly
Compensated Participant and a Nonhighly Compensated Participant shall include any Employee
eligible to make salary deferrals pursuant to Section 12.2 for the Plan Year. Such Participants
who fail to make Elective Deferrals shall be treated for ADP purposes as Participants on whose
behalf no Elective Deferrals are made. If a Participant has no 414(s) Compensation for the Plan
Year, then such Participant is disregarded for purposes of calculating the ADP test.

(f) Timing of allocations. For purposes of determining the ADP and the amount of Excess
Contributions pursuant to Section 12.5. only Elective Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective
Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions contributed to the Plan prior to the end of
the twelve (12) month period immediately following the Plan Year to which the contributions
relate shall be considered.

(g) Targeted contributions. Notwithstanding the preceding, for Plan Years beginning in 2006
(or if earlier, the date the final 401(k) Regulations are effective with respect to the Plan), Qualified Nonelective Contributions cannot be taken into account in determining the ADP for a
Plan Year for an “NHCE” to the extent such contributions exceed the product of that “NHCE’s”
414(s) Compensation and the greater of five percent (5%) or two (2) times the Plan’s
“representative contribution rate.” Any Qualified Nonelective Contribution taken into account
under an ACP test under Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6) (including the determination of the
representative contribution rate for purposes of Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(6)(v)(B)), is
not permitted to be taken into account for purposes of this paragraph (including the
determination of the “representative contribution rate” under this Section). For purposes of
this subsection:

(1) The Plan’s “representative contribution rate” is the lowest applicable contribution rate
of any eligible “NHCE” among a group of eligible “NHCEs” that consists of half of all
eligible “NHCEs” for the Plan Year (or, if greater, the lowest “applicable contribution
rare” of any eligible “NHCE” in the group of all eligible “NHCE’s” for the Plan Year and who
is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year), and

(2) The “applicable contribution rate” for an eligible “NHCE” is the sum of the Qualified
Matching Contributions taken into account under subsection (d) for the eligible “NHCE” for
the Plan Year and the Qualified Nonelective Contributions made for the eligible “NHCE” for
the Plan Year, divided by the eligible “NHCE’s” 414(s) Compensation for the same period.

     Notwithstanding the above. Qualified Nonelective Contributions that are made in connection
with an employer’s obligation to pay prevailing wages under the Davis-Bacon Act (46 Stat. 1494),
Public Law 71-798, Service Contract Act of 1965 (79 Stat. 1965), Public Law 89-286, or similar
legislation can be taken into account for a Plan Year for an “NHCE” to the extent such
contributions do not exceed 10 percent (10%) of that “NHCE’s” 414(s) Compensation.

     Qualified Matching Contributions may only be used to calculate the ADP to the extent that
such Qualified Matching Contributions are matching contributions that are not precluded from
being taken into account under the ACP test for the Plan Year under the rules of Regulation
Section 1.401(m)-2(a)(5)(ii).

     Qualified Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions cannot be taken
into account to determine the ADP to the extent such contributions are taken into account for
purposes of satisfying any other ADP test, any ACP test, or the requirements of Regulation
Section 1.401(k)-3, 1.401(m)-3 or 1.401(k)-4. Thus, for example, matching contributions that are
made pursuant to Regulation Section 1.401(k)-3(c) cannot be taken into account under the ADP
test. Similarly, if a plan switches from the current year testing method to the prior year
testing method pursuant to Regulation Section 1.401(k)-2(c), Qualified Nonelective Contributions
that are taken into account under the current year testing method for a year may not be taken
into account under the prior year testing method for the next year.

(h) Aggregation with other plans. In the event this Plan satisfies the requirements of Code
Sections 401(a)(4), 401(k), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if
one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if
aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be applied by determining the ADP of
Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. If more than ten percent (10%) of the
Employer’s “NHCEs” are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Regulation Section
1.401(k)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the “NHCEs” ADP for the prior year will be made in
accordance with such Regulations, unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to
use the current year testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section
401(k) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ADP testing method.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services. Inc.

66

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(i) ADP if multiple plans. The ADP for any Participant who is an “HCE” for the Plan Year and
who is eligible to have Elective Deferrals (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of the
ADP test) allocated to such Participant’s accounts under two (2) or more arrangements described
in Code Section 401(k), that are maintained by the Employer, shall be determined as if such
Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable, such Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified
Matching Contributions, or both) were made under a single arrangement for purposes of
determining such “HCE’s” actual deferral ratio. If an “HCE” participates in two or more
arrangements described in Code Section 401(k) of the Employer that have different plan years,
all Elective Deferrals made during the Plan Year under all such arrangements shall be
aggregated. For Plan Years beginning before 2006 (or if earlier, the Plan Year prior to the
date the final 401(k) Regulations are effective with respect to the Plan), if the plans have
different Plan Years, then all such arrangements ending with or within the same calendar year
shall be treated as a single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be
treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under Regulations under Code Section 401(k).

(j) Disaggregation and otherwise excludable employees. Notwithstanding anything in this
Section to the contrary, the provisions of this Section and Section 12.5 may be applied
separately (or will be applied separately to the extent required by Regulations) to each “plan”
within the meaning of Regulation Section 1.401(k)-6. Furthermore, the provisions of Code
Section 401(k)(3)(F) may be used to exclude from consideration all Nonhighly Compensated
Employees who have not satisfied the minimum age and service requirements of Code Section
410(a)(1)(A). For purposes of applying this provision, the Administrator may use any effective
date of participation that is permitted under Code Section 410(b) provided such date is applied
on a consistent and uniform basis to all Participants.

(k) “HCEs” as sole eligible employees. If, for the applicable year for determining the ADP of
the “NHCEs” for a Plan Year, there are no eligible “NHCEs,” then the Plan is deemed to satisfy
the ADP test for the Plan Year.

(l) Repeal of multiple use test. The multiple use test described in Regulation Section
1.401(m)-2 in effect prior to the enactment of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief
Reconciliation Act of 2001 shall not apply for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001.

12.5 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TESTS

(a) Authority to correct. In the event the Plan does not satisfy one of the tests set forth in
Section 12.4, the Administrator shall adjust Excess Contributions or, if the current year
testing method is being used, the Employer shall make contributions pursuant to the options set
forth below or any combination thereof.

(b) Corrective distribution and/or recharacterization. On or before the close of the following
Plan Year (or with respect to recharacterization as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions,
on or before the fifteenth day of the third month following the end of each Plan Year), the
Highly Compensated Participant allocated the largest amount of Elective Deferrals shall have a
portion of such Elective Deferrals (and “income” allocable to such amounts) distributed (and/or,
at the Participant’s election, recharacterized as an after-tax voluntary Employee contribution
pursuant to Section 4.8) until the total amount of Excess Contributions has been distributed, or
until the amount of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals equals the Elective Deferrals of the
Highly Compensated Participant having the next largest amount of Elective Deferrals allocated.
This process shall continue until the total amount of Excess Contributions has been distributed.
However, in the event the Plan permits Catch-Up Contributions, then any “HCE” who is eligible to
make Catch-Up Contributions pursuant to Section 12.2(b) shall have any amount that would have
otherwise been distributed pursuant to this Section recharacterized as a Catch-Up Contribution
(up to the maximum catch-up dollar limitation). Any distribution and/or recharacterization of
Excess Contributions shall be made in the following order:

(1) With respect to the distribution of Excess Contributions, such distribution:

(i) shall be made first from unmatched Elective Deferrals used in the ADP and,
thereafter, simultaneously from such Elective Deferrals which are matched and matching
contributions which relate to such Elective Deferrals (if the matching contributions are
used in the ADP). Matching contributions which are not used in the ADP but which relate
to Elective Deferrals that are distributed pursuant to this Subsection shall be forfeited
unless the related matching contributions are distributed as Excess Aggregate
Contributions pursuant to Section 12.7;

(ii) shall be made from the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account before the
Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account, to the extent Pre-Tax Elective Deferrals
were made for the Plan Year, unless the Participant elects otherwise;

(iii) shall be adjusted for “income”: and

(iv) shall be designated by the Employer as a distribution of Excess Contributions (and
“income”).

(2) With respect to the recharacterization of Excess Contributions as after-tax voluntary
Employee contributions pursuant to (a)
above, such recharacterized amounts:

(i) shall be deemed to have occurred on the date on which the last of those Highly
Compensated Participants with Excess Contributions to be recharacterized is notified of
the recharacterization and the tax consequences of such recharacterization;

(ii) shall not exceed the amount of Elective Deferrals on behalf of any Highly
Compensated Participant for any Plan Year;

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

67

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(iii) shall be treated as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions for purposes of
Code Section 401(a)(4) and Regulation Section 1.401(k)-1(b). However, for purposes of
Sections 4.3(f) and 9.2 (top-heavy rules), recharacterized Excess Contributions continue
to be treated as Employer contributions that are Elective Deferrals, Excess
Contributions (and “income” attributable to such amounts) recharacterized as after-tax
voluntary Employee contributions shall continue to be nonforfeitable and subject to the
same distribution rules provided for in Section 12.2(d); and

(iv) are not permitted if the amount recharacterized plus after-tax voluntary Employee
contributions actually made by such Highly Compensated Participant exceed the maximum
amount of after-tax voluntary Employee contributions (determined prior to application of
Section 12.6) that such Highly Compensated Participant is permitted to make under the
Plan in the absence of recharacterization.

(3) Any distribution and/or recharacterization of less than the entire amount of Excess
Contributions shall be treated as a pro rata distribution and/or recharacterization of
Excess Contributions and “income.”

(4) For the purpose of this Section, “income” means the income or losses allocable to Excess
Contributions, which amount shall be determined and allocated, at the discretion of the
Administrator, using any of the methods set forth below. The method must be used
consistently for all Participants and for all corrective distributions under the Plan for
the Plan Year. However, effective for Plan Years beginning in 2006 (or if earlier, the date
the final 401(k) Regulations are effective with respect to the Plan), “income” for the
period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution (the “gap period”)
is required to be distributed.

(i) Method of allocating “income.” The Administrator may use any reasonable method for
computing the “income” allocable to Excess Contributions, provided that the method does
not violate Code Section 401(a)(4), is used consistently for all Participants and for all
corrective distributions under the Plan for the Plan Year, and is used by the Plan for
allocating “income” to Participant’s Accounts. A Plan will not fail to use a reasonable
method for computing the “income” allocable to Excess Contributions merely because the
“income” allocable to Excess Contributions is determined on a date that is no more than
seven (7) days before the distribution.

(ii) Alternative method of allocating Plan Year income. The Administrator may allocate
“income” to Excess Contributions for the Plan Year by multiplying the “income” for the
Plan Year allocable to the Elective Deferrals and other amounts taken into account under
this Section (including contributions made for the Plan Year), by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the Excess Contributions for the Employee for the Plan Year, and
the denominator of which is the sum of the:

(1) Account balance attributable to Elective Deferrals and other contributions taken
into account under this Section as of the beginning of the Plan Year, and

(2) Any additional amount of such contributions made for the Plan Year.

(iii) Safe harbor method of allocating gap period income. The Administrator may use the
safe harbor method in this paragraph to determine “income” on Excess Contributions for
the gap period. Under this safe harbor method, “income” on Excess Contributions for the
gap period is equal to ten percent (10%) of the “income” allocable to Excess
Contributions for the Plan Year that would be determined under paragraph (ii) above,
multiplied by the number of calendar months that have elapsed since the end of the Plan
Year. For purposes of calculating the number of calendar months that have elapsed under
the safe harbor method, a corrective distribution that is made on or before the fifteenth
day of a month is treated as made on the last day of the preceding month and a
distribution made after the fifteenth day of a month is treated as made on the last day
of the month.

(iv) Alternative method for allocating Plan Year and gap period income. The Administrator
may determine the allocable gain or loss for the aggregate of the Plan Year and the gap
period by applying the alternative method provided by paragraph (ii) above to this
aggregate period. This is accomplished by substituting the “income” for the Plan Year and
the gap period for the “income” for the Plan Year and by substituting the contributions
taken into account under this Section for the Plan Year and the gap period for the
contributions taken into account under this Section for the Plan Year in determining the
fraction that is multiplied by that “income.”

(5) Excess Contributions shall be treated as Employer contributions for purposes of Code
Sections 404 and 415 even if
distributed from the Plan.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

68

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(c) Corrective contributions. Notwithstanding the above, if the current year testing method is
used, then within twelve (12) months
after the end of the Plan Year, the Employer may make a special Qualified Nonelective
Contribution or Qualified Matching
Contribution in accordance with one of the following provisions which contribution shall be
allocated to the Qualified Nonelective
Contribution Account or Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each Nonhighly Compensated
Participant eligible to share in
the allocation in accordance with such provision. If the prior year testing method is used, then
a Qualified Nonelective Contribution
and a Qualified Matching Contribution may not be made to correct the tests set forth in Section
12.4. The Employer shall provide the
Administrator with written notification of the amount of the contribution being made and to
which provision it relates.

(1) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4.
Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated
Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all
Nonhighly Compensated Participants for such year.

(2) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4.
Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated
Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all
Nonhighly Compensated Participants for such year. However, for purposes of this
contribution. Nonhighly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan
Year shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded.

(3) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4.
Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita).

(4) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4.
Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita). However, for purposes of
this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the
Plan Year shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded.

(5) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4.
Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account of
the Nonhighly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until one of
the tests set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated
Participant has received the lesser of the maximum “annual addition” pursuant to Section 4.4
or the maximum that may be taken into account in the ADP test pursuant to Section 12.4(g)
(Targeted Contributions). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in
Section 12.4 is satisfied.

(6) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4.
Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account of
the Nonhighly Compensated Participant having the lowest 4l4(s) Compensation, until one of
the tests set forth in Section 12.4 is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated
Participant has received the lesser of the maximum “annual addition” pursuant to Section 4.4
or the maximum that may be taken into account in the ADP test pursuant to Section 12.4(g)
(Targeted Contributions). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in
Section 12.4 is satisfied. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated
Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year shall not be eligible to share
in the allocation and shall be disregarded.

(7) A Qualified Matching Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4.
Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each
Nonhighly Compensated Participant in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated
Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all
Nonhighly Compensated Participants.

(8) A Qualified Matching Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.4.
Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Matching Contribution Account of each
Nonhighly Compensated Participant in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated
Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all
Nonhighly Compensated Participants. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly
Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year shall not be
eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded.

(d) Excise tax after 2 1/2 months. Any Excess Contributions (and “income”) which are distributed
after 2 1/2 months after the end
of the Plan Year shall be subject to the ten percent (10%) Employer excise tax imposed by Code
Section 4979.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

69

 

Volume Submitter Plan

12.6 ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

(a) ACP test. Except as otherwise provided herein, this subsection applies if the prior year
testing method is elected in the Adoption
Agreement. The “Actual Contribution Percentage” (hereinafter ACP) for Participant who are Highly
Compensated Employees
(hereinafter “HCEs”) for each Plan Year and the prior year’s ACP for Participants who were
Nonhighly Compensated Employees
(hereinafter “NHCEs”) for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the following tests:

(1) The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are “HCEs” for the Plan Year shall not
exceed the prior year’s ACP for Participants who were “NHCEs” for the prior Plan Year
multiplied by 1.25; or

(2) The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are “HCEs” for the Plan Year shall not
exceed the prior year’s ACP for Participants who were “NHCEs” for the prior Plan Year
multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ACP for Participants who are “HCEs” does not exceed the
prior year’s ACP for Participants who were “NHCEs” in the prior Plan Year by more than two
(2) percentage points.

     Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of applying the foregoing tests with respect to
the first Plan Year (as defined in Regulation Section 1.401(m)-2(c)(2)) in which the Plan
permits any Participant to make Employee contributions, provides for matching contributions, or
both, the ACP for the prior year’s “NHCEs” shall be deemed to be three percent (3%) unless the
Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the current Plan Year’s ACP for these
Participants. However, the provisions of this paragraph may not be used if the Plan is a
successor plan or is otherwise prohibited from using such provisions pursuant to Regulation
Section 1.401(m)-2(c)(2).

(b) Current year testing method. Notwithstanding the preceding, if the current year testing
method is elected in the Adoption Agreement, the ACP tests in (a)(1) and (a)(2) above shall be
applied by comparing the current Plan Year’s ACP for Participants who are “HCEs” with the
current Plan Year’s ACP (rather than the prior Plan Year’s ACP) for Participants who are “NHCEs”
for the current Plan Year. Once made, the Employer can elect prior year testing for a Plan Year
only if the Plan has used current year testing for each of the preceding 5 Plan Years (or if
lesser, the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence) or if, as a result of a merger
or acquisition described in Code Section 410(b)6)(C)(i), the Employer maintains both a plan
using prior year testing and a plan using current year testing and the change is made within the
transition period described in Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)(ii).

(c) Determination of “HCEs” and “NHCEs.” A Participant is an “HCE” for a particular Plan Year if
the Participant meets the definition of an “HCE” in effect for that Plan Year. Similarly, a
Participant is an “NHCE” for a particular Plan Year if the Participant does not meet the
definition of an “HCE” in effect for that Plan Year.

(d) Calculation of ACP. For the purposes of this Section and Section 12.7, ACP for a specific
group of Participants for a Plan Year means the average of the “contribution percentages”
(calculated separately for each Participant in such group). For this purpose, “contribution
percentage” means the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of the Participant’s “contribution
percentage amounts” to the Participant’s 414(s) Compensation. The actual contribution ratio for
each Participant and the ACP for each group, shall be calculated to the nearest one-hundredth of
one percent of the Participant’s 414(s) Compensation.

(e) Amounts included in ACP. “Contribution percentage amounts” means the sum of (i) after-tax
voluntary Employee contributions, (ii) Employer “matching contributions” made pursuant to
Section 12.1(a)(2) (including Qualified Matching Contributions to the extent such Qualified
Matching Contributions are not used to satisfy the tests set forth in Section 12.4), (iii)
Excess Contributions recharacterized as nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions pursuant
to Section 12.5. and (iv) Qualified Nonelective Contributions, to the extent the Qualified
Nonelective Contributions are not used to satisfy the tests set forth in Section
12.4 and do not exceed the limitations of the targeted contribution limitation of Section
12.4(g). However, “contribution percentage amounts” shall not include “matching contributions”
that are forfeited either to correct Excess Aggregate Contributions or due to Code Section
401(a)(4) and the Regulations thereunder because the contributions to which they relate are
Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions. In addition,
“contribution percentage amounts” may include Elective Deferrals provided the ADP test in
Section 12.4 is met before the Elective Deferrals are used in the ACP test and continues to be
met following the exclusion of those Elective Deferrals that are used to meet the ACP test.

(f) Participants taken into account. For purposes of this Section and Section 12.7, a Highly
Compensated Participant and a Nonhighly Compensated Participant shall include any Employee
eligible to have “matching contributions” made pursuant to Section 12.1(a)(2) (whether or not a
deferral election was made or suspended pursuant to Section 12.2(g)) allocated to such
Participant’s account for the Plan Year or to make after-tax voluntary Employee contributions
pursuant to Section 4.7 (whether or not after-tax voluntary Employee contributions are made)
allocated to the Participant’s account for the Plan Year.

(g) Timing of allocations. For purposes of determining the ACP test, Employee contributions
are considered to have been made in the Plan Year in which contributed to the Plan. “Matching
contributions” and Qualified Nonelective Contributions will be considered made for a Plan Year
if made no later the end of the twelve (12) month period beginning on the date after the close
of the Plan Year.

(h) Definition of “matching contribution” and “employee contribution.” For purposes of this
Section and Section 12.7. “matching contribution” means an Employer contribution made to the
Plan, or to a contract described in Code Section 403(b), on behalf of a Participant on account
of a nondeductible voluntary “employee contribution” made by such Participant, or on account of
a

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services. Inc.

70

 

Volume Submitter Plan

Participant’s elective deferrals under a plan maintained by the Employer. “Employee
contribution” means any contribution (other than Roth Elective Deferrals) made to the Plan by
or on behalf of a Participant that is included in the Participant’s gross income in the year
in which made and that is maintained under separate account to which earnings and losses are
allocated.

(i) Targeted matching contributions. Notwithstanding the preceding, for Plan Years beginning
in 2006 (or if earlier, the date the final 401(m) Regulations are effective with respect to
the Plan), a “matching contribution” with respect to an Elective Deferral for a year is not
taken into account in determining the ACP for “NHCEs” to the extent it exceeds the greatest
of:

(1) five percent (5%) of the Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year;

(2) the Employee’s Elective Deferrals for the year, or

(3) the product of two (2) times the Plan’s “representative matching rate” and the
Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the year.

     For purposes of this subsection, the Plan’s “representative matching rate” is the lowest
“matching rate” for any eligible “NHCE” among a group of “NHCEs” that consists of half of all
eligible “NHCEs” in the Plan for the Plan Year who make Elective Deferrals for the Plan Year
(or, if greater, the lowest “matching rate” for all eligible “NHCEs” in the Plan who are
employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year and who make Elective Deferrals for
the Plan Year).

     For purposes of this subsection, the “matching rate” for an Employee generally is the
“matching contributions” made for such Employee divided by the Employee’s Elective Deferrals
for the year. If the “matching rate” is not the same for all levels of Elective Deferrals for
an Employee, the Employee’s “matching rate” is determined assuming that an Employee’s Elective
Deferrals are equal to six percent (6%) of 414(s) Compensation.

     If the Plan provides a match with respect to the sum of the Employee’s after-tax voluntary
Employee contributions and Elective Deferrals, then for purposes of this subsection, that sum is
substituted for the amount of the Employee’s Elective Deferrals and Employees who make either
after-tax voluntary Employee contributions or Elective Deferrals are taken into account in
determining the Plan’s “representative matching rate.” Similarly, if the Plan provides a match
with respect to the Employee’s after-tax voluntary Employee contributions, but not Elective
Deferrals, then for purposes of this subsection, the Employee’s after-tax voluntary Employee
contributions are substituted for the amount of the Employee’s Elective Deferrals and Employees
who make after-tax voluntary Employee contributions are taken into account in determining the
Plan’s “representative matching rate.”

(j) Aggregation with other plans. In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements of
Code Sections 401(a)(4), 401(m), or 410(b) only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or
if one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of such sections of the Code only if
aggregated with this Plan, then this Section shall be applied by determining the ACP of
Employees as if all such plans were a single plan. If more than ten percent (10%) of the
Employer’s “NHCEs” are involved in a plan coverage change as defined in Regulation Section
1.401(m)-2(c)(4), then any adjustments to the “NHCE’s” ACP for the prior year will be made in
accordance with such Regulations, unless the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to
use the current year testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to satisfy Code Section
401(m) only if they have the same Plan Year and use the same ACP testing method.

(k) ACP if multiple plans. For the purposes of this Section, if an HCE is a Participant under
two (2) or more plans (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code Section
4975(c)(7)) which are maintained by the Employer or an Affiliated Employer to which “matching
contributions,” nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions, or both, are made, all such
contributions on behalf of such HCE shall be aggregated for purposes of determining such HCP’s
actual contribution ratio. However, if the plans have different plan years, then for purposes of
Plan Years beginning prior to 2006 (or if earlier, the date the final 401 (m) Regulations are
effective with respect to the Plan), this paragraph shall be applied by treating all plans
ending with or within the same calendar year as a single plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
certain plans shall be treated as separate if mandatorily disaggregated under Regulations under
Code Section 401(m).

(l) Disaggregation and otherwise excludable employees. Notwithstanding anything in this
Section to the contrary, the provisions of this Section and Section 12.7 may be applied
separately (or will be applied separately to the extent required by Regulations) to each “plan”
within the meaning of Regulation Section 1.401(m)-5. Furthermore, the provisions of Code Section
401(m)(5)(C) may be used to exclude from consideration all Nonhighly Compensated Employees who
have not satisfied the minimum age and service requirements of Code Section 410(a)(1 )(A). For
purposes of applying this provision, the Administrator may use any effective date of
participation that is permitted under Code Section 410(a) provided such date is applied on a
consistent and uniform basis to all Participants.

(m) “HCEs” as sole eligible employees. If, for the applicable year for determining the ACP of
the “NHCEs” for a Plan Year, there are no eligible “NHCEs.” then the Plan is deemed to
satisfy the ACP test for the Plan Year.

(n) Repeal of multiple use test. The multiple use test described in Regulation Section
1.401(m)-2 in effect prior to the enactment of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief
Reconciliation Act of 2001 shall not apply for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

71

 

Volume Submitter Plan

12.7 ADJUSTMENT TO ACTUAL CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TESTS

(a) Authority to correct. In the event the Plan does not satisfy one of the tests set forth in
Section 12.6, the Administrator shall adjust Excess Aggregate Contributions or, if the current
year testing method is used, the Employer shall make contributions pursuant to the options set
forth below or any combination thereof.

(b) Corrective distribution or Forfeiture. On or before the close of the following Plan Year,
the Highly Compensated Participant having the largest allocation of “contribution percentage
amounts” shall have a portion of such “contribution percentage amounts” (and “income” allocable
to such amounts) distributed or, if non-Vested, Forfeited (including “income” allocable to such
Forfeitures) until the total amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions has been distributed, or
until the amount of the Participant’s “contribution percentage amounts” equals the “contribution
percentage amounts” of the Highly Compensated Participant having the next largest amount of
“contribution percentage amounts.” This process shall continue until the total amount of Excess
Aggregate Contributions has been distributed or forfeited. Any distribution and/or Forfeiture of
“contribution percentage amounts” shall be made in the following order:

(1) Employer matching contributions distributed and/or forfeited pursuant to Section
12.5(b)(1):

(2) After-tax voluntary Employee contributions including Excess Contributions
recharacterized as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions pursuant to Section
12.5(b)(2);

(3) Unmatched Elective Deferrals used in the ACP and, thereafter, simultaneously from such
Elective Deferrals used in the ACP which are matched and matching contributions which relate
to such Elective Deferrals (if the matching contributions are used in the ACP). Matching
contributions which are not used in the ACP but which relate to Elective Deferrals that are
distributed pursuant to this Subsection shall be forfeited unless the related matching
contributions are distributed as Excess Aggregate Contributions pursuant to this Subsection;

(4) To the extent Elective Deferrals are distributed pursuant to the preceding paragraph,
then the distribution shall be made from the Participant’s Pre-Tax Elective Deferral
Account before the Participant’s Roth Elective Deferral Account, to the extent Pre-Tax
Elective Deferrals were made for the Plan Year, unless the Participant elects otherwise;
and

(5) Remaining Employer matching contributions.

(c) Source of corrective distribution or Forfeiture. Any distribution or Forfeiture of less than
the entire amount of Excess
Aggregate Contributions (and “income”) shall be treated as a pro rata distribution of Excess
Aggregate Contributions and “income.” Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be
designated by the Employer as a distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions (and “income”).
Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be treated in accordance with Section 4.3.
However, no such Forfeiture may be allocated to a Highly Compensated Participant whose
contributions are reduced pursuant to this Section.

(d) Determination of income or loss. For the purpose of this Section, “income” means the income
or losses allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions, which amount shall be determined and
allocated, at the discretion of the Administrator, using any of the methods set forth in Section
12.5(b)(4) with respect to the calculation of “income” for Excess Contributions (applied by
substituting Excess Contributions with Excess Aggregate Contributions and by substituting
amounts taken into account under the ACP test for amounts taken into account under the ADP
test). However, effective with respect to Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2006 (or
if earlier, the date the final 401(m) Regulations are effective with respect to the Plan),
“income” for the period between the end of the Plan Year and the date of the distribution (the
“gap period”) is required to be distributed.

(e) Treatment of excess amounts. Excess Aggregate Contributions attributable to amounts other
than nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions, including forfeited matching contributions,
shall be treated as Employer contributions for purposes of Code Sections 404 and 415 even if
distributed from the Plan.

(f) Ordering of tests. The determination of the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions with
respect to any Plan Year shall be made after first determining the Excess Contributions, if any,
to be treated as nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions due to recharacterization for
the plan year of any other qualified cash or deferred arrangement (as defined in Code Section
401(k)) maintained by the Employer that ends with or within the Plan Year or which are treated
as after-tax voluntary Employee contributions due to recharacterization pursuant to Section
12.5.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

72

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(g) Corrective Contributions. Notwithstanding the above, if the current year testing method is
being used, then within twelve (12) months after the end of the Plan Year, the Employer may make
a special Qualified Nonelective Contribution or Employer matching contribution in accordance
with one of the following provisions which contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified
Nonelective Contribution Account or with respect to Employer matching contributions, to the
Participant’s Account of each Nonhighly Compensated eligible to share in the allocation in
accordance with such provision. If the prior year testing method is used, then a Qualified
Nonelective Contribution or an Employer matching contribution may not be made to correct the
tests set forth in Section 12.6. The Employer shall provide the Administrator with written
notification of the amount of the contribution being made and to which provision it relates.

(1) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6.
Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated
Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all
Nonhighly Compensated Participants for such year.

(2) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6.
Such contribution shall be allocated in the same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated
Participant’s 414(s) Compensation for the year bears to the total 414(s) Compensation of all
Nonhighly Compensated Participants for such year. However, for purposes of this
contribution. Nonhighly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan
Year shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded.

(3) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6.
Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita).

(4) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6.
Such contribution shall be allocated in equal amounts (per capita). However, for purposes of
this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated Participants who are not employed at the end of the
Plan Year, shall not be eligible to share in the allocation and shall be disregarded.

(5) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6.
Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account of
the Nonhighly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until one of
the tests set forth in Section 12.6 is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated
Participant has received the lesser of the maximum “annual addition” pursuant to Section 4.4
or the maximum that may be taken into account in the ACP test pursuant to Section 12.6(i)
(Targeted Contributions). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in
Section 12.6 is satisfied.

(6) A Qualified Nonelective Contribution may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated
Participants in an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6.
Such contribution shall be allocated to the Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account of
the Nonhighly Compensated Participant having the lowest 414(s) Compensation, until one of
the tests set forth in Section 12.6 is satisfied, or until such Nonhighly Compensated
Participant has received the lesser of the maximum “annual addition” pursuant to Section 4.4
or the maximum that may be taken into account in the ACP test pursuant to Section 12.6(i)
(Targeted Contributions). This process shall continue until one of the tests set forth in
Section 12.6 is satisfied. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated
Employees who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year shall not be eligible to share in
the allocation and shall be disregarded.

(7) A “matching contribution” may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Participants in
an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such
contribution shall be allocated on behalf of each Nonhighly Compensated Participant in the
same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the
year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all Nonhighly Compensated Participants. The
Employer shall designate, at the time the contribution is made, whether the contribution
made pursuant to this provision shall be a Qualified Matching Contribution or an Employer
Nonelective Contribution.

(8) A “matching contribution” may be made on behalf of Nonhighly Compensated Participants in
an amount sufficient to satisfy one of the tests set forth in Section 12.6. Such
contribution shall be allocated on behalf of each Nonhighly Compensated Participant in the
same proportion that each Nonhighly Compensated Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the
year bears to the total Elective Deferrals of all Nonhighly Compensated Participants. The
Employer shall designate, at the time the contribution is made, whether the contribution
made pursuant to this provision shall be a Qualified Matching Contribution or an Employer
Nonelective Contribution. However, for purposes of this contribution, Nonhighly Compensated
Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year shall not be eligible to share
in the allocation and shall be disregarded.

(h) Excise tax. Any Excess Aggregate Contributions (and “income”) which are distributed
after 2 1/2 months after the end of the Plan Year shall be subject to the ten percent (10%)
Employer excise tax imposed by Code Section 4979.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

73

 

Volume Submitter Plan

12.8 SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS

(a) Election of Safe Harbor. The provisions of this Section will apply if the Employer has
elected, in the Adoption Agreement, to use the “ADP test safe harbor” or “ACP test safe
harbor.” If the Employer has elected to use the “ADP test safe harbor” for a Plan Year, then
the provisions relating to the ADP test described in Section 12.4 and in Code Section 401(k)(3)
do not apply for such Plan Year. In addition, if the Employer has also elected to use the “ACP
test safe harbor” for a Plan Year, then the provisions relating to the ACP test described in
Section 12.6 and in Code Section 401(m)(2) do not apply for such Plan Year. Furthermore, to the
extent any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of this Section, the
provisions of this Section will govern.

(b) Definitions. For purposes of this Section, the following definitions apply:

(1) “ACP test safe harbor” means the method described in subsection (d) below for
satisfying the ACP test of Code Section 401(m)(2).

(2) “ACP test safe harbor matching contributions” means “matching contributions” described
in subsection (d)(1).

(3) “ADP test safe harbor” means the method described in subsection (c) for satisfying the
ADP test of Code Section 401(k)(3).

(4) “ADP test safe harbor contributions” means “matching contributions” and
nonelective contributions described in subsection (c)(1) below.

(5) “Compensation” means Compensation as defined in Section 1.14, except, for purposes of
this Section, no dollar limit, other than the limit imposed by Code Section 401(a)(17),
applies to the Compensation of a Nonhighly Compensated Employee.

(6) “Eligible Participant” means a Participant who is eligible to make Elective Deferrals
under the Plan for any part of the Plan Year (or who would be eligible to make Elective
Deferrals but for a suspension due to a hardship distribution described in Section 12.9 or
to statutory limitations, such as Code Sections 402(g) and 415) and who is not excluded as
an “eligible Participant” under the 401(k) safe harbor elections in the Adoption Agreement.

(7) “Matching contributions” means contributions made by the Employer on account of an
“eligible Participant’s” Elective Deferrals.

(c) Satisfying ADP safe harbor. The provisions of this subsection apply for purposes of
satisfying the “ADP test safe harbor.”

(1) The “ADP test safe harbor contribution” is the contribution, elected by the Employer in
the 401(k) Safe Harbor Provisions Section of the Adoption Agreement, to be used to satisfy
the “ADP test safe harbor.” However, if no contribution is elected in the Adoption
Agreement, the Employer will contribute to the Plan for the Plan Year a “basic matching
contribution” on behalf of each Eligible Employee. The “basic matching contribution” is
equal to (i) one hundred percent (100%) of the amount of an “eligible Participant’s”
Elective Deferrals that do not exceed three percent (3%) of the Participant’s “Compensation”
for the Plan Year, plus (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the amount of the Participant’s Elective
Deferrals that exceed three percent (3%) of the Participant’s “Compensation” but do not
exceed five percent (5%) of the Participant’s “Compensation.” If the Employer elects to use
a period other than the Plan Year for determining a “basic matching contribution” or an
“enhanced matching contribution,” then such matching contribution with respect to a payroll
period must be deposited into the Plan by the last day of the Plan Year quarter following
the Plan Year quarter for which the applicable Elective Deferrals are made.

(2) Except as provided in subsection (e) below, for purposes of the Plan, a “basic matching
contribution” or an “enhanced matching contribution” will be treated as a Qualified Matching
Contribution and a safe harbor Nonelective Contribution will be treated as a Qualified
Nonelective Contribution. Accordingly, the “ADP test safe harbor contributions” will be
fully Vested and subject to the distribution restrictions set forth in Section 12.2(d)
(i.e., may generally not be distributed on account of hardship nor earlier than separation
from service, death, disability, an event described in Code Section 401(k)(l), or, in case
of a profit sharing plan, the attainment of age 59 1/2). In addition, such contributions
must satisfy the “ADP test safe harbor” without regard to permitted disparity under Code
Section 401(1).

(3) Notwithstanding the requirement that the Employer make the “ADP test safe harbor
contribution” to this Plan, if the Employer so elects in the Adoption Agreement, the “ADP
test safe harbor contribution” will be made to the defined contribution plan indicated in
the Adoption Agreement. However, such contributions will be made to this Plan unless (i)
each Employee eligible under this Plan is also eligible under the other plan, and (ii) the
other plan has the same Plan Year as this Plan.

(4) Within a reasonable period before the beginning of the Plan Year (or, in the year an
Eligible Employee becomes a Participant, within a reasonable period before the employee
becomes eligible), the Employer will provide each “eligible Participant” a comprehensive
notice of the Participant’s rights and obligations under the Plan, written in a manner
calculated to be understood by the average Participant. The determination of whether a
notice satisfies the timing requirement of this paragraph is based on all of the relevant
facts and circumstances. However, the timing requirement of the notice is deemed to be
satisfied if at least thirty (30) days, but not more than ninety (90) days, before the
beginning of the Plan Year, the Employer will provide each “eligible Participant” a
comprehensive notice of the Participant’s rights and obligations under the Plan, written in
a manner

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

74

 

Volume Submitter Plan

calculated to be understood by the average Participant. However, if an Employee becomes
eligible after the 90th day before the beginning of the Plan Year and does not receive the
notice for that reason, the notice must be provided no more than ninety (90) days before
the Employee becomes eligible but not later than the date the Employee becomes eligible.

(5) In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each “eligible
Participant” may make or modify a deferral election during the thirty (30) day period
immediately following receipt of the notice described in subsection (4) above. Furthermore,
if the “ADP test safe harbor” is a “matching contribution” each Eligible Employee must be
permitted to elect sufficient Elective Deferrals to receive the maximum amount of “matching
contributions” available to the Participant under the Plan.

(d) Application of “ACP test safe harbor.” The provisions of this subsection apply if the
Employer has elected to satisfy the “ACP test safe harbor.”

(1) In addition to the “ADP test safe harbor contributions,” the Employer will make any
“matching contributions” in accordance with elections made in the Adoption Agreement. Such
additional “matching contributions” will be considered “ACP test safe harbor matching
contributions.”

(2) Notwithstanding any election in the Adoption Agreement to the contrary, an “eligible
Participant’s” Elective Deferrals in excess of six percent (6%) of “Compensation” may not be
taken into account in applying “ACP test safe harbor matching contributions.” In addition,
any portion of an “ACP test safe harbor matching contribution” attributable to a
discretionary “matching contribution” may not exceed four percent (4%) of an “eligible
Participant’s” “Compensation.”

(e) Application of ACP test. The Plan is required to satisfy the ACP test of Code Section
401(m)(2), using the current year testing method, if the Plan permits after-tax voluntary
Employee contributions or if matching contributions that do not satisfy the “ACP test safe
harbor” may be made to the Plan. In such event, only “ADP test safe harbor contributions” or
“ACP test safe harbor contributions” that exceed the amount needed to satisfy the “ADP test safe
harbor” or “ACP test safe harbor” (if the Employer has elected to use the “ACP lest safe
harbor”) may be treated as Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching
Contributions in applying the ACP test. In addition, in applying the ACP test, elective
contributions may not be treated as matching contributions under Code Section 401(m)(3).
Furthermore, in applying the ACP test, the Employer may elect to disregard with respect to all
“eligible Participants” (1) all “matching contributions” if the Plan satisfies the “ACP test
safe harbor” and (2) “matching contributions” that do not exceed four percent (4%) of each
Participant’s “Compensation” if the Plan satisfies the “ADP test safe harbor” using matching
contributions (the “basic matching contribution” or the “enhanced matching contribution”) and
the “ACP test safe harbor” is not satisfied.

(f) Modification of Top-heavy rules. The top-heavy requirements of Code Section 416 and the Plan
shall not apply in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2001, in which the Plan consists
solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12) and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Code Section
401(m)(11) are met.

(g) Plan Year requirement. Except as provided in Regulation 1.40l(k)-3(c), the Plan will fail to
satisfy the requirements of Code Section 401(k)(12) and this Plan Section for a Plan Year unless
such provisions remain in effect for an entire twelve (12) month Plan Year.

(h) Discretionary Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution. If the Employer has elected in the
Adoption Agreement to either not use the 401(k) Safe Harbor provisions or to utilize the
discretionary Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution, then the Employer may elect to utilize the
“ADP test safe harbor” provisions for a Plan Year after the Plan Year has commenced in
accordance with the provisions of this subsection. In order to utilize this subsection, the
Employer must provide a notice in accordance with Section 12.8(c)(4) above, except that the
notice must provide that the Employer may provide the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution and
that a supplemental notice will be provided at least thirty (30) days prior to the last day of
the Plan Year if the Employer decides to make the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution. In order
to implement the 401(k) Safe Harbor provisions of this Section for the Plan Year, the Employer
must (1) amend the Adoption Agreement to provide for the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution
and, (2) provide a supplemental notice to Participants indicating its intention to provide such
safe harbor Nonelective Contribution. The supplemental notice indicating the Employer’s
intention to make the safe harbor Nonelective Contribution must be provided no later than thirty
(30) days prior to the last day of the Plan Year for the Plan to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401
(k) Plan.

(i) Elimination of safe harbor. The Employer may amend the Plan during a Plan Year to reduce
or eliminate “ADP test safe harbor contributions” for such Plan Year subject to the following
provisions.

(1) An amendment may be made during a Plan Year to eliminate an “ADP test safe harbor
contribution” that is a “matching contribution” provided a supplemental notice is given to
all “eligible Participants” explaining the consequences and effective date of the amendment
and that such “eligible Participants” have a reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable
period) to change their Elective Deferral elections. The amendment reducing or eliminating
the “matching contribution” must be effective no earlier than the later of: (A) thirty (30)
days after “eligible Participants” are given the supplemental notice or (B) the date the
amendment is adopted. “Eligible Participants” must be given a reasonable opportunity (and
reasonable period) prior to the reduction or elimination of the “matching contribution” to
change their Elective Deferral elections. If the Employer amends the Plan to reduce

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

75

 

Volume Submitter Plan

or eliminate the “matching contribution,” then except as provided in Code Section 401(k) and
the Regulations thereunder, the Plan is subject to the ADP test and ACP test for the entire
Plan Year.

(2) An amendment may be made during a Plan Year to eliminate a safe harbor Nonelective
Contribution for such Plan Year only in accordance with the provisions of Regulation Section
1.401(k)-3(f) (i.e., upon termination of the Plan).

12.9 ADVANCE DISTRIBUTION FOR HARDSHIP

(a) Hardship events. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, the Administrator, at the election of
a Participant, shall direct the Trustee (or Insurer) to distribute to the Participant in any one
Plan Year up to the lesser of (1) 100% of the Accounts as selected in the Adoption Agreement
valued as of the last Valuation Date or (2) the amount necessary to satisfy the immediate and
heavy financial need of the Participant. For purposes of this Section, a Participant shall
include an Employee who has an Account balance in the Plan. Any distribution made pursuant to
this Section shall be deemed to be made as of the first day of the Plan Year or, if later, the
Valuation Date immediately preceding the date of distribution, and the Account from which the
distribution is made shall be reduced accordingly. Effective with respect to Plan Years
beginning in 2006 (or if earlier, the date the final 401 (k) Regulations are effective with
respect to the Plan), withdrawal under this Section shall be authorized only if the distribution
is for one of the following or any other item permitted under Regulation Section 1.401
(k)-1(d)(3)(iii)(B) or any other federally enacted legislation:

(1) Expenses for (or necessary to obtain) medical care that would be deductible under Code
Section 213(d) (determined without regard to whether the expenses exceed 7.5% of adjusted
gross income);

(2) Costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage payments) of a principal
residence for the Participant;

(3) Payments for burial or funeral expenses for the Participant’s deceased parent, spouse,
children or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, and, for taxable years beginning on
or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code Section 152(d)(1)(B));

(4) Payment of tuition, related educational fees, and room and board expenses, for up to the
next twelve (12) months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participant’s
spouse, children, or dependents (as defined in Code Section 152, and, for taxable years
beginning on or after January 1, 2005, without regard to Code Section 152(b)(1), (b)(2), and
(d)(1)(B));

(5) Payments necessary to prevent the eviction of the Participant from the Participant’s
principal residence or foreclosure on the mortgage on that residence; or

(6) Expenses for the repair of damage to the Participant’s principal residence that would
qualify for the casualty deduction under Code Section 165 (determined without regard to
whether the loss exceeds 10% of adjusted gross income).

(b) Other limits and conditions. No distribution shall be made pursuant to this Section unless
the Administrator, based upon the Participant’s representation and such other facts as are known
to the Administrator, determines that all of the following conditions are satisfied:

(1) The distribution is not in excess of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial
need of the Participant (including any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state, or local
taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution);

(2) The Participant has obtained all distributions, other than hardship distributions, and
all nontaxable loans currently available under all plans maintained by the Employer (to the
extent the loan would not increase the hardship):

(3) The Plan, and all other plans maintained by the Employer, provide that the Participant’s
Elective Deferrals and nondeductible voluntary Employee contributions will be suspended,
effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2001, for at least six (6) months
after receipt of the hardship distribution (twelve months for Plan Years beginning prior to
2002); and

(4) Effective for Plan Years beginning prior to January 1, 2002, the Plan, and all other
plans maintained by the Employer, provide that the Participant may not make Elective
Deferrals for the Participant’s taxable year immediately following the taxable year of the
hardship distribution in excess of the applicable limit under Code Section 402(g) for such
next taxable year less the amount of such Participant’s Elective Deferrals for the taxable
year of the hardship distribution.

(c) Limitation on Account withdrawals. Notwithstanding the above, distributions from the
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account, Qualified Matching Contribution Account and Qualified
Nonelective Contribution Account pursuant to this Section shall be limited solely to the
Participant’s Elective Deferrals and any income attributable thereto credited to the
Participant’s Elective Deferral Account as of December 31, 1988.

(d) Other limits and conditions. If elected in the Adoption Agreement, no distribution shall
be made pursuant to this Section from the Participant’s Account until such Account has become
fully Vested. Furthermore, if a hardship distribution is permitted from more than one Account,
the Administrator may determine any ordering of a Participant’s hardship distribution from
such Accounts.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

76

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(e) Distribution rules apply. Any distribution made pursuant to this Section shall be made in
a manner which is consistent with and satisfies the provisions of Section 6.5, including, but
not limited to, all notice and consent requirements of Code Sections 411(a)(11) and 417 and the
Regulations thereunder.

ARTICLE XIII

SIMPLE 401(K) PROVISIONS

13.1 SIMPLE 401(k) PROVISIONS

(a) If elected in the Adoption Agreement, this Plan is intended to be a SIMPLE 401(k) plan which
satisfies the requirements of Code Sections 401(k)(11) and 401(m)(10).

(b) The provisions of this Article apply for a “year” only if the following conditions are met:

(1) The Employer adopting this Plan is an “eligible employer.” An “eligible employer” means,
with respect to any “year,” an Employer that had no more than 100 Employees who received at
least $5,000 of “compensation” from the Employer for the preceding “year.” In applying the
preceding sentence, all employees of an Affiliated Employer and leased employees required to
be treated as Employees under Code Section 414(n) are taken into account.

     An “eligible employer” that has elected to use the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions but fails
to be an “eligible employer” for any subsequent “year,” is treated as an “eligible employer”
for the two (2) “years” following the last “year” the Employer was an “eligible employer.”
If the failure is due to any acquisition, disposition, or similar transaction involving an
“eligible employer,” the preceding sentence applies only if the provisions of Code Section
410(b)(6)(C)(i) are satisfied.

(2) No contributions are made, or benefits accrued for services during the “year,” on behalf
of any “eligible employee” under any other plan, contract, pension, or trust described in
Code Section 219(g)(5)(A) or (B), maintained by the Employer.

(c) To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is inconsistent with the provisions of
this Article, the provisions of this Article govern.

13.2 DEFINITIONS

(a) “Compensation” means, for purposes of this Article, the sum of the wages, tips, and other
compensation from the Employer subject to federal income tax withholding (as described in Code
Section 6051(a)(3)) and the Employee’s salary reduction contributions made under this or any
other 401(k) plan, and, if applicable, elective deferrals under a Code Section 408(p) SIMPLE
plan, a SARSEP, or a Code Section 403(b) annuity contract and compensation deferred under a Code
Section 457 plan, required to be reported by the Employer on Form W-2 (as described in Code
Section 6051(a)(8)). For Self-Employed Individuals, “compensation” means net earnings from
self-employment determined under Code Section 1402(a) prior to subtracting any contributions
made under this Plan on behalf of the individual. “Compensation” also includes amounts paid for
domestic service (as described in Code Section 3401(a)(3)). The provisions of the plan
implementing the limit on Compensation under Code Section 401(a)(17) apply to the
“compensation” under this Article.

(b) “Eligible employee” means, for purposes of this Article, any Participant who is entitled to
make elective deferrals described in Code Section 402(g) under the terms of the Plan.

(c) “Year” means the calendar year.

13.3 CONTRIBUTIONS

(a) Salary Reduction contributions

(1) Each “eligible employee” may make a salary reduction election to have “compensation”
reduced for the “year” in any amount selected by the Employee subject to the limitation in
subsection (c) below. The Employer will make a salary reduction contribution to the Plan, as
an Elective Deferral, in the amount by which the Employee’s “compensation” has been reduced.

(2) The total salary reduction contribution for the “year” for any Employee cannot exceed the
limitation on salary reduction contributions in effect for the year. The limitation on salary
reduction contributions is $6,000 for 2000, $6,500 for 2001, $7,000 for 2002 and increasing
by $1,000 for each year thereafter up to $10,000 for 2005 and later years. After 2005, the
$10,000 limit will be adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases
under Code Section 408(p)(2)(E). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500. Beginning
in 2002, the amount of an Employee’s salary reduction contributions permitted for a “year” is
increased for Employees aged 50 or over by the end of the “year” by the amount of allowable
Catch-Up Contributions. Allowable Catch-Up Contributions are $500 for 2002, increasing by
$500 for each Year thereafter up to $2,500 for 2006. After 2006, the $2,500 limit will be
adjusted by the Secretary of the Treasury for cost-of-living increases under Code Section
414(v)(2)(C). Any such adjustments will be in multiples of $500. Catch-Up Contributions are
otherwise treated the same as other salary reduction contributions.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

77

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(b) Other contributions

(1) Matching contributions. Unless (2) below is elected, each “year” the Employer will make
a matching contribution to the Plan on behalf of each Employee who makes a salary reduction
election under Section 13.3(a). The amount of the matching contribution will be equal to the
Employee’s salary reduction contribution up to a limit of three percent (3%) of the
Employee’s “compensation” for the full “year.”

(2) Nonelective Contributions. For any “year,” instead of a matching contribution, the
Employer may elect to contribute a nonelective contribution of two percent (2%) of
“compensation” for the full “year” for each “eligible employee” who received at least $5,000
of “compensation” from the Employer for the “year.”

(c) Limitation on Other Contributions

     No Employer or Employee contributions may be made to this Plan for the “year” other than
salary reduction contributions described in Section 13.3(a), matching or nonelective
contributions described in Section 13.3(b) and rollover contributions described in Regulation
Section 1.402(c)-2, Q&A-1(a). Furthermore, the provisions of Section 4.4 which implement the
limitations of Code Section 415 apply to contributions made pursuant to this Section (other
than Catch-Up Contributions).

13.4 ELECTION AND NOTICE REQUIREMENTS

(a) Election period

(1) In addition to any other election periods provided under the Plan, each “eligible
employee” may make or modify a salary reduction election during the 60-day period
immediately preceding each January 1st.

(2) For the “year” an Employee becomes eligible to make salary reduction contributions under
this Article, the 60-day election period requirement of subsection (a)(1) is deemed
satisfied if the Employee may make or modify a salary reduction election during a 60-day
period that includes either the date the Employee becomes eligible or the day before.

(3) Each “eligible employee may terminate a salary reduction election at any time during
the “year.”

(b) Notice requirements

(1) The Employer will notify each “eligible employee” prior to the 60-day election period
described in Section 13.4(a) that a salary reduction election or a modification to a prior
election may be made during that period.

(2) The notification described in (1) above will indicate whether the Employer will
provide a matching contribution described in Section 13.3(b)(1) or a two percent (2%)
nonelective contribution described in Section 13.3(b)(2).

13.5 VESTING REQUIREMENTS

     All benefits attributable to contributions made pursuant to this Article are
nonforfeitable at all times, and all previous contributions made under the Plan are nonforfeitable
as of the beginning of the Plan Year that the 401(k) SIMPLE provisions apply.

13.6 TOP-HEAVY RULES

     The Plan is not treated as a top-heavy plan under Code Section 416 for any “year” for which
the provisions of this Article are effective and satisfied.

13.7 NONDISCRIMINATION TESTS

     The Plan is treated as meeting the requirements of Code Sections 40l(k)(3)(A)(ii) and
401(m)(2) for any “year” for which the provisions of this Article are effective and satisfied.
Accordingly, Sections 12.4, 12.5, 12.6 and 12.7 shall not apply to the Plan for any “year” for
which this Article applies.

ARTICLE XIV

MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PROVISIONS

14.1 ELECTION AND OVERRIDING EFFECT

     If any Participating Employers are not Affiliated Employers, then the provisions of this
Article XIV shall apply to each Participating Employer as of the Effective Date specified in its
participation agreement and supersede any contrary provisions in the basic Plan document or the
Adoption Agreement. If this Article XIV applies, then the Plan shall be a multiple employer plan as
described in Code Section 413(c). Otherwise, this Article XIV shall have no force or effect.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

78

 

Volume Submitter Plan

14.2 DEFINITIONS

The following definitions shall apply to this Article XIV and shall supersede any conflicting
definitions in the Plan:

(a) Employee. “Employee” means any common law employee, Self-Employed Individual, Leased
Employee or other person the Code treats as an employee of a Participating Employer for purposes
of the Participating Employer’s qualified plan. Either the Adoption Agreement or a participation
agreement to the Adoption Agreement may designate any Employee, or class of Employees, as not
eligible to participate in the Plan.

(b) Lead Employer. “Lead Employer” means the signatory Employer to the Adoption Agreement
Execution Page, and does not include any Related Employer or Participating Employer. The Lead
Employer shall be a Participating Employer if the Lead Employer executes a participation
agreement to the Adoption Agreement. The Lead Employer has the same meaning as the Employer for
purposes of making Plan amendments and other purposes regardless of whether the Lead Employer is
also a Participating Employer under this Article XIV.

(c) Participating Employer. “Participating Employer” means an Employer which, with the consent
of the Lead Employer, executes a participation agreement to the Adoption Agreement. A
Participating Employer is an Employer for all purposes of the Plan.

(d) Professional Employer Organization (PEO). “Professional Employer Organization (PEO)” means
an organization described in Rev. Proc. 2002-21 and any successor legislation or regulation.
The Employer in its participation agreement shall specify whether the Lead Employer is a PEO,
and the term PEO shall be synonymous with the Lead Employer. If the Lead Employer is a PEO,
then:

(1) Client Organization. Each Participating Employer (other than the PEO) is a “Client
Organization” (CO) as that term is used in Rev. Proc. 2002-21.

(2) Worksite Employee. A “Worksite Employee” means a person on the PEO’s payroll who
receives amounts from the PEO for providing services to a CO pursuant to a service agreement
between the PEO and the CO. For all purposes of this Plan, a Worksite Employee shall be
deemed to be the Employee of the CO for whom the Worksite Employee performs services, and
not of the PEO.

     Nothing in this Section shall be treated as modifying the definition of “Employer” as
shown in Article 1. For example, a controlled group of corporations that is unrelated to the
Lead Employer may adopt the Plan, but that group shall be treated as one Employer to the extent
required by the Plan and applicable regulations.

14.3 PARTICIPATING EMPLOYER ELECTIONS

     In the participation agreement, the Lead Employer shall specify whether a PEO may modify any
elections, which elections the Participating Employer can modify, and any restrictions on the
modifications. Any such modification shall apply only to the employees of that Participating
Employer. The Participating Employer shall make any such modification by selecting the appropriate
option on its participation agreement to the Lead Employer’s Adoption Agreement. To the extent that
the Adoption Agreement does not permit modification of an election, any attempt by a Participating
Employer to modify the election shall have no effect on the Plan and the Participating Employer is
bound by the Plan terms as selected by the Lead Employer. If a Participating Employer does not make
any permissible participation agreement election modifications, then with regard to any election,
the Participating Employer is bound by the Adoption Agreement terms as completed by the Lead
Employer.

14.4 HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE STATUS

     Status as a Highly Compensated Employee under Section 1.38 shall be determined separately
with respect to each Participating Employer.

14.5 TESTING

(a) Separate Status. The Plan Administrator shall perform the tests listed below separately
for each Participating Employer, with respect to the Employees of that Participating Employer.
For this purpose, the Employees of a Participating Employer, and their allocations and accounts,
shall be treated as though they were in separate plan. Any correction action, such as additional
contributions or corrective distributions, shall only affect the Employees of the Participating
Employer. The tests subject to this separate treatment are:

(1) The Actual Deferral Percentage test in Section 12.4.

(2) The Actual Contribution Percentage test in Section 12.6.

(3) Nondiscrimination testing as described in Code Section 401(a)(4) and the applicable
Treasury regulations.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

79

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(4) Coverage testing as described in Code Section 410(b) and the applicable Treasury
regulations.

(b) Joint Status. The following tests shall be performed for the plan as whole, without
regard to employment by a particular Participating Employer:

(1) Applying the Annual Addition limitation in Section 4.4.

(2) Applying the Code Section 402(g) limitation in Section 12.2.

(3) Applying the limit on catch-up contributions in Section 12.2.

14.6 TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS

     The Plan will apply the provisions of Article IX separately to each Participating Employer.
The Plan will be considered separate plans for each Participating Employer and its Employees for
purposes of determining whether such a separate plan is top-heavy under Section 9.1 or is entitled
to the exemption described in Section 12.8(f). For purposes of applying this Article to a
Participating Employer, the Participating Employer and any business which is related to that
Participating Employer shall be the “Employer” for purposes of Section 9.1, and the terms “Key
Employee” and “Non-Key Employee” shall refer only to the Employees of that Participating Employer.
If such a Participating Employer’s separate plan is top-heavy, then:

(a) Highest Contribution Rate. The Plan Administrator shall determine the highest Key Employee
contribution rate under Section 4.3(g) by reference to the Key Employees and their allocations
in the separate plan of that Participating Employer;

(b) Top-Heavy Minimum Allocation. The Plan Administrator shall determine the amount of any
required top-heavy minimum allocation separately for that separate plan under Section
4.3(f); and

(c) Plan Which Will Satisfy. The Participating Employer shall make any additional contributions
Section 4.3(k) requires.

14.7 COMPENSATION

(a) Separate Determination. For the following purposes, a Participant’s Compensation shall
be determined separately for each Participating Employer:

(1) Nondiscrimination and coverage. All of the separate tests listed in Section 14.5(a).

(2) Top-Heavy. Application of the top-heavy rules in Article IX.

(3) Allocations. Application of allocations under Article IV.

(4) HCE determination. The determination of an Employee’s status as a Highly Compensated
Employee.

(b) Joint Status. For all Plan purposes other than those described in section 14.7(a), including
but not limited to determining the
Annual Additions limits in Section 4.4, Compensation includes all Compensation paid by or for
any Participating Employer.

14.8 SERVICE

     An Employee’s service includes all Hours of Service and Years of Service with any and all
Participating Employers. An Employee who terminates employment with one Participating Employer and
immediately commences employment with another Participating Employer has not separated from service
or had a severance from employment.

14.9 REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS

     If a Participant is a more than 5% Owner (under Code Section 416(i) and Section 6.8(e)(6)) of
any Participating Employer for which the Participant is an Employee in the Plan Year the
Participant attains age 70 1/2, then the Participant’s Required Beginning Date under Section
6.8(c)(5) shall be the April 1 following the close of the calendar year in which the Participant
attains age 70 1/2.

14.10 COOPERATION AND INDEMNIFICATION

(a) Cooperation. Each Participating Employer agrees to timely provide all information the
Plan Administrator deems necessary to insure the Plan is operated in accordance with the
requirements of the Code and the Act and will cooperate fully with the Lead Employer, the Plan,
the Plan fiduciaries and other proper representatives in maintaining the qualified status of the
Plan. Such cooperation will include payment of such amounts into the Plan, to be allocated to
employees of the Participating Employer, which are reasonably required to maintain the
tax-qualified status of the Plan.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

80

 

Volume Submitter Plan

(b)
Indemnity. Each Participating Employer will indemnify and hold harmless the Plan
Administrator, the Lead Employer and its
subsidiaries; officers, directors, shareholders, employees, and agents of the Lead Employer;
the Plan; the Trustees, Fiduciaries,
Participants and Beneficiaries of the Plan, as well as their respective successors and assigns,
against any cause of action, loss, liability,
damage, cost, or expense of any nature whatsoever (including, but not limited to, attorney’s
fees and costs, whether or not suit is
brought, as well as IRS plan disqualifications, other sanctions or compliance fees or DOL
fiduciary breach sanctions and penalties)
arising out of or relating to the Participating Employer’s noncompliance with any of the Plan’s
terms or requirements; any intentional
or negligent act or omission the Participating Employer commits with regard to the Plan; and
any omission or provision of incorrect
information with regard to the Plan which causes the Plan to fail to satisfy the requirements
of a tax-qualified plan.

14.11 TRANSITION RULES

     If the Lead Employer is a PEO, and the Article XIV effective date is after the later of the
Plan’s Effective Date or Restated Effective Date, then the following transition rules shall apply
to the Transition Year:

(a) Transition Year. The “Transition Year” is the Plan Year which includes the Article XIV
effective date.

(b) Lookback Year. The “Lookback Year” is the Plan Year immediately prior to the Transition
Year.

(c) Employee Status. Unless the PEO designates otherwise in an addendum, for Plan Years ending
prior to the Transition Year the
Worksite Employees shall be deemed to be Employees of the PEO, except as otherwise specified in
this Article XIV.

(d) Distribution. The limitation of Article VI shall not prohibit making any distribution
required by Rev. Proc. 2002-21.

(e) Top-heavy. The Determination Date under Section 9.2(c) for the Transition Year shall be
the last day of the Transition Year. In the Adoption Agreement, the PEO shall specify whether
Employer Contributions for Worksite Employees for Plan Years prior to the Transition Year shall
be treated as contributions by the PEO, or as contributions by the CO. If the contributions are
treated as PEO contributions, then the Plan Administrator shall disregard account balances
relating to those contributions (i.e., Employer contribution account balances prior to the
Transition Year and earnings thereon) in determining whether the separate plan of a
Participating Employer is top-heavy under Section 14.6.

(f) ADP/ACP Testing. The Plan Administrator will treat the Transition Year as the first Plan
Year of the Plan for purposes of ADP and ACP testing of a CO’s separate plan under Section 14.5.

(g) HCE Determination. If the Worksite Employee performed services for the CO during the
Lookback Year, then only for purposes of determining HCE status, the Worksite Employee shall be
deemed to be an employee of the CO for the Transition Year and the CO shall be deemed to have
paid to the Worksite Employee any Compensation the PEO paid to the Worksite Employee during the
Transition Year.

(h) Required Minimum Distributions. The following rules shall apply with regard to each
Worksite Employees who, prior to January 1, 2004: (i) attained age 70 1/2, (ii) was still on
the payroll of the PEO, and (iii) had not commenced receiving required minimum distributions
under Section 6.8.

(1) Determination of 5% owner status. The Plan Administrator shall determine whether such a
Worksite Employee is a more than 5% owner of under Section 6.8(e)(6) is based on whether the
Worksite Employee is a more than 5% owner on the first day of the Transition Year.
Alternatively, by an addendum hereto, the PEO can specify that the determination shall be
made with reference to the Plan Year ending in the calendar year the Worksite Employee
attained age 70 1/2.

(2) Required Beginning Date. The Required Beginning Date under Section 6.8(e)(5) of
a more than 5% owner under paragraph (1) shall be April 1, 2005.

14.12 INVOLUNTARY TERMINATION

     Unless the Lead Employer provides otherwise in an addendum hereto, the Lead Employer shall
have the power to terminate the participation of any Participating Employer (hereafter
“Terminated Employer”) in this Plan. If and when the Lead Employer wishes to exercise this
power, the following shall occur:

(a) Notice. The Lead Employer shall give the Terminated Employer a notice of the Lead Employer’s
intent to terminate the Terminated Employer’s status as a Participating Employer of the Plan.
The Lead Employer will provide such notice not less than 30 days prior to the date of
termination unless the Lead Employer determines that the interest of Plan Participants
requires earlier termination.

(b) Spin-off. The Lead Employer shall establish a new defined contribution plan, using the
provisions of this Plan with any modifications contained in the Terminated Employer’s
participation agreement, as a guide to establish a new defined contribution plan (the “Spin-off
Plan”). The Lead Employer will direct the Trustee to transfer (in accordance with the rules of
Code Section 414(1) and the provisions of Section 8.3) the Accounts of the Employees of the
Terminated Employer to the Spin-off Plan. The Terminated

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

81

 

Volume Submitter Plan

Employer shall be the Employer, Plan Administrator, and Sponsor of the Spin-off Plan. The
Trustee of the Spin-off Plan shall be the person or entity designated by the Terminated
Employer, or, in the absence of any such designation, the chief executive officer of the
Terminated Employer. If state law prohibits the Terminated Employer from serving as Trustee,
the Trustee is the president of a corporate Terminated Employer, the managing partner of a
partnership Terminated Employer, the managing member of a limited liability company Terminated
Employer, the sole proprietor of a proprietorship Terminated Employer, or in the case of any
other entity type, such other person with title and responsibilities similar to the foregoing.
However, the Lead Employer shall have the option to designate an appropriate financial
institution as Trustee instead if necessary to protect the interest of the Participants. The
Lead Employer shall have the authority to charge the Terminated Employer or the Accounts of the
Employees of the Terminated Employer a reasonable fee to pay the expenses of establishing the
Spin-off Plan.

(c) Alternatives. The Terminated Employer, in lieu of creation of the Spin-off plan under (b)
above, has the option to elect one of
two other alternatives to effect the termination of its status as a Participating Employer. To
exercise this option, the Terminated
Employer must inform the Lead Employer of its choice, and must supply any reasonably required
documentation as soon as practical.
If the Lead Employer has not received notice of a Terminated Employer’s exercise of this option
within five (5) days prior to
termination, the Lead Employer can choose to disregard the exercise and proceed with the
Spin-off. The Terminated Employer’s
alternatives are:

(1) Distribution. If the Terminated Employer elects this option, the Plan Administrator
shall distribute the account balances of the Employees of the Terminated Employer as soon as
practical after termination. However, if such an Employee is also employed by another
Participating Employer, the Plan Administrator shall not distribute that Employee’s balance
but shall continue to hold such account balance pursuant to the terms of the Plan. All
account balances distributed under this paragraph shall be 100% vested. However, no such
distribution can violate the restrictions of Section 6.5 or Section 6.6. If this Plan
includes Elective Deferrals or other restricted balances under Section 12.2, the termination
of the Participating Employer’s sponsorship of this Plan shall be deemed to be a termination
of the Plan and the Plan Year as to the Employees received distributions under this
paragraph; however, the Terminated Employer must deliver to the Lead Employer or Plan
Administrator such documentation or other assurances that the Plan Administrator shall
reasonably require to affirm that the Terminated Employer has neither established nor will
establish an alternative defined contribution plan in violation of Section 12.2.

(2) Transfer. If the Terminated Employer selects this option, the Plan Administrator shall
transfer (in accordance with the rules of Code Section 414(1) and the provisions of Section
4.7) the accounts of the Employees of the Terminated Employee to a qualified plan the
Terminated Employer maintains. To exercise this option, the Terminated Employer must deliver
to the Lead Employer or Plan Administrator in writing the name and other relevant
information of the transferee plan and must provide such assurances that the Plan
Administrator shall reasonable require to demonstrate that the transferee plan is a
qualified plan.

(d) Participants. The Employees of the Terminated Employer shall cease to be eligible to accrue
additional benefits under the Plan
with respect to Compensation paid by the Terminated Employer, effective as of the date of
termination. To the extent that these
Employees have accrued but unpaid contributions as of the date of termination, the Terminated
Employer shall pay such amounts to
the Plan or the Spin-off Plan no later than thirty (30) days after the date of termination,
unless the Terminated Employer effectively
selects the Transfer option under subsection (2) above.

(e) Consent. By its signature on the participation agreement, the Terminated Employer
specifically consents to the provisions of this Article and agrees to perform its
responsibilities with regard to the Spin-off Plan, if necessary.

14.13 VOLUNTARY TERMINATION

     A Participating Employer (hereafter “Withdrawing Employer”) may voluntarily withdraw from
participation in this Plan at time. If and when a Withdrawing Employer wishes to withdraw, the
following shall occur:

(a) Notice. The Withdrawing Employer shall inform the Lead Employer and the Plan Administrator
of its intention to withdraw from the Plan. The Withdrawing Employer must give the notice not
less than thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of its withdrawal.

(b) Procedure. The Withdrawing Employer and the Lead Employer shall agree upon procedures for
the orderly withdrawal of the Withdrawing Employer from the plan. Such procedures may include
any of the optional distribution, spin-off, or transfer options described in Section 14.12.

(c) Costs. The Withdrawing Employer shall bear all reasonable costs associated with withdrawal
and transfer under this section.

(d) Participants. The Employees of the Withdrawing Employer shall cease to be eligible to accrue
additional benefits under the Plan as to Compensation paid by the Withdrawing Employer,
effective as of the effective date of withdrawal. To the extent that such Employees have accrued
but unpaid contributions as of the effective date of withdrawal, the Withdrawing Employer shall
contribute such amounts to the Plan or the Spin-off Plan promptly after the effective date of
withdrawal, unless the Accounts are transferred to a qualified plan the Withdrawing Employer
maintains.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

82

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

ADOPTION AGREEMENT FOR

MARKLEY ACTUARIAL SERVICES, INC.

VOLUME SUBMITTER 401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN

CAUTION: Failure to properly fill out this Adoption Agreement may result in disqualification of
the Plan.

EMPLOYER INFORMATION

(An amendment to the Adoption Agreement is not needed solely to reflect a change in the information
in this Employer Information Section.)

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	1. 	 	EMPLOYER’S NAME, ADDRESS, TELEPHONE NUMBER AND TIN
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Name:
	 	Getty Realty Corp.	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Address:
	 	125 Jericho Turnpike, Suite 103	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	Street

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Jericho
	 	New York
	 	 11753 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 	 
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	City
	 	State
	 	Zip
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	Telephone:
	 	516-478-5403
 

	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN): 11-3412575      
                      
                      
                      
   

	2.	 	TYPE OF ENTITY

	 	a.	þ 	Corporation (including Tax-exempt or Non-profit Corporation)
	 
	 	b.	o 	Professional Service Corporation
	 
	 	c.	o 	S Corporation
	 
	 	d.	o 	 Limited Liability Company that is taxed as:

	 	1.	o 	 a partnership or sole proprietorship
	 
	 	2.	o 	 a Corporation
	 
	 	3.	o 	an S Corporation

	 	e.	o 	Sole Proprietorship
	 
	 	f.	o 	Partnership (including Limited Liability)
	 
	 	g.	o 	Other:           
            
             
      (must be a legal entity recognized under federal income tax laws)

	3.	 	EMPLOYER’S FISCAL YEAR means the 12 consecutive month period:

	 	a.	þ 	 Beginning on January 1st                  
               (e.g., January 1st)

                           
             month          day
	 
	 	 	 	and ending on December 31st                
         

                           
             month          day
	 
	 	b.	o 	 Other:                            
                  
  (must be the period used for IRS reporting
purposes)

	4.	 	AFFILIATED EMPLOYERS/PARTICIPATING EMPLOYERS. Is the Employer a
member of a controlled group or an affiliated
service group (within the meaning of Code Section 414(b), (c), or (o))?

	 	a.	þ 	No.
	 
	 	b.	o 	Yes, Employer is a member of (select all that apply):

	 	1	o 	a controlled group
	 
	 	2.	o 	an affiliated service group

	 	AND, will any other Employers adopt the Plan as Participating Employers?
	 
	 	c.	o 	Yes. (Complete a Participation Agreement for each Participating Employer.)
	 
	 	d.	þ 	 No. (The Plan could fail to satisfy the Code Section 410(b) coverage rules.)
	 
	 	NOTE: If this is a Professional Employer Organization or another multiple employer
arrangement in which different employers will have different
conditions for eligibility, etc., then the Multiple Employer Participation Agreement must be completed for each
employer.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

1

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

PLAN INFORMATION

(An
amendment to the Adoption Agreement is not needed solely to reflect a change in the information
in Questions 9, through 11.)

	5.	 	PLAN NAME:
	 
	 	 	Getty Realty Corp. Retirement and Profit Sharing Plan

	6.	 	EFFECTIVE DATE

	 	a.	o 	This is a new Plan effective as of                      (hereinafter called the “Effective Date”).
	 
	 	b.	o 	This is an amendment and restatement of a plan which was
originally effective          
           .
The effective date
of this amendment and restatement is        
             
(hereinafter called the “Effective Date”).
	 
	 	c.	þ 	FOR EGTRRA RESTATEMENTS: This is an amendment and restatement to bring
a plan into compliance with the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of
2001 (“EGTRRA”) and other legislative and regulatory
changes. The Plan’s original effective date was February 1, 1978. Except as specifically provided in the
Plan, the effective date of this amendment and restatement is January 1, 2010 (hereinafter called
the “Effective Date”). (May enter a restatement date that is the first day of the
current Plan Year. The Plan contains appropriate retroactive effective dates with
respect to provisions for the appropriate laws.)

	7.	 	PLAN YEAR means the 12 consecutive month period:
	 
	 	 	Beginning on January 1st                 
                 (e.g., January 1st)

                
                
       
month        day
	 
	 	 	and ending on December 31st               
           

                
                
       
month        day
	 
	 	 	EXCEPT that there will be a Short Plan Year (if the effective date of participation is based
on a Plan Year, then coordinate with Question 16.):

	 	a.	þ 	N/A
	 
	 	b.	o 	beginning on                
           
           
           
           
           
            (e.g., July 1, 2007)

           
           
           
month          day,          
     year
	 
	 	 	 	and ending on                   
           
           
           
          
          
         

           
           
           
month          day,          
     year

	8.	 	VALUATION DATE means:

	 	a.	þ 	Every day that the Trustee (or Insurer), any transfer agent appointed by
the Trustee (or Insurer) or the Employer, and any stock exchange
used by such agent are open for business (daily
valuation).
	 
	 	b.	o 	The last day of each Plan Year.
	 
	 	c.	o 	The last day of each Plan Year half (semi-annual).
	 
	 	d.	o 	The last day of each Plan Year quarter.
	 
	 	e.	o 	Other (specify day or days):                 
           
           
           
          
          
          (must be at least
once each Plan Year).

	9.	 	PLAN NUMBER assigned by the Employer

	 	a.	þ 	001
	 
	 	b.	o 	002
	 
	 	c.	o 	Other:            
             
                

	10.	 	TRUSTEE(S) OR INSURER(S):

	 	a.	o 	This Plan is funded exclusively with Contracts and the name of the Insurer(s) is:
	 
	 	 	 	(1)            
              
               
(2)              
              
             
(if more than 2, add names to signature page).

	 	b.	þ 	Individual Trustee(s) who serve as Trustee(s) over assets not subject to control
by a corporate Trustee. (Add additional
Trustees as necessary.)

	 	 	 
	Name(s)	 	Title(s)
	 
	 	 
	Leo Liebowitz
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Thomas Stirnweis
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Kevin Shea
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	 

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

2

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	            Address and Telephone number:
	 
	 

	 	 	1.	 	 	þ
	 	Use Employer address and telephone number.
	 
	 

	 	 	2.	 	 	o
	 	Use address and telephone number below:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Address:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Street

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	City
	 	State
	 	Zip
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Telephone:	 	                                                             

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	c.	 	o	 	Corporate Trustee	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Name:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Address:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Street

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	City
	 	State
	 	Zip
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Telephone:	 	                                                             

	 	 	 	          

AND,
the Trustee shall serve as:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	d.
	 	þ
	 	a Directed (nondiscretionary) Trustee over all Plan assets except for the following:
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	e.
	 	o
	 	a Discretionary Trustee over all Plan assets except for the following:
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	AND, shall a separate trust agreement that is approved by the IRS for use with this Volume
Submitter Plan be used with this Plan?
	 
	 

	 	f.
	 	þ
	 	No.
	 
	 

	 	g.
	 	o
	 	Yes.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	NOTE:	 	If Yes is selected, an executed copy of the trust
agreement between the
Trustee and the Employer must be attached to this Plan. The Plan and trust agreement
will be read and construed together. The responsibilities, rights and powers of the
Trustee shall be those specified in the trust agreement.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	11.	 	PLAN ADMINISTRATOR’S NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER:
	 	 	(If none is named, the Employer will be the Plan Administrator.)
	 
	 

	 	a.
	 	þ
	 	Employer (Use Employer address and telephone number).
	 
	 

	 	b.	 	o
	 	Use name, address and telephone number below:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Name:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	Address:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Street

	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 
	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	City
	 	State
	 	Zip
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Telephone:	 	                                                             

	 	 	 

	12.

	 	CONSTRUCTION OF PLAN
	 

	 	This Plan shall be governed by the laws of the state or commonwealth where the  Employer’s (or,
in the case of a 
	 

	 	corporate Trustee (or Insurer),
such Trustee’s (or Insurer’s)) principal place of business is located,
unless another state or commonwealth is
specified: New York

	© 2008 	 Markley Actuarial Services. Inc.

3

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	13.	 	CONTRIBUTION TYPES
	 
	 	 	The following contributions are authorized under this Plan. The selections made below
should correspond with the selections made under the Contributions and Allocations section
of this Adoption Agreement.

	 	a.	þ	      Elective Deferrals (Section 401(k) Salary Reductions including Roth
Contributions, if selected, at Question 27.)
	 
	 	b.	o	      SIMPLE 401(k) Contributions
(Question 28.)
	 
	 	c.	o 	      401(k) Safe Harbor Contributions (Match/Nonelective) (Question 29.)
	 
	 	d.	þ 	      Employer Matching Contributions (Question 30.)
	 
	 	e.	þ 	      Employer Nonelective Profit Sharing Contributions (includes Prevailing Wage
Contributions) (Question 31.)
	 
	 	f.	þ 	     Rollover Contributions (Question 45.)
	 
	 	g.	þ 	      After-tax Voluntary Employee Contributions (Question 46.)
	 
	 	h.	o 	     This is a frozen Plan
effective:                                         .

ELIGIBILITY REQUIREMENTS

	14.	 	ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES (Plan Section 1.25) means all
Employees (including Leased Employees)
EXCEPT for the following Employees: (select all that apply below)

				
	 	NOTE:	 	Unless otherwise specified in this Section, Elective Deferrals include Roth
Elective Deferrals, after-tax voluntary Employee contributions, and Rollover
Contributions; Matching includes QMACs and Nonelective Profit Sharing includes QNECs.
ADP/ACP safe harbor contributions and SIMPLE 401(k) contributions are subject to
the exclusions for Elective Deferrals except as provided in Question 29.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	All	 	 	 	 	 	Elective	 	 	 	 	 	Nonelective
	 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	 	 	 	 	Deferrals	 	Matching	 	Profit Sharing
	a.	 	No Exclusions
	 	 	1. o	 	 	OR	 	 	2. o	 	 	 	3. o	 	 	 	4.  o	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	b.	 	Union Employees (as defined in Plan Section 1.25)
	 	 	1. þ	 	 	OR	 	 	2. o	 	 	 	3. o	 	 	 	4.  o	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	c.	 	Nonresident Aliens (as defined in Plan Section 1.25)
	 	 	1. o	 	 	OR	 	 	2. o	 	 	 	3. o	 	 	 	4.  o	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	d.	 	Highly Compensated Employees
	 	 	1. o	 	 	OR	 	 	2. o	 	 	 	3. o	 	 	 	4.  o	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	e.	 	Leased Employees
	 	 	1. o	 	 	OR	 	 	2. o	 	 	 	3. o	 	 	 	4.  o	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	f.	 	Part-time/Temporary/Seasonal Employees.

	 	 	1. o	 	 	OR	 	 	2. o	 	 	 	3. o	 	 	 	4.  o	 
	 	 	A part-time, temporary or
seasonal  Employee is an Employee whose regularly
scheduled Service is less than ____ Hours of
Service in the relevant eligibility computation period.
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	g.	 	Other:                                         

	 	 	1. o	 	 	OR	 	 	2. o	 	 	 	3. o	 	 	 	4.  o	 
	 	 	(must be definitely determinable, may not be based on
age or length of service (except as provided in f. above)
or level of compensation and, if using the average benefits
test to satisfy Code Section 410(b) coverage testing, must
be a reasonable classification)
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	15.	 	CONDITIONS OF ELIGIBILITY (Plan Section 3.1)

Any Eligible Employee will be eligible to participate in the Plan upon satisfaction of the
following (select a. or all that
apply in b. - 1.):

				
	 	NOTE:	 	Unless otherwise specified in this Section, Elective Deferrals include Roth
Elective Deferrals, after-tax voluntary Employee contributions, and Rollover
Contributions; Matching includes QMACs; and Nonelective Profit Sharing includes
QNECs. ADP/ACP safe harbor contributions and SIMPLE 401(k) contributions are subject
to the conditions for Elective Deferrals except as provided in Question 29.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	All	 	 	 	 	 	Elective	 	 	 	 	 	Noneelective
	 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	 	 	 	 	Deferrals	 	Matching	 	Profit Sharing
	a.	 	No age or service required
	 	 	1. o	 	 	OR	 	 	2. þ	 	 	 	3. þ	 	 	 	4. o	 
	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	b.	 	Age 20 1/2
	 	 	1. o	 	 	OR	 	 	2. o	 	 	 	3. o	 	 	 	4. o	 

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.
 

4

 

Volume
Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	All	 	 	 	Elective	 	 	 	None elective
	 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	 	 	Deferrals	 	Matching	 	Profit Sharing
	c.

	 	Age 21
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2.  o
	 	3.  o
	 	4.  o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	d.

	 	Age                      (may not exceed 21)
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2.  o
	 	3.  o
	 	4.  o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	e.

	 	6 months of service
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2.  o
	 	3.  o
	 	4.  o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	f.

	 	1 Year of Service
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2.  o
	 	3.  o
	 	4. þ
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	g.

	 	2 Years of Service
	 	N/A
	 	OR
	 	N/A
	 	3.  o
	 	4.  o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	h.

	 	
                    
(not to exceed 1,000) Hours of
Service within
                     (not to
exceed 12) consecutive months
from the Eligible Employee’s
employment commencement date. If
an Employee does not complete
the stated Hours of Service
during the specified time
period, the Employee is subject
to the 1 Year of Service
requirement in f. above.
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2.  o
	 	3.  o
	 	4.  o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	i.

	 	
                     (not to exceed 12) consecutive
months of employment from the
Eligible Employee’s employment
commencement date. If an
Employee does not complete the
stated number of months, the
Employee is subject to the 1
Year of Service requirement in f.
above.
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2.  o
	 	3.  o
	 	4.  o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	j.

	 	Other:
                                                            
(must be an age or service requirement that is
definitely determinable and may not exceed age
21 and for Elective Deferrals, 1 Year of Service;
for Employer matching and/or profit sharing
contributions, may not exceed 2 Years of Service).
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2.  o
	 	3.  o
	 	4.  o

 

			
	NOTE:	 	For Employer matching and/or profit sharing contributions, if more than 1 Year of Service
is selected, 100% immediate vesting is required.
	 
	NOTE:	 	If the service requirement is or includes a fractional year, then an Employee will not
be required to complete any specified number of Hours of Service to receive credit for such
fractional year. If expressed in months of service, then an Employee will not be required to
complete any specified number of Hours of Service in a particular month, unless selected in h.
above. In both cases, the Plan must use the Elapsed Time method to
determine service.
	 
	NOTE:	 	Year of Service means Period of Service if Elapsed Time method is chosen.

AND, the service and/or age requirements specified above shall be waived in accordance with the
following (leave blank if there are no waivers of conditions):

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	All	 	 	 	Elective	 	 	 	Nonelective
	 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	 	 	Deferrals	 	Matching	 	Profit Sharing
	k.

	 	If employed on        
the following
requirements will be
waived. The waiver
applies to any
Eligible Employee
unless c. selected
below. Such Employees
shall enter the Plan
as of such date
(select a. and/or b.
AND c. if applicable):
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2.  o
	 	3.  o
	 	4.  o

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 
	 	 	a.    o    	 	service requirement
(will let part-time Eligible Employees
into the Plan)
	 

	 	b.    o    
	 	age requirement	 	 
	 	 	c.    o    	 	waiver is
for:          (e.g., employees of
a specific division or employees covered
by a Code Section 410(b)(6)(C) acquisition).

©
2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

5

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	All	 	 	 	Elective	 	 	 	Nonelective
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	 	 	Deferrals	 	Matching	 	Profit Sharing
	 

	 	I.
	 	If employed on           
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o

the following requirements will
be waived.

The waiver applies to any
Eligible Employee 
unless c.
selected below. Such
Employees 
shall enter the Plan as
of such date (select a. 
and/or b.
AND c. if applicable):

	 	a.	o 	 service requirement (will let part-time Eligible Employees into the Plan)
	 
	 	b.	o 	 age requirement
	 
	 	c.	o 	 waiver is for:            (e.g., employees of a specific division or employees
covered by a Code Section 410(b)(6)(C)
acquisition).

	16.	 	EFFECTIVE DATE OF PARTICIPATION (ENTRY DATE) (Plan Section 3.2)
	 
	 	 	An Eligible Employee who has satisfied the eligibility requirements will become a
Participant in the Plan as of the date selected below:

	 	NOTE: 	 	Option c. below can only be selected when eligibility is six
months of service or
less and age is 20 1/2 or less.
However, options e.3 and e.4 may be selected when eligibility is 1 1/2 Years of Service
or less and age is 20 1/2 or less and the Plan provides for 100% vesting.
	 
	 	NOTE: 	 	Unless otherwise specified in this Section, Elective Deferrals include Roth
Elective Deferrals, after-tax voluntary Employee contributions, and Rollover
Contributions; Matching includes QMACs; and Nonelective Profit Sharing includes QNECs.
ADP/ACP safe harbor contributions and SIMPLE 401(k) contributions are subject to the
provisions for Elective Deferrals except as provided in Question 29.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	All	 	 	 	Elective	 	 	 	Nonelective
	 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	 	 	Deferrals	 	Matching	 	Profit Sharing
	a.

	 	Date requirements met
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2. þ
	 	3. þ
	 	4. þ
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	b.

	 	First day of the month coinciding
with or next following date requirements met
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	c.

	 	First day of the quarter coinciding
with or next following date requirements met
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	d.

	 	First day of Plan Year or first day of 7th
month of Plan Year coinciding with or next
following date requirements met
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	e.

	 	First day of Plan Year coinciding with or
next following date requirements met
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	f.

	 	First day of Plan Year in which
requirements met
	 	N/A
	 	OR
	 	N/A
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	g.

	 	First day of Plan Year nearest date
requirements met
	 	N/A
	 	OR
	 	N/A
	 	3. o
	 	4. o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	h.

	 	Other:                                         .
	 	1. o
	 	OR
	 	2. o
	 	3. o
	 	4. o

	 	 	provided that an Eligible Employee who has satisfied the maximum age (21) and service
requirements (1 Year (or Period) of Service (or more than 1 year if full and immediate vesting)) and
who is  otherwise entitled to participate, shall commence participation no later than the earlier
of (a) 6 months after such requirements are satisfied, or (b) the first day of the first Plan Year
after such requirements are satisfied, unless the Employee separates from service before such
participation date.

SERVICE

	17.	 	RECOGNITION OF SERVICE WITH OTHER EMPLOYERS (Plan Sections 1.60 and 1.85)

	 	a.	o 	 No service with other Employers shall be recognized.

	 	 	OR, service with the designated employers and purposes is recognized as follows
(attach an addendum to the Adoption
Agreement if more than 3 employers):

©
2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

6

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Contribution
	 	 	 	 	Eligibility	 	Vesting	 	Allocation
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	b.   

	þ  	Employer name: Getty Petroleum Marketing Inc.
	 	þ
	 	þ
	 	þ
	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	c.   

	o 	Employer name:
	 	o
	 	o
	 	o
	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	d.   

	o 	Employer name:
	 	o
	 	o
	 	o
	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	e.   

	o 	Limitations:
	 	o
	 	o
	 	o
	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	(e.g., credit service
with X only on/following 1/1/07 or credit all service with entities the
Employer acquires after 12/31/06).

	 	 	NOTE: If the other Employer(s) maintained this qualified Plan, then Years (and/or Periods) of
Service with such Employer(s) must be recognized pursuant to Plan Sections 1.60 and 1.85 regardless
of any selections above.

	 
	18.	 	SERVICE CREDITING METHOD (Plan Sections 1.60 and 1.85)
	 
	 	 	NOTE: If no selections are made in this Section, then the Hours of Service method will be used
(with actual Hours of Service) and the provisions set forth in the definition of Year of Service in
Plan Section 1.85 will apply.

	 	a.	o 	Elapsed Time Method (Period of Service applies instead of Year of Service) shall be
used for the following purposes (select all that apply):

	 	1.	o 	 all purposes. (If selected, skip to Question 19.)
	 
	 	2.	o 	 eligibility to participate.
	 
	 	3.	o 	 vesting.
	 
	 	4.	o 	 sharing in allocations or contributions.

	 	b.	þ 	 Hours of Service Method shall be used for the following purposes (select all that apply):

	 	1.	þ 	 eligibility to participate in the Plan. The eligibility computation period after the
initial eligibility computation period shall:

	 	a.	þ 	 shift to the Plan Year.
	 
	 	b.	o 	 be based on each anniversary of the date the Employee first completes an Hour of
Service.

	 	2.	þ 	 vesting. The vesting computation period shall be:

	 	a.	þ 	 the Plan Year.
	 
	 	b.	o 	 the date an Employee first performs an Hour of Service and each anniversary thereof.

	 	3.	þ 	 sharing in allocations or contributions (the computation
period shall be the Plan Year).

AND, the following Hour of Service alternatives will apply (select all that apply):

	 	4.	þ 	 Equivalency Method. Instead of using actual Hours of
Service, Hours of Service
will be determined using the method selected below. Such method will apply to:

	 	a.	þ 	 all Employees.
	 
	 	b.	o 	 Employees for whom records of actual Hours of Service are not maintained or available
(e.g., salaried employees).

ON THE BASIS OF:

	 	c.	o 	 days worked (10 hours per day).
	 
	 	d.	o 	 weeks worked (45 hours per week).
	 
	 	e.	o 	 semi-monthly payroll periods worked (95 hours per semi-monthly pay period).
	 
	 	f.	þ 	 months worked (190 hours per month).
	 
	 	g.	o 	 bi-weekly payroll periods worked (90 hours per bi-weekly pay period).

	 	5.	þ 	 Number of Hours of Service Required. Year of Service means the applicable computation
period during which an Employee has completed at least 1,000 (not to exceed 1,000) Hours of
Service.

©
2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

7

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

VESTING

	19.	 	VESTING OF PARTICIPANT’S INTEREST (Plan Section 6.4(b))

	 	a.	 	o	 	 N/A. No Employer profit sharing or matching contributions are subject to a
vesting schedule. (skip to Question 23.)

	 	b.	 	o	 	100% for those Participants employed on (enter date). For those Participants
hired after such date, the vesting provisions selected below apply.
	 
	 	c.	 	þ	 	The vesting provisions selected below apply.

	 	 	Vesting for Employer Nonelective Profit Sharing Contributions.

	 	d.	 	o	 	N/A. No Employer profit sharing contributions are subject to a vesting
schedule (skip to g.).

	 	e.	 	o	 	100% vesting. Participants are 100% vested in Employer profit sharing
contributions upon entering Plan. (Required if eligibility requirement is greater than 1
Year (or Period) of Service.)

	 	f.	 	þ	 	The following vesting schedule, based on a Participant’s Years of Service (or
Periods of Service if the Elapsed Time method is selected), applies to Employer profit
sharing contributions:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	1.

	 	þ
	 	6 Year Graded;
	 	0-1 year 0%;
	 	2 years-20%;
	 	3 years-40%;
	 	4 years-60%;
	 	5 years-80%;
	 	6 years-100%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	2.

	 	o
	 	4 Year Graded;
	 	1 year-25%;
	 	2 years-50%;
	 	3 years-75%;
	 	4 years-100%	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	3.

	 	o
	 	5 Year Graded;
	 	1 year-20%;
	 	2 years-40%;
	 	3 years-60%;
	 	4 years-80%;
	 	5 years-100%	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	4.

	 	o
	 	3 Year Cliff
	 	0-2 years-0%;
	 	3 years-100%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	5.

	 	o
	 	7 Year Graded;
	 	0-2 years-0%;
	 	3 years-20%;
	 	4 years-40%;
	 	5 years-60%;
	 	6 years-80%;
	 	7 years-100%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	6.

	 	o
	 	5 Year Cliff;
	 	0-4 years-0%;
	 	5 years-100%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	7.	 	o	 	Other — Must be at least as liberal as either 5. or 6.
above in each year without switching between the two schedules; or, if the
following applies to any Employer matching contributions, as liberal as
either 1. or 4. above in each year without switching between the two
schedules:

	 	 	 
	Service	 	Percentage
	                    

	 	                    %
	                    

	 	                    %
	                    

	 	                    %
	                    

	 	                    %
	                    

	 	                    %
	                    

	 	                    %
	                    

	 	                    %

	 	 	Vesting for Employer Matching Contributions.

	 	g.	 	o	 	 N/A. There are no Employer matching contributions subject to a vesting schedule.

	 	h.	 	þ	 	The schedule in e. or f.1-f.4 above shall also apply to Employer matching
contributions.

	 	i.	 	o	 	 100% vesting. Participants are 100% vested in Employer matching contributions
upon entering Plan. (Required if
eligibility requirement is greater than 1 Year (or Period) of Service.) 

	 	j.	 	o	 	
The following vesting schedule, based on a Participant’s Years of Service (or Periods of
Service if the Elapsed Time method is selected), applies to Employer matching contributions;

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	1.

	 	o
	 	6 Year Graded;
	 	0-1 year-0%;
	 	2 years-20%;
	 	3 years-40%;
	 	4 years-60%;
	 	5 years-80%;
	 	6 years-100%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	2.

	 	o
	 	4  Year Graded;
	 	1 year-25%;
	 	2 years-50%;
	 	3 years-75%;
	 	4 years-100%	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	3.

	 	o
	 	5 Year Graded;
	 	1 year-20%;
	 	2 years-40%;
	 	3 years-60%;
	 	4 years-80%;
	 	5 years-100%	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	4.

	 	o
	 	3 Year Cliff;
	 	0-2 years-0%;
	 	3 years-100%	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	5.	 	o	 	Other — Must be at least as liberal as either 1. or 4. above in each
year without switching between the two schedule

	 	 	 
	Service	 	Percentage
	                    

	 	                    %
	                    

	 	                    %
	                    

	 	                    %
	                    

	 	                    %
	                    

	 	                    %
	                    

	 	                    %
	                    

	 	                    %

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

8

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	20.	 	TOP-HEAVY VESTING (Plan Section 6.4(d))
	 
	 	 	If this Plan becomes a Top-Heavy Plan, the following vesting schedule, based on a
Participant’s Years of Service (or Periods of Service if the Elapsed Time method is
selected) shall be as follows:

	a.	þ	 	 N/A (the regular vesting schedule already satisfies one of the minimum top-heavy
schedules).
	 
	b.	o	 	 6 Year Graded: 0-1 year-0%; 2 years-20%; 3 years-40%; 4 years-60%; 5 years-80%;
 6 years-100%
	 
	c.	o	 	 3 Year Cliff: 0-2 years-0%; 3 years-100%
	 
	d.	o	 	 Other — Must be at least as liberal as either b. or c. above in each year
without switching between the two schedules. (If
a different top-heavy schedule applies to different contribution sources, attach an
addendum specifying the schedule that applies to each source):

	 	 	 
	Service	 	Percentage 
	                    
	 	                    %
	                    
	 	                    %
	                    
	 	                    %
	                    
	 	                    %
	                    
	 	                    %
	                    
	 	                    %
	                    
	 	                    %

	21.	 	EXCLUDED VESTING SERVICE

	a.	þ	 	 No exclusions.
	 
	 b.	o	 	 Service prior to the initial Effective Date of the Plan or a predecessor plan.
	 
	 c.	o	 	 Service prior to the computation period in which an Employee attains age 18.

	22.	 	VESTING FOR DEATH AND TOTAL AND PERMANENT DISABILITY
	 
	 	 	Regardless of the vesting schedule, Participants shall become fully Vested upon (select
a. or all that apply of b. and c.):

	 a.	o	 	 N/A. Apply vesting schedule, or all contributions to the Plan are fully Vested.
	 
	 b.	þ	 	 Death.
	 
	 c.	þ	 	 Total and Permanent Disability.

RETIREMENT AGES

	23.	 	NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE (“NRA”) (Plan Section 1.52) means the:

	 a.	þ	 	 date of a Participant’s 65th birthday (not to exceed 65th).
	 
	 b.	o	 	 later of a Participant’s                     
 birthday (not to  exceed 65th) or the                     
(not to exceed 5th)
anniversary of the
first day of the Plan Year in which participation in the Plan commenced.

	24.	 	NORMAL RETIREMENT DATE (Plan Section 1.53) means the:

	 a.	o	 	Participant’s NRA.
	 
	OR (select one)

	 
	 b.	þ	 	 first day of the month coinciding with or next following the Participant’s NRA.
	 
	 c.	o	 	 first day of the month nearest the Participant’s NRA.
	 
	 d.	o	 	 Anniversary Date coinciding with or next
following the Participant’s NRA.
	 
	 e.	o	 	 Anniversary Date nearest the Participant’s NRA.

	25.	 	EARLY RETIREMENT DATE (Plan Section 1.21)

	 a.	o	 	 N/A. No Early Retirement provision provided.
	 
	 b.	þ	 	 Early Retirement Date means the:

	 	1.	 	o      date on which a Participant satisfies the Early Retirement requirements.
	 
	 	2.	 	þ       first
 day of the month coinciding with or next following the date on which
a Participant satisfies the Early
Retirement requirements.

	 
	 	3.	 	o      Anniversary
 Date coinciding with or next following the date on which a
Participant satisfies the Early
Retirement requirements.

	 
	 	AND, the Early Retirement requirements are: 
	 
	 	4.	 	þ      Participant attains age 55.
	 
	 	 	 	         AND, completes... (leave blank if not applicable)

	 	a.	 	þ      at least 6
Years (or Periods) of Service for vesting purposes.
	 
	 	b.	 	o      at least
                     Years (or Periods) of Service for eligibility purposes.

	 	AND, shall a Participant become fully Vested upon attainment of the Early Retirement
Date? 
	 
	 	5.	 	þ      Yes.
	 
	 	6.	 	o      No.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

9

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

COMPENSATION

	26.	 	COMPENSATION (Plan Section 1.14) with respect to any Participant means:

	 	a.	 þ 	 Wages, tips and other compensation on Form W-2.
	 
	 	b.	 o 	 Section 3401(a) wages (wages for withholding purposes).
	 
	 	c.	 o 	 415 safe harbor compensation.

	 	 	COMPENSATION shall be based on the following determination period:

	 	d.	 þ 	 the Plan Year.
	 
	 	e.	 o 	 the Fiscal Year coinciding with or ending within the Plan Year.
	 
	 	f.	 o 	 the calendar year coinciding with or ending within the Plan Year.

	 	NOTE: 	 	The Limitation Year for Code Section 415 purposes shall be the same as
the determination period for Compensation unless an alternative period is specified:                     
(must be a consecutive twelve month period).
	 
	 	ADJUSTMENTS TO COMPENSATION. Compensation shall be adjusted by (select all that apply):
	 
	 	NOTE: 	 	Elective Deferrals include Roth Elective Deferrals, Matching includes QMACs, and
Nonelective Profit Sharing includes QNECs unless specified otherwise. ADP safe harbor
matching contributions are subject to the provisions for Employer matching contributions.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Nonelective	 	ADP
	 	 	 	 	All	 	 	 	Elective	 	 	 	Profit	 	Safe Harbor
	 	 	 	 	Contributions	 	 	 	Deferrals	 	Matching	 	Sharing	 	Nonelective
	g.

	 	No Adjustments
	 	1.  o
	 	OR
	 	2.  o
	 	3.  o
	 	4.  o
	 	5.  o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	h.

	 	including Salary
Deferrals (401(k),
125, 132(f), 403(b),
SEP, 414(h) pickup,
& 457)
	 	1. þ
	 	OR
	 	2.  o
	 	3. o
	 	4.  o
	 	5.  o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	i.

	 	excluding
reimbursements or
other expense
allowances, fringe
benefits (cash or
non-cash), moving
expenses, deferred
compensation (other
than deferrals
specified in h.
above) and welfare
benefits.
	 	1. þ
	 	OR
	 	2.  o
	 	3. o
	 	4.  o
	 	5.  o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	j.

	 	excluding
Compensation paid
during the
determination period
while not a
Participant in the
component of the
Plan for which the
definition applies.
	 	1.  o
	 	OR
	 	2.  o
	 	3. o
	 	4.  o
	 	5.  o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	k.

	 	excluding
Compensation paid
during the
determination period
while not a
Participant in any
component of the
Plan for which the
definition applies.
	 	1.  o
	 	OR
	 	2.  o
	 	3. o
	 	4.  o
	 	5.  o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	l.

	 	excluding overtime
	 	1.  o
	 	OR
	 	2.  o
	 	3. o
	 	4.  o
	 	5.  o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	m.

	 	excluding bonuses
	 	1.  o
	 	OR
	 	2.  o
	 	3. o
	 	4.  o
	 	5.  o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	n.

	 	excluding commissions
	 	1.  o
	 	OR
	 	2.  o
	 	3. o
	 	4.  o
	 	5.  o

o.    Other: excluding reportable income from the sale, exchange or other
disposition of stock acquired under a stock option plan, and excluding auto
reimbursement.

	 	 	(e.g., describe Compensation from the elections available above or a combination
thereof as to a Participant group (e.g., no exclusions as to Division A Employees and
exclude bonuses as to Division B Employees); and/or describe another exclusion (e.g.,
exclude shift differential pay)).

	NOTE: 	 	If l., m., n., or o. is selected, the definition of Compensation could violate
the nondiscrimination rules.
	 
	NOTE: 	 	If the post-severance compensation provisions of the proposed Code Section 415
regulations were used, complete Appendix A (Special Effective Dates and Other Permitted
Elections).

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

10

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

	27.	 	SALARY REDUCTION ARRANGEMENT — ELECTIVE DEFERRALS (Plan Section 12.2)

	 	A.	 	Deferral Limit. Each Participant may elect to have Compensation deferred by:

	 	a.	 	o	 	up to ___%.

	 	b.	 	o	 	
from                     % to                     %.
	 
	 	c.	 	þ	 	up to the maximum amount allowed by law (i.e., Code Sections 402(g) and 415).

	 	B.	 	Additional deferral limits. Regardless of the above limits, the
following apply (select all that apply):

	 	d.	 	o	 	
No Additional limits.

	 	e.	 	þ	 	
A Participant may make a separate election to defer up to 100 % of
any bonus.
	 
	 	f.	 	o	 	
For Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees determined as of the
beginning of a Plan Year, then instead of 27.A applying, the deferral limit is
(must be equal to or lower than limit selected in 27.A):

	 	1.	 	o 	 	                    %
of Compensation.

	 	2.	 	o 	 	the percentage equal to the deferral limit in
effect under Code Section 402(g)(3) for the calendar year that begins with
or within the Plan Year divided by the annual compensation limit in effect
for the Plan Year under Code Section 401(a)(17).

	 	3.	 	o 	 	other:
                     (e.g., must be a specific limit that
only applies to some or all HCEs).

	 	C.	 	Catch-Up Contributions. May eligible Participants
make Catch-Up Contributions?

	 	g.	 	o	 	
No (skip to D. below)
	 
	 	h.	 	þ	 	
Yes
	 
	 		 		 	
AND, Catch-Up Contributions

	 	1.	 	þ 	 	will be taken into account in applying any matching contribution under the Plan.
	 
	 	2.	 	o 	 	will not be taken into account in applying any matching contribution under the Plan
(may not be selected if this Plan provides for ADP safe harbor contributions).

	 	 	 	Special Effective
Date. Is there a special effective date for the Catch-Up Contribution provisions?

	 	3.	 	o 	 	No.
	 
	 	4.	 	þ 	 	Yes, the effective date of the Catch-Up Contribution provisions is
 January 1, 2002  (enter special effective date or, if this is an
EGTRRA restatement, enter the date (not earlier than January 1, 2002) when
Catch-Up Contributions were first permitted).

	 	 	 	AND, if the amount of Elective Deferrals that may be made to the Plan is limited
in A. and/or B. above, are
Catch-Up Contributions aggregated with other Elective Deferrals in applying such limits?

	 	5.	 	þ 	 	No or N/A. There are no limits of Catch-Up Contributions may be made
in addition to any imposed limits.
	 
	 	6.	 	o 	 	Yes. (If selected, the limits in
A. and/or B. must not be less than 75% of Compensation.)

	 	D.	 	Roth Contributions. May Participants designate all or a portion of their
Elective Deferrals as Roth Elective Deferrals?

	 	i.	 	o	 	
 No.

	 	j.	 	þ	 	Yes.
	 
	 		 		 	Special Effective Date. Is there a special effective date for the Roth Elective
Deferral provisions?

	 	1.	 	o 	 	No.
	 
	 	2.	 	þ 	 	Yes. the effective date of the Roth Elective Deferral provisions is July 1,
2010 (enter special effective
date or, if this is an EGTRRA restatement, enter the date (not earlier
than January 1, 2006) when Roth Elective Deferrals were first permitted).

	 	E.	 	Special Effective Date. Is there a special effective
date for the salary deferral component of the Plan?

	 	k.	 	þ	 	No.

	 	l.	 	o	 	
 Yes, the effective date of the salary deferral component of
the Plan is                      (enter month day, year; may not be earlier than the date on
which the Employer first adopts the salary deferral component of the Plan).

	 	F.	 	Deferral Modifications. (Optional; the Administrator may adopt procedures
that override any elections in this section without a formal Plan amendment.)

	 	m.	 	þ	 	
PARTICIPANTS MAY commence salary deferrals on the effective date
of participation and on January 1st (must be at least once each calendar
year).

	 	 	 	Participants may modify salary deferral elections:

	 	n.	 	þ	 	As of each payroll period
	 
	 	o.	 	o	 	On the first day of each month
	 
	 	p.	 	o	 	On the first day of each Plan Year quarter
	 
	 	q.	 	o	 	On the first day of the Plan Year or the first day of the 7th month of the
Plan Year
	 
	 	r.	 	o	 	Other: ___ (must be at least once each calendar year)

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

11

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit sharing Plan

	G.	 	Automatic Deferral Provisions. Shall Participants who do not
affirmatively elect to receive cash or have a specified amount of Compensation
contributed to the Plan automatically have Compensation deferred?

	 	s.  þ	 	 No
	 
	 	t.  o	 	 Yes, subject to the following provisions:

	 	 	 	Special Effective date of the automatic deferral provisions:

	 	1.  o	 	 N/A. New Plan or provisions were in effect prior to this
restatement (skip to 3. below).
	 
	 	2.  o	 	 The provisions are first effective as of:

	 	a.  o	 	 the date of this restatement.
	 
	 	b.  o		 Other:                     

	 	 	 	Application to new Participants. The automatic deferral provisions
apply to:

	 	c.  o	 	 Employees who become Participants on or after the effective
date of the automatic deferral provisions.
	 
	 	d.  o	 	 Participants who were hired on or after the
effective date of the automatic deferral provisions.

	 	 	 	Application to existing Participants. The automatic deferral provisions
apply to those Participants in the Plan as of the effective date of the
automatic deferral provisions in accordance with the following (select
one):

	 	e.  o	 	 All Participants. All Participants, regardless of any prior
Salary Reduction Agreement.
	 
	 	f.  o	 	 Election of at least automatic deferral amount. All Participants, except those who have a
Salary Reduction Agreement in effect on the automatic deferral
provisions effective date,
provided the Elective Deferral amount under the Agreement is at
least equal to the automatic
deferral amount.
	 
	 	g.  o	 	 No existing Salary Reduction Agreement. All Participants, except those who have a Salary
Reduction Agreement in effect on the automatic deferral provisions
effective date (regardless
of the Elective Deferral amount under that Agreement).

	 	 	 	Type of Elective Deferral. The automatic deferral shall be a Pre-Tax Elective
Deferral unless selected below:

	 	3.  o	 	 The automatic deferral shall be a
Roth Elective Deferral (may only be selected if Roth Elective Deferrals are
permitted at 27.D above).

	 	 	 	Initial automatic deferral amount. Each Participant who is subject to the
automatic deferral provisions will have Compensation deferred by the following
amount unless otherwise elected by the Participant:

	 	4.  o	 	
                    % of Compensation for each payroll period.
	 
	 	5.  o	 	$                     for each payroll period.

	 	 	 	Escalation of deferral amount.

	 	6.  o	 	 N/A (no escalation)
	 
	 	7.  o	 	 The initial automatic deferral amount shall increase as elected
below:

	 	a.  o	 	                     % of Compensation per year up to a maximum of                     % of Compensation.
	 
	 	b.  o	 	 $                     per year up to a maximum of $                    .
	 
	 	c.  o	 	 in accordance with the following schedule:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Plan Year of application to a Participant	 	Automatic Deferral Amount
	1 - 2
	 	 	3	%
	3
	 	 	4	%
	4
	 	 	5	%
	5 and thereafter
	 	 	6	%

	 	d.  o	 	 Other:                     

	 	 	 	Timing of escalation. The escalation provision above shall apply as of:

	 	e.  o	 	 N/A (7.c. selected or entry at 7.d. includes timing provision).
	 
	 	f.  o	 	 Each anniversary of the Participant’s date of hire.
	 
	 	g.  o	 	 Each anniversary of the
Participant’s Entry Date.
	 
	 	h.  o	 	 The first day of each Plan
Year.
	 
	 	i.  o	 	 The first day of each calendar year.
	 
	 	j.  o	 	Other:                     

	28.	 	SIMPLE 401(k) PLAN ELECTION (Plan Section 13.1)
	 
	 	 	Shall the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions of Article XIII apply?

	 	a.  þ	 	 No.
	 
	 	b.  o	 	 Yes, the SIMPLE 401(k) provisions will apply. The Plan Year must be
the calendar year and the Employer must be an “eligible employer” as defined in Plan
Section 13.1(b)(1). (If selected, then skip to 34).

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

12

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	29.	 	401(k) SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS (Plan Section 12.8)

Will the ADP and/or ACP test safe harbor provisions be used? (select
a, b, or c.)

	 	NOTE:	 	If the Employer wants the discretion to determine whether the
provisions will apply on a year-by-year basis, then the Employer may either select
29.a. (No) OR 29.b. or 29.c. and option 29.e.2.
	 
	 	a.	 þ   	No, (If selected, skip to Question 30.)
	 
	 	b.	 o   	Yes, but only the ADP (and NOT the ACP) test safe harbor
provisions will be used.
	 
	 	c.	 o   	Yes, both the ADP and ACP test safe harbor provisions will be used.

	 	IF c, is selected, does the Plan permit Employer
matching contributions in addition to any
safe harbor contributions selected in d, or e, below?
	 
	 	1.	 o   	No or N/A, Any Employer matching contributions, other
than any safe harbor  matching contributions selected in d, below, will be suspended in
any Plan Year in which the safe harbor provisions are used.
	 
	 	2.	 o   	Yes, the Employer may make Employer matching
contributions in addition to any ADP test safe harbor matching contributions
selected in d, below, (if selected, complete the provisions of the Adoption
Agreement relating to Employer matching contributions (i.e., Question 30.)
that will apply in addition to any selections made in d, below, Also, no
allocation conditions may be imposed at 30.F.)

	 	THE EMPLOYER WILL MAKE THE FOLLOWING ADP TEST SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTION FOR THE PLAN YEAR:
	 
	 	NOTE:	 	The ACP test safe harbor is automatically satisfied if the only matching contribution made to the
Plan is either (1) a Basic Matching Contribution or (2) an Enhanced Matching Contribution
that does not provide a match on Elective Deferrals in excess of 6%
of Compensation.
	 
	 	d.	 o   	     Safe Harbor Matching Contribution (select 1, or 2,
AND one from 3. - 6.)

	 	1.	 o   	Basic Matching Contribution. The Employer will make matching
contributions to the account of each “eligible Participant” in an amount
equal to the sum of 100% of the amount of the Participant’s Elective
Deferrals that do not exceed 3% of the Participant’s Compensation, plus
50% of the amount of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals that exceed 3%
of the Participant’s Compensation but do not exceed 5% of the
Participant’s Compensation.
	 
	 	2.	 o   	Enhanced Matching Contribution. The Employer will make matching
contributions to the account of each “eligible Participant” in an amount
equal to the sum of:

	 	a.	 o   	___% (may not be less than 100%) of the Participant’s
Elective Deferrals that do not exceed
___% (may not be less than 3%; if over 6% or if left blank, the
ACP test will still apply) of the Participant’s Compensation, plus
	 
	 	b.	 o   	___% of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals that exceed
___% of the Participant’s  Compensation but do not exceed
___% (if over 6% or if left blank, the ACP test will still apply) of
the Participant’s Compensation.
	 
	 	NOTE: 	 	a, and b, must be completed so that, at any rate of Elective
Deferrals,
the matching contribution is at least equal to what the matching
contribution would be if the Employer were making Basic Matching
Contributions (as defined in 29.d.1. above), but the rate of match cannot
increase as deferrals increase. For example, if a. is completed to provide
a match equal to 100% of deferrals up to 4% of Compensation, then b. need
not be completed.

	 	AND, the safe harbor matching contribution will be determined on the following basis (and
Compensation for such purpose will be based on the applicable period):
	 
	 	3.	 o   	the entire Plan Year.
	 
	 	4.	 o   	each payroll period.
	 
	 	5.	 o   	all payroll periods ending with or within each month.
	 
	 	6.	 o   	all payroll periods ending with or within each Plan Year quarter.

	 	e.	 	 o     Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. (select one)

	 	1.	 o   	Fixed. The Employer will make a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution to the account of each
“eligible Participant” in an amount equal to ___% (may not be less than 3%) of the Employee’s
Compensation for the Plan Year.
	 
	 	2.	 o   	Discretionary (“maybe”). The Employer may
elect to make a  Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution
after a Plan Year has commenced in accordance with the provisions of Plan Section 12.8(h). If this
option e.2. is selected, the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution will be required only for a Plan
Year for which the Plan is amended to provide for such contribution and the appropriate
supplemental notice is provided to Participants.
	 
	 	3.	 o   	Other Plan. The Employer will make a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution to another defined
contribution plan maintained by the Employer (specify the name of the
other plan): ___.

	 	FOR PURPOSES OF THE ADP test safe harbor
contribution, the term “eligible Participant” means any
Participant who is eligible to make Elective Deferrals with the following exclusions:
	 
	 	f.	   	 o     N/A. No exclusions.

©
2008 Markley Actuarial Services. Inc.

13

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	g.  o	 	 Exclusions (select all that apply, if any):

	 	1.  o	 	 Highly Compensated Employees.
	 
	 	2.  o	 	 Employees who have not satisfied the greatest minimum age and service
conditions permitted under Code Section 410(a) (i.e., age 21 and 1 Year of Service),
with the following deemed effective date of participation:

	 	a.  o	 	 The first day of the Plan Year in which the requirements are met.
	 
	 	b.  o	 	 Other:                     
(no later than the earlier of (a) 6 months after such
requirements are satisfied, or (b) the first day of the first Plan Year after
such requirements are satisfied).

	 	3.  o	 	 Other:
                     (must be a Highly Compensated Employee or an Employee who can be
excluded under the permissive or mandatory disaggregation rules of Regulations
Sections 1.401(k)-1(b)(4) and 1.401(m) - I(b)(4)).

	 	SPECIAL EFFECTIVE DATE OF ADP AND ACP TEST SAFE HARBOR PROVISIONS
	 
	 	h.  o	 	 N/A.
	 
	 	i.  o	 	 The ADP and ACP test safe harbor provisions are effective for Plan Years
beginning on or after:                      (enter the first day of the Plan Year for which the provisions are
effective and, if necessary, enter any other special effective dates that apply with respect
to the provisions).

	30.	 	EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 12.1(a)(2))

	 	  NOTE: 	 	Regardless of any selection below, if the ACP test safe harbor is being used
(i.e., Question 29.c. is selected), then the Plan automatically provides that only
Elective Deferrals up to 6% of Compensation are taken into account in applying the
match set forth below and that the maximum discretionary matching contribution that may
be made on behalf of any Participant is 4% of Compensation.

	 	A.	 	Matching Formula.

	 	a.  o	 	 N/A. There will not be any Employer matching contributions (skip to Question
31.).
	 
	 	b.  þ	 	 The Employer... (select 1. or 2.)

	 	1.  o	 	 may make matching contributions equal to a discretionary percentage,
to be determined by the Employer, of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals.
	 
	 	2.  þ	 	 will make matching contributions equal to 50% (e.g., 50) of the
Participant’s Elective Deferrals, plus:

	 	a.  þ	 	 N/A.
	 
	 	b.  o	 	 an additional matching contribution of a discretionary
percentage, to be determined by the Employer, but not to exceed                      % (leave
blank if not applicable) of Compensation.

	 	AND, in determining the Employer matching contribution above, only Elective
Deferrals up to the percentage or dollar amount specified below will be matched:
(select 3. and/or 4. OR 5.)
	 
	 	3.  þ	 	 6 % of a Participant’s Compensation.
	 
	 	4.  o	 	 $                     .
	 
	 	5.  o	 	 a discretionary percentage of a Participant’s Compensation or a
discretionary dollar amount, the percentage or dollar amount to be determined by
the Employer on a uniform basis for all Participants.

	 	c.  o	 	 The Employer may make matching contributions equal to a discretionary
percentage, to be determined by the Employer, of each tier, to be determined by the
Employer, of the Participant’s Elective Deferrals.
	 
	 	d.  o	 	 The Employer will make matching contributions equal to a uniform percentage
of each tier of each Participant’s
Elective Deferrals, determined as follows:

	 	  NOTE: 	 	Fill in only percentages or dollar amounts, but not
both. If percentages are used, each tier represents the amount of the
Participant’s applicable contributions that equals the specified percentage
of the Participant’s Compensation (add additional tiers if necessary):

	 	 	 
	Tiers of Contributions	 	 
	(indicate $ or %)	 	Matching Percentage
	First                     
	 	                     %
	 	 	 
	Next                     
	 	                     %
	 	 	 
	Next                     
	 	                     %
	 	 	 
	Next                     
	 	                     %

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

14

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	e.  o	 	 The Employer will make matching contributions equal to a
uniform percentage of each Participant’s Elective Deferrals based on the
Participant’s Years of Service (or Periods of Service if the Elapsed Time
method is selected), determined as follows (add additional tiers if necessary):

	 	 	 
	Service	 	Matching Percentage
	                    
	 	                     %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                     %
	 	 	 
	                    
	 	                     %

	 	 	 	For purposes of the above matching contribution formula, a Year (or
Period) of Service means a Year (or Period) of Service for:

	 	1.  o	 	 vesting purposes.
	 
	 	2.  o	 	 eligibility purposes.

	 	  NOTE: 	 	If c., d., or e. above is selected, the Plan may violate the Code
Section 401(a)(4) nondiscrimination requirements if the rate of Employer matching
contributions increases as a Participant’s Elective Deferrals or Years (or
Periods) of Service increase.

	 	B.	 	Matching Limit. The Employer matching contribution made on behalf of any
Participant for any Plan Year will not exceed:

	 	f.  þ	 	 N/A. No limit on the amount of matching contribution.
	 
	 	g.  o	 	 $                     .
	 
	 	h.  o	 	                    % of Compensation.

	 	C.	 	Period of Determination. The matching contribution formula will be
applied on the following basis (and any Compensation or dollar limitation used
in determining the match will be based on the applicable period):

	 	i.  þ	 	 the Plan Year.
	 
	 	j.  o	 	 each payroll period.
	 
	 	k.  o	 	 all payroll periods ending within each month.
	 
	 	l.  o	 	 all payroll periods ending with or within each Plan Year
quarter.
	 
	 	m.  o	 	 N/A, the Plan only provides for discretionary matching
contributions (i.e., b. l. or c. is selected above).

	 	  NOTE: 	 	For any discretionary match, the Employer shall determine the calculation
methodology at the time the matching contribution formula is determined.

	 	D.	 	QMACs. Shall the Employer matching contributions be Qualified Matching Contributions?

	 	n.  o	 	 Yes, ALL Employer matching contributions will be fully Vested, subject to
restrictions on withdrawals as set forth in the Plan and may be used in either the ADP or
ACP test.
	 
	 	o.  þ	 	No.

	 	E.	 	Additional Matching Contributions. Will there be matching contributions in
addition to the above (e.g., if there is a match made on a periodic basis as well as a
match based on the end of the Plan Year)?

	 	p.  þ	 	 No.
	 
	 	q.  o	 	 Yes. Specify the additional matching contribution by attaching
an addendum to the Adoption Agreement that duplicates this entire Question 30.

	 	F.	 	Allocation Conditions. Select r. OR s. and all that
apply of t., u., or v.
Note: If the ACP test safe harbor provision is used (Question 29.c.), no conditions
(option r. below) must be selected.

	 	r.  þ	 	 No conditions. All Participants share in the allocations regardless of
service completed during the Plan Year or employment status at the
end of the Plan Year.
(skip to next Question.)
	 
	 	s.  o	 	 Conditions for Participants NOT employed at the end of the Plan
Year.

	 	1.  o	 	 A Participant must complete more than                      (not to exceed 500) Hours of
Service (or                      (not to exceed 3) months of service if the Elapsed Time method is
selected).
	 
	 	2.  o	 	 A Participant must complete a Year of Service (or Period of Service if
the Elapsed Time method is selected). (Could cause the Plan to violate coverage
requirements under Code Section 410(b).)
	 
	 	3.  o	 	 Participants will NOT share in the allocations, regardless of service.
(Could cause the Plan to violate coverage requirements under Code Section 410(b).)
	 
	 	4.  o	 	 Participants will share in the allocations, regardless of service.
	 
	 	5.  o	 	 Other:                      (must be definitely determinable, not subject to Employer
discretion and may not require more than one Year of Service (or Period of Service
if the Elapsed Time method is elected)).

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

15

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	t.	o   	 AND, Waiver of conditions for Participants NOT employed at the end of the Plan Year. Participants who are not employed at  the end of the Plan
Year due to the following shall be eligible to share in the allocations regardless of the above conditions (select all that apply):

	 	1.	   o   	 Death.
	 
	 	2.	   o   	 Total and Permanent Disability.
	 
	 	3.	   o   	 Early or Normal Retirement.

	 	u.	o   	 Conditions for Participants employed at the end of the Plan year. (Options 2. and 3. could cause the Plan to
violate coverage requirements under Code Section 410(b).)

	 	1.	   o   	 No service requirement.
	 
	 	2.	   o   	 A Participant must complete a Year of Service (or Period of Service if the
Elapsed Time method is selected).
	 
	 	3.	   o   	 A Participant must complete at least            (not to exceed 1,000) Hours
of Service during the Plan Year.

	 	v.	o   	 Code Section 410(b) fail-safe. If s.2. or 3. and/or u.2. or 3. is selected, shall the Code Section 410(b) ratio percentage fail-safe provisions apply
(Plan Section 12.3(f))?

	 	1.	   o   	 No or N/A.
	 
	 	2.	   o   	 Yes, the Plan must satisfy the ratio percentage test of Code Section 410(b).

	31.	 	FORMULA FOR DETERMINING EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION (Plan Section 12.1(a)(3)) (d. may be selected in addition to b. or c.)

	 	a.	o   	 N/A. No Employer Profit Sharing Contributions may be made (other than top-heavy minimum contributions) (skip to Question 33.)
	 
	 	b.	þ	 Discretionary contribution, to be determined by the Employer.
	 
	 	c.	o 	Fixed contribution equal to           % of Compensation of Participants eligible to share in allocations.
	 
	 	d.	o   	 Prevailing Wage Contribution. The Employer will make a Prevailing Wage Contribution on behalf of each Participant who performs services subject to the Service Contract Act, Davis-Bacon
Act or similar Federal, State, or Municipal Prevailing Wage statutes. The Prevailing Wage Contribution shall be an amount equal to the balance of the fringe benefit payment for health
and welfare for each Participant (after deducting the cost of cash differential payments for the Participant) based on the hourly contribution rate for the Participant’s employment
classification, as designated on Schedule A as attached to this Adoption Agreement. The Prevailing Wage Contribution shall not be subject to any age or service requirements set forth
in Question 15, not to any service or employment conditions set forth in Question 32, and will be 100% Vested.
	 
	 	 	 	AND, is the Prevailing Wage Contribution considered a Qualified Nonelective Contribution?

	 	1.	   o    Yes.	 
	 
	 	2.	   o   No.	 

	 	 	 	AND, shall the Prevailing Wage Contribution made on behalf of a Participant for a Plan Year reduce (offset) other Employer contributions allocated or contributed on behalf of such
Participant for the Plan Year?

	 	3.	   o   	 No, the Prevailing Wage Contribution will be in addition to other Employer contributions.
	 
	 	4.	   o   	 Yes, in accordance with the following: (1) if the Prevailing Wage Contribution is a Qualified Nonelective Contribution as
selected above, then it will offset any ADP test safe harbor contribution, and (2) if the Prevailing Wage Contribution is not
a Qualified Nonelective Contribution as selected above, then it will offset any other Employer contributions under the
Plan(other than any ADP test safe harbor contributions).

	 	 	 	AND, shall Highly Compensated Employees be excluded from receiving a Prevailing Wage Contribution?

	 	5.	   o    Yes.	 
	 
	 	6.	   o    No.	 

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

16

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	 	CONTRIBUTION ALLOCATIONS
	 
	 	 	If b. or c. above is selected, the Employer profit sharing contribution for a Plan Year will be
allocated as follows:

	 	e.	o	 NON-INTEGRATED ALLOCATION

	 	1.	o	 In the same ratio as each Participant’s Compensation bears to the total of such
Compensation of all Participants.
	 
	 	2.	o	 In the same dollar amount to all Participants (per capita).
	 
	 	3.	o	 In the same dollar amount per Hour of Service completed by each Participant.
	 
	 	4.	o	 In the same proportion that each Participant’s points bears to the total of
such points of all Participants. A Participant’s points with respect to any Plan Year shall
be computed as follows (select all that apply):

	 	a.	o	___ point(s) shall be allocated for each Year of Service (or
Period of Service if the Elapsed Time method is selected). However, the maximum
Years (or Periods) of Service taken into account shall not exceed ___ (leave
blank if no limit on service applies).
	 
	 	b.	o	___ point(s) shall be allocated for each full $___ (may not
exceed $200) of Compensation.
	 
	 	c.	o	___ point(s) shall be allocated for each year of age as of the
end of the Plan Year.

AND, if 31.e.4.a. above is selected, Year of Service (or Period of Service if
applicable), means:

	 	d.	o	Service for eligibility purposes.
	 
	 	e.	o	Service for vesting purposes.

	 	f.	þ	 INTEGRATED (PERMITTED DISPARITY) ALLOCATION

In accordance with Plan Section 4.3(b)(2) based on a Participant’s Compensation in excess of:

	 	1.	þ	 The Taxable Wage Base.
	 
	 	2.	o	___% (not to exceed 100%) of the Taxable Wage Base. (see Note below)
	 
	 	3.	o	80% of the Taxable Wage Base plus $1.00.
	 
	 	4.	o	$___(not greater than the Taxable Wage Base). (see Note below)
	 
	 	NOTE: 	The integration percentage of 5.7% shall be reduced to:

	 	1.	 	4.3% if 2. or 4. above is more than 20% and less than or equal
to 80% of the Taxable Wage Base.
	 
	 	2.	 	5.4% if 3. is selected or if 2. or 4. above is more than 80% of
the Taxable Wage Base.

	 	g.	o	 NON-SAFE HARBOR ALLOCATION METHODS

	 	1.	o	 Grouping Method. Pursuant to Plan Section 4.3(b)(3)(vi), the classifications are
(select a. or b.):

	 	a.	o	Each Participant constitutes a separate classification.
	 
	 	b.	o	Define each classification and specify the method of
allocating the contribution
among the members of each classification. (NOTE: The classifications specified below must be
clearly defined in a manner that will not violate the definitely determinable allocation
requirement. The design of the groups cannot be such that the only NHCEs benefiting under the
Plan are those with the lowest amount of compensation and/or the shortest periods of
service and who may represent the minimum number of these employees necessary to satisfy
coverage under Code Section 410(b)).
	 
	 	 	 	Classification A shall consist of:                     . The allocation method will
be: [   ] pro-rata based on
Compensation or [   ] equal dollar amounts (per capita).
	 
	 	 	 	Classification B shall consist of:                     . The allocation method will
be: [   ] pro-rata based on
Compensation or [   ] equal dollar amounts (per capita).
	 
	 	 	 	Classification C shall consist of:                     . The allocation method will
be: [   ] pro-rata based on
Compensation or [   ] equal dollar amounts (per capita).
	 
	 	 	 	Classification D shall consist of:
                    . The allocation method will
be: [   ] pro-rata based on
Compensation or [   ] equal dollar amounts (per capita).
	 
	 	 	 	Additional Classifications:
                     (specify the classifications and which of the above allocation
methods (pro-rata or per capita) will be used for each classification).
	 
	 	NOTE: 	In the case of Self-Employed Individuals (i.e., sole
proprietors or partners), the allocation
method should not be such that a cash or deferred election is created for a Self-Employed
Individual as a result of application of the allocation method.

©
2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

17

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	2.	 o  	Age-Weighted Method. The Schedule of Age-Weighted Allocation Factors is set
forth in attached Exhibit A (which is hereby incorporated by
reference and made a part of the Plan) and shall be based on the
following interest rate (if no selection is made, c. shall be
deemed to have been selected):

	 	a.	 o  	7.5% interest
	 
	 	b.	 o  	8.0% interest
	 
	 	c.	 o  	8.5% interest

	32.	 	REQUIREMENTS TO SHARE IN ALLOCATIONS OF EMPLOYER PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTION AND FORFEITURES
(select a. OR b. and all that apply of c., d., or e.)

	 	a.	 o  	No conditions. All Participants share in the allocations regardless of service
completed during the Plan Year or employment status at the end of the Plan Year. (skip to
next Question.)
	 
	 	b.	 þ  	Conditions for Participants NOT employed at the end of the Plan Year.

	 	1.	 o  	A Participant must complete more than                      (not to exceed 500) Hours
of Service (or
                    
(not to exceed 3) months of service if the Elapsed Time method is
selected).
	 
	 	2.	 o  	A Participant must complete a Year of Service (or Period of Service if
the Elapsed Time method is selected). (Could cause the Plan to violate coverage
requirements under Code Section 410(b).)
	 
	 	3.	 þ  	Participants will NOT share in the allocations, regardless of service.
(Could cause the Plan to violate coverage requirements under Code Section 410(b).)
	 
	 	4.	 o  	Participants will share in the allocations, regardless of service.
	 
	 	5.	 o  	Other:                      (must be definitely determinable, not subject to Employer
discretion and may not require more than one Year of Service (or Period of Service if
the Elapsed Time method is elected)).

	 	c.	 þ  	AND, Waiver of conditions for Participants NOT employed at the end of the Plan
Year. Participants who are not employed at the end of the Plan Year due to the following
shall be eligible to share in the allocations regardless of the above conditions (select
all that apply):

	 	1.	 þ  	Death.
	 
	 	2.	 þ  	Total and Permanent Disability.
	 
	 	3.	 þ  	Early or Normal Retirement.

	 	d.	 þ  	Conditions for Participants employed at the end of the Plan Year. (Options 2.
and 3. could cause the Plan to violate coverage requirements under Code Section 410(b).)

	 	1.	 þ  	No service requirement.
	 
	 	2.	 o  	A Participant must complete a Year of Service (or Period of Service if
the Elapsed Time method is selected).
	 
	 	3.	 o  	A Participant must complete at least                      (not to exceed 1,000) Hours
of Service during the Plan Year.

	 	e.	 þ  	Code Section 410(b) fail-safe. If b.2.
or 3. and/or d.2. or 3. is selected,
shall the Code Section 410(b) ratio percentage fail-safe provisions apply (Plan Section
4.3(m))?

	 	1.	 þ  	No or N/A.
	 
	 	2.	 o  	Yes, the Plan must satisfy the ratio percentage test of Code Section
410(b).

	33.	 	FORFEITURES (Plan Sections 1.34 and 4.3(e))

	 	A.	 	Timing of Forfeiture. Except as provided in Plan Section 1.34, a Forfeiture will occur (if
no selection is made, b. will apply):

	 	a.	 o  	N/A. (May only be selected if all contributions are fully Vested; skip to
Question 34.).
	 
	 	b.	 þ  	As of the earlier of (1) the last day of the Plan Year in which the
Former Participant incurs five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service, or (2) the
distribution of the entire Vested portion of the Participant’s Account.
	 
	 	c.	 o  	As of the last day of the Plan Year in which the Former Participant incurs
five (5) consecutive 1-Year Breaks in Service.

	 	 	 	AND, the Forfeiture will be disposed of in:

	 	d.	 þ  	The Plan Year in which the Forfeiture occurs.
	 
	 	e.	 o  	The Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Forfeiture occurs.

	 	B.	 	Plan Expenses. May Forfeitures first be used to pay any administrative expenses?

	 	f.	 þ  	Yes.
	 
	 	g.	 o  	No.

	 	C.	 	Use of Forfeitures.
	 
	 	 	 	Forfeitures attributable to amounts other than Employer matching contributions will
be:

	 	h.	 o  	added to any Employer discretionary contribution (e.g., matching or
profit sharing) and allocated in the same manner.
	 
	 	i.	 þ  	used to reduce any Employer contribution (e.g., matching, profit sharing
or ADP test safe harbor contribution).
	 
	 	j.	 o  	added to any Employer matching contribution and allocated as an
additional matching contribution.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

18

 

Volume
Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	k.  o	 	allocated to all Participants eligible to share in the allocations of profit sharing
contributions or Forfeitures in the same proportion that each Participant’s Compensation for the
Plan Year bears to the Compensation of all Participants for Such year.
	 
	 	l.  o	 	other:                     (describe the treatment of Forfeitures in a manner that is definitely determinable
and not subject to
Employer discretion; e.g., Forfeitures attributable to transferred balances from Plan X are
allocated as additional discretionary contributions only to former
Plan X Participants).
	 
	 	
    Forfeitures of Employer matching contributions will be:
	 
	 	m. þ	 	 N/A. Same as above or no Employer matching contributions.
	 
	 	n.  o	 	used to reduce the Employer matching contribution.
	 
	 	o.  o	 	added to any Employer matching contribution and allocated as an additional matching contribution.
	 
	 	p.  o	 	added to any Employer discretionary profit sharing contribution.
	 
	 	q.  o	 	used to reduce any Employer contribution (e.g., matching,
profit sharing or ADP test safe harbor contribution).
	 
	 	r.  o	 	other:
                     (describe the treatment of Forfeitures in a manner that is definitely
determinable and not subject to Employer discretion; e.g., Forfeitures attributable to transferred
balances from Plan X are allocated as additional discretionary contributions only to former Plan X
Participants).

	34.	 	ALLOCATION OF EARNINGS (Plan
Section 4.3(c))

Allocation of earnings with respect to amounts which are not subject to Participant investment
direction and which are contributed to the Plan after the previous Valuation Date will be
determined:

	 	a.  þ	 	N/A. All assets in the Plan are subject to Participant investment direction.
	 
	 	b.  o	 	by using a weighted average based on the amount of time that has passed between the date a
contribution or distribution is made and the prior Valuation Date.
	 
	 	c.  o	 	by treating one-half of all such contributions as being a part of the Participant’s
nonsegregated account balance as of the previous Valuation Date.
	 
	 	d.  o	 	by using the method specified in Plan Section 4.3(c) (balance forward method).
	 
	 	e.  o	 	other: _________ (must be a definite predetermined formula that is not based on Compensation, that
satisfies the nondiscrimination requirements of Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-4,  and that is
applied uniformly to  all Participants).

	35.	 	TOP-HEAVY MINIMUM ALLOCATION

The minimum allocation requirements for any Top-Heavy Plan Year shall be applied (select one):

	 	a.  þ	 	Only to Non-Key Employee Participants.

	 
	 	b.  o	 	To both Non-Key and Key Employee Participants.

DISTRIBUTIONS

	36.	 	FORM OF DISTRIBUTIONS (Plan Sections 6.5 and 6.6)

Distributions under the  Plan may be made in (select all that apply)

	 	a.  þ	 	Lump-sums.
	 
	 	b.  þ	 	Substantially equal installments.
	 
	 	c.  þ	 	Partial withdrawals, provided the minimum withdrawal is $25,000 (leave blank if no
minimum).
	 
	 	d.  o	 	Partial withdrawals or installments are only permitted for required minimum distributions under Code Section
401(a)(9).
	 
	 	e.  o	 	Other:                     (must be definitely determinable and not subject to Employer discretion).

	 	 	AND, pursuant to Plan Section 6.13, the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity and Qualified
Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity provisions:

	 	f.  þ	 	Do not apply. No annuities are allowed (Plan
Section 6.13(b) will apply and the joint and
survivor rules of Code Sections 401(a)(11) and 417 will not apply to the Plan), (skip to m. and n.)
	 
	 	g.  o	 	Apply. Annuities are the normal form of distribution. Plan Section
6.13 will not apply and the joint and survivor rules of Code Sections
401(a)(11) and 417 will automatically apply. The Pre-Retirement Survivor
Annuity (minimum spouse’s death benefit) will be equal to:

	 	1.  o	 	100% of a Participant’s interest in the Plan.
	 
	 	2.  o	 	50% of a Participant’s interest in the Plan.
	 
	 	3.  o	 	     % (may not be less than 50%) of a Participant’s interest in the Plan.

	 	h.  o	 	Apply if annuity is selected by Participant. Annuities are allowed but are not the normal
form of distribution. Plan Section 6.13(c) will apply and the joint and survivor rules of Code
Sections 401(a)(11)
and 417 will apply only if an annuity form of distribution is selected by a Participant.

	 	 	AND, if g. or h. is selected, the normal form of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity will be a
joint and 50% survivor annuity unless otherwise selected below:

	 	i.  o	 	N/A.
	 
	 	j.  o	 	Joint and 100% survivor annuity.
	 
	 	k. o	 	Joint and 75% survivor annuity.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

19

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	1.   o	 	Joint and 66 2/3% survivor annuity.
	 
	 	NOTE:	 	If only a portion of the Plan assets may be distributed in an annuity form of
payment, then select both f. AND g. and specify the assets that are
subject to the
joint and survivor annuity provisions:            (e.g., the money purchase pension plan that was
merged into this Plan).

	 	 	AND, distributions may be made in:

	 	m. o	 	Cash only.
	 
	 	n.  o	 	Cash only (except for insurance contracts, annuity contracts or Participant
loans).
	 
	 	o.  þ	 	Cash or property, except that the following limitation(s) apply:             (leave blank if
there are no limitations on property distributions).

	37.	 	CONDITIONS FOR DISTRIBUTIONS UPON TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT. Distributions upon termination of
employment pursuant to Plan Section 6.4(a) will not be made unless the following conditions have
been satisfied:

	 	A.	 	Accounts in excess of $5,000.

	 	a.  þ	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible following
termination of employment.
	 
	 	b.  o	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible after the
Participant has incurred             1-Year Break(s) in Service (or Period(s) of Severance if the
Elapsed Time method is selected).
	 
	 	c.  o	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible after the
last day of the Plan Year coincident with or next following termination of employment.
	 
	 	d.  o	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible after the
last day of the Plan Year quarter
coincident with or next following termination of employment.
	 
	 	e.  o	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible after the
Valuation Date coincident with or next
following termination of employment.
	 
	 	f.   o	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible after             months
have elapsed following termination of employment.
	 
	 	g.  o	 	No distributions may be made until a Participant has reached Early or Normal
Retirement Date.
	 
	 	h.  o	 	Other:              (must be objective conditions which are ascertainable and are not
subject to Employer discretion except as otherwise permitted in Regulation Section
1.411(d)-4 and may not exceed the limits of Code Section 401(a)(14) as set forth in Plan
Section 6.7).

	 	B.	 	Accounts of $5,000 or less.

	 	i.   þ	 	Same as above.
	 
	 	j.   o	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible following
termination of employment.
	 
	 	k.  o	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible after the
Participant has incurred
          
1-Year Break(s) in Service (or Period(s) of Severance if the
Elapsed Time method is selected).
	 
	 	l.   o	 	Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible after the
last day of the Plan Year coincident with or next following termination of employment.
	 
	 	m. o	 	Other:
          
(must be objective conditions which are ascertainable and are not
subject to Employer discretion except as otherwise permitted in Regulation Section
1.411(d)-4 and may not exceed the limits of Code Section 401(a)(14) as set forth in Plan
Section 6.7).

	 	C.	 	Participant consent (i.e., involuntary cash-outs). Should vested account balances less
than a certain dollar threshold be automatically distributed without Participant consent
(mandatory distributions)?

	 	NOTE:	 	The Plan provides that distributions of amounts of $5,000 or less do
not require spousal consent and are only paid as lump-sums.
	 
	 	NOTE:	 	If this is an EGTRRA restatement and there are special effective
dates for the Participant consent provisions, complete n. or o. based on the
current Plan provisions and complete q. or r. below.
	 
	 	n.  o	 	No, Participant consent is required for all distributions.
	 
	 	o.  þ	 	Yes, Participant consent is required only if the distribution
is over:

	 	1.  o	 	$5,000
	 
	 	2.  þ	 	$1,000
	 
	 	3.  o	 	$                       (less than $1,000)

	 	NOTE:	 	If 2. or 3. is selected, rollovers will be included in determining the
threshold for Participant consent.

	 	 	 	AND, if this is an EGTRRA restatement, the
following apply:

	 	p.  o	 	N/A. Not an EGTRRA restatement.
	 
	 	q.  þ	 	Provisions above at n. or o. apply to distributions made on or after March
28, 2005.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

20

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	r.  o	 	Provisions above at n. or o. are effective for distributions made on or
after ____________
(enter a date later than March 28, 2005). The following applies to distributions
prior to such date but after March 28, 2005:

	 	1.  o	 	No mandatory distributions.
	 
	 	2.  o	 	Participant consent is required only if the distribution is over:

	 	a.  o	 	$5,000
	 
	 	b.  o	 	$1,000
	 
	 	c.  o	 	$
                     (less than $1,000)

	 	D.	 	Exclusion of rollovers in determination of $5,000 threshold. In determining the
$5,000 threshold (or other dollar threshold in C. above) for the timing of distributions,
form of distributions, or consent rules, effective for distributions made after December 31,
2001, rollover contributions will be:

	 	s.  o	 	included.
	 
	 	t.  þ	 	excluded.

	38.	 	DISTRIBUTIONS UPON DEATH (Plan Section 6.8(b)(2))
	 
	 	 	Distributions upon the death of a Participant prior to receiving any benefits shall:

	 	a.  þ	 	be made pursuant to the election of the Participant or Beneficiary.
	 
	 	b.  o	 	begin within 1 year of death for a designated Beneficiary and be payable over
the life (or over a period not exceeding the life expectancy) of such Beneficiary,
except that if the Beneficiary is the Participant’s spouse, begin prior to December 31st of
the year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2.
	 
	 	c.  o	 	be made within 5 (or if lesser            ) years of death for all Beneficiaries.
	 
	 	d.  o	 	be made within 5 (or if lesser            ) years of death for all Beneficiaries, except
that if the Beneficiary is the Participant’s spouse, begin prior to December 31st of the
year in which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2 and be payable over the life (or
over a period not exceeding the life expectancy) of such surviving spouse.

	39.	 	HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS (Plan Sections 6.12 and/or 12.9)

	 	a.  o	 	Hardship distributions are NOT permitted.
	 
	 	b.  þ	 	Hardship distributions are permitted from the following Participant Accounts:

	 	1.  o	 	All Accounts.
	 
	 	2.  þ	 	Only from the following Accounts (select all that apply):

	 	a.  þ	 	Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account.
	 
	 	b.  þ	 	Roth Elective Deferral Account.
	 
	 	c.  þ	 	Account(s) attributable to Employer matching contributions.
	 
	 	d.  þ	 	Account attributable to Employer profit sharing contributions.
	 
	 	e.  þ	 	Rollover Account.
	 
	 	f.  o	 	Transfer Account.
	 
	 	g.  o	 	Other:
          
(specify account(s) and conditions in a manner that is
definitely determinable and
not subject to Employer discretion).

	 	NOTE:	 	Distributions from a Participant’s Elective Deferral Account are limited to
the portion of such account attributable to such Participant’s Elective Deferrals
(and earnings attributable thereto up to December 31, 1988). Hardship distributions
are NOT permitted from a Participant’s Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account
(including any 401(k) Safe Harbor Contributions) or Qualified Matching Contribution
Account.

	 	 	 	AND, shall the safe harbor hardship rules of Plan
Section 12.9 apply to hardship
distributions from all Accounts?

	 	3.  o	 	No, the provisions of Plan Section 6.12 apply to all hardship
distributions.
	 
	 	4.  o	 	No, the provisions or Plan Section 6.12 apply to hardship distributions
from all Accounts other than a Participant’s Elective Deferral Account.
	 
	 	5.  þ	 	Yes. The provisions of Plan Section 12.9 apply to all hardship
distributions.

	 	 	 	AND, the following limitations apply to hardship distributions:

	 	6.  o	 	N/A. No additional limitations.
	 
	 	7.  þ	 	Additional limitations (select all that apply):

	 	a.  þ	 	The minimum amount of a distribution is $500 (may not exceed $1,000).
	 
	 	b.  þ	 	No more than 4 distribution(s) may be made to a Participant during a Plan Year.
	 
	 	c.  þ	 	Distributions may only be made from accounts which are fully
Vested.
	 
	 	d.  o	 	A Participant does not include a former Employee at the  time
of the hardship distribution.
	 
	 	e.  o	 	Hardship distributions may be made subject to the following provisions:            (must be definitely
determinable and not subject to Employer discretion).

	40.	 	IN-SERVICE DISTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 6.11)

	 	a.  o	 	In-service distributions are NOT permitted (except as otherwise selected for
Hardship Distributions).
	 
	 	b.  þ	 	In-service distributions may be made to a Participant who has not separated from
service provided any of the following conditions have been satisfied (select all that
apply):

	 	1.  þ	 	the Participant has attained
age 59-1/2.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

21

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	2.  o	 	 the Participant has reached Normal Retirement Age.
	 
	 	3.  o	 	 the Participant has been a Participant in the Plan for at least ___ years (may
not be less than five (5)).
	 
	 	4.  o	 	 the amounts being distributed have accumulated in the Plan
for at least 2 years.

	 	NOTE:	 	Distributions from a Participant’s Elective Deferral
Account, Qualified
Matching Contribution Account and Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account (including
401(k) safe harbor contributions) are subject to restrictions and generally may not
be distributed prior to age 59 1/2.
	 
	 	 	 	AND, in-service distributions are permitted from the
following Participant Accounts:

	 	5.  þ	 	 All Accounts.
	 
	 	6.  o	 	 Only from the following Accounts (select all that apply):

	 	a.  o	 	 Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account.
	 
	 	b.  o	 	 Roth Elective Deferral Account.
	 
	 	c.  o	 	 Account(s) attributable to Employer matching contributions (includes safe
harbor match).
	 
	 	d.  o	 	 Account attributable to Employer profit sharing contributions.
	 
	 	e.  o	 	 Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account (includes safe harbor
nonelective).
	 
	 	f.  o	 	 Rollover Account.
	 
	 	g.  o	 	 Transfer Account.
	 
	 	h.  o	 	 Other: ___ (specify account(s) and conditions in a manner that is
definitely determinable and not subject to Employer discretion).

	 	 	 	AND, the following limitations apply to in-service distributions:

	 	7.  o	 	 N/A. No additional limitations.
	 
	 	8.  þ	 	 Additional limitations (select all that apply):

	 	a.  þ	 	 The minimum amount of a distribution is $1,000 (may not exceed
$1,000).
	 
	 	b.  þ	 	 No more than 4 distribution(s) may be made to a Participant during
a Plan Year.
	 
	 	c.  þ	 	 Distributions may only be made from accounts which are fully Vested.
	 
	 	d.  o	 	 Distributions from the Roth Elective Deferral Account (40.b.5. or b.6.b. selected), may only be
made if the distribution is a “qualified distribution.”
	 
	 	e.  o	 	 In-service distributions may be made subject to the following
provisions: ___ (must be definitely determinable and not subject to
discretion).

NONDISCRIMINATION TESTING

	41.	 	HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE (Plan Section 1.38)
	 
	 	 	The top-paid group election and the calendar year data election are not used unless selected
below (the selections made for the latest year will continue to apply to subsequent Plan
Years unless the Plan is amended);

	 	a.  o	 	 The Top-Paid Group Election will be used for Plan Years beginning on or after ___.
	 
	 	b.  o	 	 The Calendar Year Data Election will be used for Plan
Years beginning on or after ___.

	42.	 	ADP AND ACP TESTS (Plan Sections 12.4 and 12.6)

	 	NOTE:	 	The selections made below for the latest year will continue to apply to
subsequent Plan Years unless the Plan is amended.
	 
	 	A.	 	ADP Test. The ADP ratio for Nonhighly Compensated Employees will be based on the
following:

	 	a.  o	 	 N/A. This Plan satisfies the ADP test safe harbor rules for all Participants for all
Plan Years to which this Plan
applies.
	 
	 	b.  o	 	 Prior Year Testing Method. The prior year ratio will be used for Plan Years beginning
on or after ___. If this selection is made for the first
year the Code Section 401(k)
feature is added to this Plan (unless this Plan is a successor plan), then for the first
Plan Year only, the amount taken into account as the ADP of Nonhighly Compensated
Employees for the preceding Plan Year will be:

	 	1.  o	 	N/A. (Effective date of prior year testing is after effective date of
Code Section 401(k) feature.)
	 
	 	2.  o	 	3%.
	 
	 	3.  o	 	the actual percentage for the initial Plan Year.

	 	c.  þ	 	Current Year Testing Method. The current year ratio
will be used for Plan Years
beginning on or after 1997.

	 	B.	 	ACP Test. The ACP ratio for Nonhighly Compensated Employees will be based on the
following:

	 	d.  o	 	N/A. This Plan satisfies the ACP test safe harbor rules for all Participants for all
Plan Years to which this Plan applies.
	 
	 	e.  o	 	Prior Year Testing Method. The prior year ratio will be used for Plan Years
beginning on or after ___. If this selection is made for the first year the Code
Section 401(m) feature is added to this Plan (unless this Plan is a successor plan),
then for the first Plan Year only, the amount taken into account as the ACP of Nonhighly
Compensated Employees for the preceding Plan Year will be:

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

22

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	1.  o	 	 N/A. (Effective date of prior year testing is after effective date
of Code Section 401(m) feature.)
	 
	 	2.  o	 	 3%.
	 
	 	3.  o	 	 the actual percentage for the initial Plan Year.

	 	f.  þ	 	 Current Year Testing Method. The current year ratio will be used for Plan
Years beginning on or after 1997.

MISCELLANEOUS

	43.	 	LOANS TO PARTICIPANTS (Plan Section 7.6)

	 	a.  o	 	 Loans are NOT permitted.
	 
	 	b.  þ	 	 Loans are permitted.

	44.	 	DIRECTED INVESTMENTS (Plan Section 4.10)

	 	a.  o	 	 Participant directed investments are NOT permitted.
	 
	 	b.  þ	 	 Participant directed investments are permitted for:

	 	1.  þ	 	 All Accounts.
	 
	 	2.  o	 	 The following Participant Accounts (select all that apply):

	 	a.  o	 	 Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account.
	 
	 	b.  o	 	 Roth Elective Deferral Account.
	 
	 	c.  o	 	 Account(s) attributable to Employer matching contributions
(includes safe harbor match).
	 
	 	d.  o	 	 Account attributable to Employer profit sharing contributions.
	 
	 	e.  o	 	 Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account (includes safe
harbor nonelective).
	 
	 	f.  o	 	 Rollover Account.
	 
	 	g.  o	 	 Transfer Account.
	 
	 	h.  o	 	 Voluntary Contribution Account.
	 
	 	i.  o	 	 Other:                     
(specify account(s) and conditions in a manner that is
definitely determinable and not subject to Employer discretion).

	 	 	 	AND, is it intended that the Plan comply with ERISA
Section 404(c) with respect to
the accounts subject to Participant investment direction?

	 	3.  o	 	 No.
	 
	 	4.  þ	 	 Yes.

	45.	 	ROLLOVERS (Plan Section 4.6)

	 	a.  o	 	 Rollovers will NOT be accepted by this Plan.
	 
	 	b.  þ	 	 Rollovers will be accepted by this Plan, subject to approval by the
Administrator.
	 
	 	 	 	AND, if b. is selected, rollovers may be accepted from all Participants who are
Employees as well as the following
(select all that apply):

	 	1.  þ	 	 Eligible Employees who are not Participants.
	 
	 	2.  o	 	 Participants who are Former Employees.

	 	 	 	AND, distributions from a Participant’s Rollover Account may be made:

	 	3.  þ	 	 at any time.
	 
	 	4.  o	 	 only when the Participant is otherwise entitled to a distribution under
the Plan.

	46.	 	AFTER-TAX VOLUNTARY EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS (Plan Section 4.8)

	 	a.  o	 	 After-tax voluntary Employee contributions are NOT permitted.
	 
	 	b.  þ	 	 After-tax voluntary Employee contributions are permitted.

EGTRRA TRANSITION RULES

	 	 	The following questions only apply if this is an EGTRRA restatement (i.e., Question 6.c. is
selected). If this is not an EGTRRA restatement, then this Plan will not be considered an
individually designed plan merely because the following questions are deleted from the
Adoption Agreement.
	 
	 	 	NOTE: The following provisions are designed to be left unanswered if the selections do not
apply to the Plan.
	 
	47.	 	MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS. The Code Section 401(a)(9) Final and Temporary Treasury Regulations
apply for purposes of
determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2002
calendar year unless otherwise selected
below (leave blank if not applicable):

	 	a.  o	 	 Apply the 2001 Proposed Code Section 401(a)(9) Regulations to all
minimum distributions for the 2002 distribution calendar year.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

23

 

Volume Submittcr 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	b.
	 	o
	 	Apply the 1987 Proposed Code Section 40l(a)(9) Regulations to all minimum
distributions for the 2002 distribution calendar year.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	c.
	 	þ
	 	Other: December 31, 2002 (specify the date the Final and Temporary Regulations were first applied; e.g.,
the Final and Temporary Regulations only apply to distributions for the 2002
distribution calendar year that are made on or after a specified date within 2002 or
the Plan’s initial Effective Date if later).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Required minimum distributions for calendar year 2001 were made in accordance with Code
Section 401(a)(9) and the 1987 Proposed Regulations, unless selected below:
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	d.
	 	þ
	 	Required minimum distributions for 2001 were made pursuant to the proposed
Regulations under Code Section
401(a)(9) published in the Federal Register on January 17, 2001 (the “2001 Proposed Regulations”).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	48.	 	EXCLUSION OF ROLLOVERS. If rollovers are excluded in determining whether the mandatory
distribution threshold (e.g. $5,000) is met for the timing of distributions, form of distributions, or consent rules,
then such provision is effective for distributions made after December 31, 2001, unless an alternative effective date is selected
below (leave blank if not applicable):
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	a.
	 	o
	 	Rollover contributions will be excluded only with respect to distributions
made after ______. (Enter a date no earlier than December 31, 2001 or the Plan’s initial Effective Date if
later.)
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	b.
	 	o
	 	Rollover contributions will only be excluded with respect to Participants
who separated from service after ______. (Enter a date. The date may be earlier than December 31, 2001.)
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	49.	 	VESTING SCHEDULE FOR EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS. The vesting schedule set forth herein
for Employer matching contributions will apply to all Employer matching contributions subject to
a vesting schedule unless selected
below (leave blank if not applicable):
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	a.
	 	o
	 	The vesting schedule will only apply to Employer matching contributions made in
Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 2001 (the prior schedule will apply to Employer matching contributions made in prior Plan Years). The
prior vesting schedule is ___ (enter the vesting schedule that applied prior to January 1, 2002; such schedule must
satisfy 5-year chiff or 7-year graded and must provide for a top-heavy minimum
schedule).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	50.	 	SUSPENSION PERIOD DUE TO HARDSHIP DISTRIBUTIONS. If the Plan provides for hardship
distributions upon
satisfaction of the safe harbor standards, then the reduction from 12 months to 6 months
following a hardship distribution applies
to hardship distributions made after December 31, 2001 unless otherwise selected below
(leave blank if not applicable).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	a.
	 	þ
	 	With regard to hardship distributions made during 2001, a Participant
was prohibited from making Elective Deferrals and employee contributions under this and
all other plans until the later of January 1, 2002, or 6 months after receipt of the
distribution.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	51.	 	FINAL 401(k)/401(m) REGULATIONS. The provisions of the final Regulations under Code
Sections 401(k) and 401(m) apply to the Plan with respect to the first Plan Year beginning
after December 31, 2005 unless an earlier Plan Year is otherwise selected below (leave blank
if not applicable).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	a.
	 	o
	 	The final Regulations are effective for Plan Years beginning on or after ______ (may not
be earlier than the first day of the Plan Year that ends after December 29, 2004).

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

24

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

The adopting Employer may rely on an advisory letter issued by the Internal Revenue Service as
evidence that the Plan is qualified under Code Section 401 only to the extent provided in Rev.
Proc. 2005-16.

The Employer may not rely on the advisory letter in certain other circumstances or with respect to
certain qualification requirements, which are specified in the advisory letter issued with respect
to the Plan and in Rev. Proc. 2005-16. In order to have reliance in such circumstances or
with respect to such qualification requirements, application for a determination letter must be
made to Employee Plans Determinations of the Internal Revenue Service.

This Adoption Agreement may be used only in conjunction with the Volume Submitter basic Plan
document #01. This Adoption Agreement and the basic Plan document shall together be known as
Markley Actuarial Services, Inc. Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan #01-002.

The adoption of this Plan, its qualification by the IRS, and the related tax consequences are the
responsibility of the Employer and its independent tax and legal advisors.

Markley Actuarial Services, Inc. will notify the Employer of any amendments made to the Plan or of
the discontinuance or abandonment of the Plan. Furthermore, in order to be eligible to receive such
notification, the Employer agrees to notify Markley Actuarial Services, Inc. of any change in
address.

This Plan may not be used, and shall not be deemed to be a Volume Submitter Plan, unless an
authorized representative of Markley Actuarial Services, Inc. has acknowledged the use of the Plan.
Such acknowledgment is for administerial purposes only. It acknowledges that the Employer is using
the Plan but does not represent that this Plan, including the choices selected on the Adoption
Agreement, has been reviewed by a representative of the sponsor or constitutes a qualified
retirement plan.

Markley Actuarial Services. Inc.

	 	 	 	 	 

	By:

	 	[Illegible]
 

	 	 

With regard to any questions regarding the provisions of the Plan, adoption of the Plan, or the effect of an advisory letter from the IRS, call
or write (this information must be completed by the sponsor of this Plan or its designated representative):

	 	 	 

	Name:

	 	Lisa Showalter/Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	8 N. Queen Street, Suite 900
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	Lancaster           Pennsylvania      17603
	 
	 	 
	Telephone:

	 	717-295-3178

The Employer and Trustee (or Insurer) hereby cause this Plan to be executed on the date(s)
specified below:

EMPLOYER: Getty Realty Corp.,

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	By:

	 	Thomas Stirnweis
 

	 	 
	 	April 26, 2010
 
 DATE
SIGNED

TRUSTEE (OR INSURER):

o
 The signature of the Trustee or Insurer appears on a separate agreement or Contract,

OR

Leo Liebowitz

	 	 	 

	/s/ Leo Liebowitz
	 	April 26, 2010
	 
	 	 
	TRUSTEE OR INSURER
	 	DATE SIGNED
	 	 	 

Thomas Stirnweis

	 	 	 

	/s/ Thomas Stirnweis
	 	April 26, 2010
	 
	 	 
	TRUSTEE OR INSURER
	 	DATE SIGNED

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

25

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

Kevin Shea

	 	 	 

	/s/ Kevin Shea

	 	April 26, 2010
	 

	 	 
	TRUSTEE OR INSURER

	 	DATE SIGNED

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

26

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

APPENDIX A

SPECIAL EFFECTIVE DATES AND OTHER PERMITTED ELECTIONS

	A.	 	Special effective dates. The following special effective dates apply: (Select a. or all that apply at b. — f.)

	 	a.	þ	  N/A. No special effective dates selected below.
	 
	 	b.	o	  Employer Matching Contributions. The Employer Matching Contribution provisions under
Question 30. are effective:                    .
	 
	 	c.	o	 Employer Profit Sharing Contributions. The Employer Profit Sharing Contribution
provisions under Questions 31. and 32. are effective:                     .
	 
	 	d.	o	 Distribution elections. The distribution elections under Questions (Choose 36. — 40.
as applicable) are effective:                    .
	 
	 	e.	o	  401(k) current/prior year testing. The current/prior year testing elections under Question 42. arc effective:                    .
	 
	 	f.	o	 Other special effective date(s):                     . For periods prior to the above-specified special effective date(s), the Plan terms in
effect prior to its restatement under this Adoption Agreement will control for purposes
of the designated provisions. A special effective date may not result in the delay of a
Plan provision beyond the permissible effective date under any applicable law.

	B.	 	Other Permitted Elections. Select a. or any of the following elections that apply at b. — p.:

	 	a.	o	  N/A. No other elections selected below.
	 
	 	b.	þ	 Deemed 125 compensation (Plan Sections 1.14 and 1.37). Deemed 125 compensation shall be
included in Compensation and 415 Compensation effective as of Plan Years and Limitation Years beginning on or
after January 1, 2003 (insert the later of January I. 1998, or the first day of
the first Plan Year the Plan used this definition).
	 
	 	c.	o	 Reemployed after 1-Year Break in Service (“rule of parity” provisions) (Plan
Section 3.5(d)). The “rule of parity” provisions in Plan Section 3.5(d) shall not apply for (select one or both):

	 	1.	o	 Eligibility purposes.
	 
	 	2.	o	 Vesting purposes.

	 	d.	o	 Matching contributions not used to satisfy top-heavy contribution (Plan
Section 4.3(j)). Employer matching contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum
contribution requirements of Code Section 416(c)(2) and the Plan.
	 
	 	e.	o	  Beneficiary if no beneficiary elected by Participant (Plan Section 6.2(e)). In
the event no valid designation of Beneficiary exists, then in lieu of the order set forth in Plan Section 6.2(c), the following order
of priority will be used:                     (specify an order of beneficiaries; e.g., children per stirpes, parents, and then step-children).
	 
	 	f.	o	 Distribution from partially Vested account (Plan Section 6.5(h)). In lieu of
the formula set forth in Plan Section 6.5(h), a separate account shall be established for the Participant’s interest in the Plan as of
the time of the distribution, and at any-relevant time the Participant’s Vested portion
of the separate account will be equal to an amount determined as follows: P (AB plus (R x
D)) — (R x D) where R is the ratio of the account balance at the relevant time to the
account balance after distribution and the other terms have the same meaning as in Plan
Section 6.5(h).
	 
	 	g.	o	 Common, collective or pooled trust funds (Plan Sections 7.2(c)(5) and/or 7.3(b)(6)).
The name(s) of the common, collective or pooled trust funds available under the Plan is (are):                       
                                                         .
	 
	 	h.	o	  411(d)(6) protected benefits (Plan Section 8.1(b)). The following are Code Section
411(d)(6) protected benefits that are preserved under this Plan:                     (specify the protected benefits and the accrued benefits that
are subject to the protected benefits).
	 
	 	i.	o	 415 Limits when 2 defined contribution plans arc maintained (Plan Section 4.4). If any Participant is covered under
another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, or if the
Employer maintains a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Code Section 419(c), or an
individual medical account, as defined in Code Section 415(1)(2), under which amounts are
treated as “annual additions” with respect to any Participant in this Plan, then the
provisions of Plan Section 4.4(b) will apply unless otherwise specified below:

	 	1.	o	 Specify, in a manner that precludes Employer discretion, the
method under which the plans will limit total “annual
additions” to the “maximum permissible amount” and will properly reduce any
“excess amounts”:                    
           
                                                  
                   .

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

1

 

Volume
Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	 	 	 	 

	j.

	 	þ
	 	Top-heavy duplications when 2
defined contribution plans are maintained
(Plan Section 4.3(f). When a Non-Key Employee is a Participant in this Plan and another
defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, indicate which method shall be
utilized to avoid duplication of top-heavy minimum benefits:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	 	1.	 	 	þ
	 	N/A. The Employer does not maintain another qualified defined
contribution plan.
	 

	 	 	2.	 	 	o
	 	The full top-heavy minimum will be provided in each plan.
	 

	 	 	3.	 	 	o
	 	A minimum, non-integrated contribution of 3% of each Non-Key
Employee’s 415 Compensation shall be provided
in the Money Purchase Plan (or other plan subject to Code Section 412).
	 

	 	 	4.	 	 	o
	 	Specify the method under which the Plans will provide top-heavy minimum
benefits for Non-Key Employees that
will preclude Employer discretion and avoid inadvertent omissions, including any adjustments required under
Code Section 415:              
                
               
                
             
        .
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	NOTE:
	 	If 3. or 4. is selected and both plans do not benefit the same
Participants, then the uniformity requirement of the Regulations under Code Section
401(a)(4) may be violated.

	 	 	 	 	 

	k.

	 	þ
	 	Top-heavy duplications when a
defined benefit plan is maintained (Plan
Section 4.3(i)). When a Non-Key Employee is a Participant in this Plan and a non-frozen
defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer, indicate which method shall be utilized
to avoid duplication of top-heavy minimum benefits: (If 2., 3., 4.,
or 5. is selected, 6.
must be completed.)

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	 	1.	 	 	þ
	 	N/A.
	 

	 	 	2.	 	 	o
	 	The full top-heavy minimum will be provided in each plan (if
selected, Plan Section 4.3(i) shall not apply).
	 

	 	 	3.	 	 	o
	 	5% defined contribution minimum.
	 

	 	 	4.	 	 	o
	 	2% defined benefit minimum.
	 

	 	 	5.	 	 	o
	 	Specify the method under which the Plans will provide top-heavy
minimum benefits for Non-Key Employees that
will preclude Employer discretion and avoid inadvertent omissions:                     .
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	NOTE:
	 	If 3., 4., or 5. is selected and the defined benefit plan and this
Plan do not benefit the same Participants, the uniformity requirement of the
Regulations under Code Section 401(a)(4) may be violated.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	AND, the “present value” (Plan Section 9.2) for top-heavy purposes shall be based on:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 

	 	 	6.	 	 	o
	 	Interest Rate:                                                            
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Mortality Table:                                                            
	 

	 	 	7.	 	 	o
	 	The interest rate and mortality table specified to determine “present value”
for top-heavy purposes in the defined
benefit plan.

	 	 	 	 	 

	1.

	 	o
	 	Recognition of Service with
other employers (Plan Sections 1.60 and 1.85).
Service with the following employers (in addition to those specified at Question 17.) will
be recognized as follows:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Contribution
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Eligibility	 	Vesting	 	Allocation
	1.

	 	o
	 	Employer name:
	 	 

	 	o 
	 	o
	 	o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	2.

	 	o
	 	Employer name:
	 	 

	 	o 
	 	o
	 	o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	3.

	 	o
	 	Employer name:
	 	 

	 	o 
	 	o
	 	o
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	4.

	 	o
	 	Limitations:
	 	 

	 	o 
	 	o
	 	o
	 	 	 	 	(e.g.. credit service with X only on/following 1/1/07 or credit all service with entities the Employer acquires
alter 12/31/06).

	 	 	 	 	 

	m.

	 	o
	 	Post-severance Compensation (Code
Section 415) (Plan Section 1.14(e)). The
post-severance Compensation provisions of the Proposed 415 Regulations shall apply to this
Plan for Limitation Years and Plan Years beginning prior to July 1, 2007
and on or after                     (may not be earlier than 2005). Specify any special rules that apply to
the application of
the Proposed 415 Regulations (e.g., whether the Regulations apply solely for 415
Compensation or for Compensation used
for benefit or allocation purposes)                     .
	 
	 	 	 	 
	n.

	 	o
	 	Pre-amendment vesting schedule (Plan Section 6.4(g)). The vesting schedule has been
amended to a less favorable
schedule and the following schedule applies to Participants who elected, pursuant to Plan
Section 6.4(g), to continue vesting under the pre-amendment schedule (may only enter the
vesting schedule in the Plan prior to the amendment):

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

2

 

Volume
Submitter 40I(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	 	 	 	 	 
	Service	 	Percentage	 
	 
	 	 	                	%
	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	                	%
	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	                	%
	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	                	%
	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	                	%
	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	                	%
	 
	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	                	%
	 
	 	 	 

	o.	o 	 	Offset if contributions to leasing organization plan (Plan Section 1.46). The
Employer will reduce allocations to this Plan for any Leased Employee to the extent that
the leasing organization contributes to or provides benefits under a leasing organization
plan to or for the Leased Employee and which are attributable to the Leased Employee’s
services for the Employer.
	 
	p. 	þ	 	Minimum distribution transitional rules (Plan Section 6.8(e)(5))

	 	 	 	NOTE: This Section does not apply to (1) a new Plan or (2) an amendment or restatement
of an existing Plan that never contained the provisions of Code Section 401(a)(9) as in
effect prior to the amendments made by the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996
(SBJPA).
	 
	 	 	 	The “required beginning date” for a Participant who is not a “five percent (5%)
owner” is:

	 	1. 	o 	 	April 1st of the calendar year following the year in which the Participant
attains age 70 1/2. (The pre-SBJPA rules continue to apply.)
	 
	 	2.	þ 	 	April 1st of the calendar year following the later of the year in which
the Participant attains age 70 1/2 or retires (the post-SBJPA rules), with the following exceptions (select one or both and if
no election is made, both will apply effective as of January 1, 1996):

	 	a.	o  	A Participant who was already receiving required minimum distributions
under the pre-SBJPA rules as of _____ (not earlier than January 1, 1996) was allowed to stop receiving
distributions and have them recommence in accordance with the post-SBJPA rules. Upon the recommencement
of distributions, if the Plan permits annuities as a form of distribution
then the following apply:

	 	1.	o  	N/A. Annuity distributions are not permitted.
	 
	 	2.	o 	 Upon the recommencement of distributions, the original Annuity
Starting Date will he retained.
	 
	 	3.	o 	 Upon the recommencement of distributions, a new Annuity Starting
Date is created

	 	b.	þ 	 A Participant who had not begun receiving required
minimum distributions as of December 31, 1996 (not earlier than
January 1, 1996) was allowed to defer commencement of distributions until
retirement. The option to defer the commencement of distributions applied to
all such Participants unless elected below:

	 	1.	o  	The in-service distribution option
was eliminated with respect to Participants who attained age 70
1/2 in or after the calendar year that began after the later
of (1) December 31, 1998, or (2) the adoption date of the amendment
and restatement to bring the Plan into compliance with SBJPA.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

3

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

APPENDIX B

ADMINISTRATIVE ELECTIONS

The following are optional administrative provisions. The Administrator may implement procedures
that override any elections in this section without a formal Plan amendment. In addition,
modifications to this Appendix B will not affect an Employer’s reliance on an IRS advisory letter
or determination letter.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	A.	 	Loan Limitations. Note: the separate loan program required by the DOL will override any
inconsistent selections made below, (complete only if loans to Participants are permitted)
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	a.	 	o	 	N/A. No loan limitations selected below.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	b.	 	þ	 	Limitations (select all that apply):
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 1.
	 	þ
	 	Loans will be treated as Participant directed investments.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 2.
	 	o
	 	Loans will only be made for hardship or financial necessity (as defined in the loan program).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 3.
	 	þ
	 	The minimum loan will be $1,000 (may not exceed $1,000).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 4.
	 	þ
	 	A Participant may only have 2 (e.g., one (1)) loan(s) outstanding at any time.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 5.
	 	o	 	All outstanding loan balances will become due and payable in their entirety upon the occurrence of a
distributable event (other than satisfaction of the conditions for an
in-service distribution (including a hardship distribution), if applicable).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 6.
	 	o	 	Loans are repaid by (if left blank, then payroll deduction applies):
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	a. o payroll deduction
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	b. o ACH (Automated Clearing House)
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	c. o check
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	      1. o Only for prepayment
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 7.
	 	o
	 	Loans will only be permitted from the following Participant Accounts: (select all that apply or leave blank if

no limitations apply):
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	a. o Pre-Tax Elective Deferral Account.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	b. o Roth Elective Deferral Account.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	c. o Account(s) attributable to Employer matching contributions (includes safe harbor match).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	d. o Account attributable to Employer profit sharing contributions.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	e. o Qualified Nonelective Contribution Account (includes safe harbor nonelective).
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	f. o Rollover Account.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	g. o Transfer Account.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	h. o Voluntary Contribution Account.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	i. o Other: ____________________________________________________________________________________
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	AND, if loans are restricted to certain accounts, the limitations of Code
Section 72(p) and the adequate security requirement of the DOL Regulations will be applied:
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	j. o by determining the limits by only considering the restricted accounts.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	k. o by determining the limits taking into account a Participant’s entire interest in the Plan.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 8.
	 	o
	 	Loans will be granted at the following interest rate (if left blank, then c. below applies):
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	a. o ___% over the prime interest rate
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	b. o ___%
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	c. o the Plan Administrator establishes the rate in a nondiscriminatory manner
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	B.	 	Life Insurance. (Plan Section 7.5)
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	a.	 	þ	 	Life insurance may not be purchased.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	b.	 	o	 	Life insurance may be purchased...
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 1.
	 	þ
	 	at the option of the Administrator.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 2.
	 	þ
	 	at the option of the Participant.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	AND, the purchase of initial or additional life insurance will be subject to the
following limitations:
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 3.
	 	þ
	 	N/A. No limitations.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 4.
	 	þ
	 	Limitations (select all that apply):
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	a. o Each initial Contract will have a minimum face amount of $______.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	b. o Each additional Contract will have a minimum face amount of $______.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	c. o The Participant has completed ______ Years (or Periods) of Service.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	d. o The Participant has completed ______ Years (or Periods) of Service while a Participant in the Plan.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	e. o The Participant is under age ______ on the Contract issue date.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	f. o The maximum amount of all Contracts on behalf of a Participant may not exceed $ _________.
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	g. o The maximum face amount of any life insurance Contract will be S _________.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

1

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

	C.	 	Plan Expenses. Will the Plan assess against an individual Participant’s account certain Plan
expenses that are incurred by, or are
attributable to, a particular Participant based on use of a particular Plan feature?

	 	a.	o 	 No.
	 
	 	b.	þ 	 Yes.

	D.	 	Rollover Limitations. Will the Plan accept rollover contributions and/or direct rollovers of
distributions from the sources
specified below?

	 	a.	o 	 No.
	 
	 	b.	þ 	 Yes.

	 	AND,	 	indicate the sources of rollovers that will be accepted (select all that apply)

	 	1.	þ 	 Direct Rollovers. The Plan will accept a direct rollover of an eligible
rollover distribution from: (Check each that applies or none.)

	 	a.	þ 	 a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a)
(including a 401(k) plan, profit sharing plan,
defined benefit plan, stock bonus plan and money purchase plan),
excluding after-tax employee contributions.
	 
	 	b.	o 	 a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) (including
a 401(k) plan, profit sharing plan,
defined benefit plan, stock bonus plan and money purchase plan),
including after-tax employee contributions.
	 
	 	c.	þ 	 a plan described in Code Section 403(a) (an annuity plan), excluding
after-tax employee contributions.
	 
	 	d.	o 	 a plan described in Code Section
403(a) (an annuity plan), including after-tax employee contributions.
	 
	 	e.	þ 	 a plan described in Code Section 403(b) (a
tax-sheltered annuity), excluding after-tax employee contributions.
	 
	 	f.	o 	 a plan described in Code Section 403(b) (a tax-sheltered annuity),
including after-tax employee contributions.
	 
	 	g.	þ 	 a plan described in Code Section 457(b) (eligible deferred
compensation plan).
	 
	 	h.	þ 	 if this Plan permits Roth Elective Deferrals, a Roth
elective deferral account from (select all that apply):

	 	1.	þ 	 a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a).
	 
	 	2.	þ 	 a plan described in Code Section 403(b) (a tax-sheltered
annuity).

	 	2.	þ 	 Participant Rollover Contributions from Other Plans (i.e.. not via a direct
plan-to-plan transfer). The Plan will accept a contribution of an eligible rollover distribution: (Check
each that applies or none.)

	 	a.	þ 	 a qualified plan described in Code Section 401(a) (including a 401(k)
plan, profit sharing plan,
defined benefit plan, stock bonus plan and money purchase plan).
	 
	 	b.	þ 	 a plan described in Code Section 403(a) (an annuity plan).
	 
	 	c.	þ 	 a plan described in Code Section 403(b) (a tax-sheltered annuity).
	 
	 	d.	þ 	 a plan described in Code Section 457(b) (eligible deferred
compensation plan).

	 	3.	o 	 Participant Rollover Contributions from IRAs: The Plan will accept a rollover
contribution of the portion of a distribution from a traditional IRA that is eligible to be rolled over
and would otherwise be includible in gross income. Rollovers from Roth IRAs or
a Coverdell Education Savings Account (formerly known as an Education IRA) are
not permitted because they are not traditional IRAs. A rollover from a SIMPLE
IRA is allowed if the amounts are rolled over after the individual has been in
the SIMPLE IRA for at least two years.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

2

 

Volume Submitter 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

MARKLEY ACTUARIAL SERVICES. INC. VOLUME SUBMITTER MODIFICATIONS

GETTY REALTY CORP. RETIREMENT AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN

The enclosed Plan is being submitted for expedited review as a Volume Submitter
Plan.

No modifications from the approved specimen plan have been
made to this Plan.

© 2008 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

1

 

GETTY REALTY CORP. RETIREMENT AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN

FUNDING POLICY AND METHOD

     A pension benefit plan (as defined in the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974) has
been adopted by the company for the purpose of rewarding long and loyal service to the company by
providing to employees additional financial security at retirement. Incidental benefits are
provided in the case of disability, death or other termination of employment.

     Since the principal purpose of the plan is to provide benefits at normal retirement age. the
principal goal of the investment of the funds in the plan should be both security and long-term
stability with moderate growth commensurate with the anticipated retirement dates of participants.
Investments, other than “fixed dollar” investments, should be included among the plan’s investments
to prevent erosion by inflation. However, investments should be sufficiently liquid to enable the
plan, on short notice, to make some distributions in the event of the death or disability of a
participant

 

 

QDRO Procedure

GETTY REALTY CORP. RETIREMENT AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN

QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDER (QDRO) PROCEDURE

     In the case of any Domestic Relations Order (DRO) received by Getty Realty Corp. Retirement
and Profit Sharing Plan, its status as a Qualified Domestic Relations Older (QDRO) under the
Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) and the Internal Revenue Code will be determined
under the following procedures. The Plan Administrator is responsible for administering the QDRO
Procedure. The purpose of the QDRO Procedure is to establish a reasonable and consistent procedure
for determining the qualified status of a Domestic Relations Order and for making distributions
pursuant to a Domestic Relations Order which qualifies under Internal Revenue Code Section 414(p).

     Procedure
prior to receipt of order: The Plan will apply the following procedure prior to the
Plan’s receipt of a Domestic Relations Order.

1.
Suspension of Participant distributions or loans. If the Plan Administrator is on notice
(verbal or written) regarding a pending domestic relations action
(e.g., a divorce) and has a
reasonable belief the Participant’s account may become subject to a QDRO. the Plan Administrator
may suspend processing the Participant’s distribution or loan requests pending resolution.

2.
Removing hold on the account. After placing a hold on the account, the Plan Administrator
should notify the Participant of the hold on the account In order to remove the hold, the Plan
Administrator should request the Participant to provide written confirmation that a court will
not issue a QDRO with respect to the account; such as a property settlement agreement awarding
the entire account to the Participant.

     Procedure after receipt of order: The Plan will apply the following procedure whenever it
receives a DRO which purports to be a QDRO.

1.
Notice to Participant and to alternate payee. Within a reasonable time period after receipt
of a domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator will notify the participant and any
alternate payee of the receipt of the order, and will deliver to the participant and to each
alternate payee a copy of this QDRO Procedure. Any alternate payee may designate a
representative to receive copies of notices that are to the alternate payee regarding a domestic
relations order.

2.
Notice to Trustee. The Plan Administrator, within a reasonable time period after receipt of a
Domestic Relations Order, will notify the Trustee of the receipt of the order. The Plan
Administrator, for any period during which the Plan Administrator (or a court of competent
jurisdiction) is determining the issue of whether the order is a QDRO. will account separately
for the amount of the participant’s benefit which is subject to the order. The Plan
Administrator will direct the Trustee to segregate the “QDRO amount” if possible.

3.
Review of order. The Plan Administrator will review the order within a reasonable time to
determine its qualified status. The Plan Administrator will complete a QDRO DETERMINATION
CHECKLIST with respect to each order the Plan receives. In most circumstances, the Plan
Administrator will complete review of the order within 30 days of receipt. After review, the
Administrator will determine whether the order is a QDRO.

4.
Source of distributions: Roth vs. non-Roth. Unless the QDRO provides otherwise, if the
participant’s account includes both a Roth deferral account and one or more other accounts
(e.g., profit sharing, pre-tax deferral and match), the Plan will distribute any amounts payable
under the QDRO pro rata from all of the participant’s accounts, including the Roth deferral
account.

5.
Suspension of participant investment or distributions. The Plan will suspend the
participant’s right to direct any investments during the period the Plan Administrator is
determining the qualified status of the order. If the participant is receiving benefits from the
Plan at the time of receipt of the order, the Plan Administrator will suspend distributions to
the participant to the extent the Plan Administrator deems necessary to comply with the order
should the Plan Administrator determine the order is a QDRO.

6.
Determination order is a QDRO. If the Plan Administrator determines the order is a QDRO:

a.
The Plan Administrator will notify the Participant and each alternate payee that the
order is a QDRO and the Plan will distribute amounts pursuant to the QDRO. The Plan
Administrator will notify the Participant and each alternate payee of the decision within ten
days of the determination by mailing to each party a copy of the QDRO DETERMINATION
CHECKLIST, which will include the Plan Administrator’s certification.

b. If the QDRO requires immediate payment, the Plan will pay the designated amounts as soon
as administratively feasible.
Payment of any amount the order required the Plan to pay during the determination period will
include interest from the date the
QDRO required the first payment, at the rate of interest determined to be reasonable. The
rate of interest payable on a regular
savings account is a reasonable rate of interest for this purpose.

c. If the Plan cannot make the distribution within 30 days of the determination of qualified
status of the QDRO. the Plan.
Administrator will advise the parties of the delay, of the reason for the delay and of the
date by which the Plan expects to make
payment.

Page 1 of 2

 

QDRO Procedure

d. The Plan Administrator will advise the Participant when the Plan has completed
payment to the alternate payee.

e. The Plan will maintain a separate accounting (which may include a segregated account) for
each alternate payee until the Plan has completed benefit payments under the QDRO.

f. Each alternate payee is entitled to file with the Plan a beneficiary designation in the
same manner as a Participant in the Plan.

7. Determination order is not a QDRO. If the Plan Administrator determines the order is not a QDRO:

a. The Plan Administrator will advise ihe Participant and each alternate payee of the adverse
decision and of the reasons for the
adverse decision. The Plan will advise the Participant and each alternate payee of the decision
within ten days of the
determination by mailing to each party 2 copy of the QDRO DETERMINATION CHECKLIST, which
will include the Plan.
Administrator’s certification of the decision.

b. The Plan Administrator will discontinue separate accounting for the amounts payable under the
order. The Plan will pay the
benefits to the party entitled to receive the benefits. If the Participant is not entitled to a
present distribution of any of the
segregated benefits, the Plan will continue to account for the Participant’s benefits as if the
Plan had not received the order.

c. If the Plan Administrator determines the status of the order within the 18-month period
beginning on the date the order would require the first payment, the Plan Administrator may
delay distribution of any benefits subject to the order if the Plan Administrator has reason to
believe a party will seek to cure the defects in the order. The Plan Administrator will continue
to delay distribution during the period the Plan Administrator determines to be necessary to
fulfill the Plan Administrator’s fiduciary duties under the Plan.

8. Consultation with legal counsel. The Plan Administrator will consult with the Plan’s legal
counsel in case of questions which
arise with respect to the interpretation of any provision of the order or with respect to the
qualified status of the order.

	 	 	 

	[ILLIGIBLE]
 

Signature of Plan Administrator

	 	 
	Getty Realty Corp. Retirement and Profit Sharing Plan
	 	 

Page 2 of 2

 

QDRO Checklist

GETTY REALTY CORP. RETIREMENT AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN

QDRO DETERMINATION CHECKLIST

     The Plan Administrator must complete this checklist to comply with the Plan’s QDRO Procedure.
Note: The Plan Administrator must determine the qualified status of the order within a reasonable
time. If the Plan Administrator does not conclude the determination within 18 months from the time
the first payment is due under the order, the order will be effective only prospectively.

     PRELIMINARY DATA

     1. Identifying information. The Order concerns:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	Participant:

	 	 	 	Soc. Sec. No.:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 

	Participant’s address:
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	Alternate Payee:

	 	 	 	Soc. See. No.:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 

	Alternate Payee’s address:
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

     2. Notification. The Plan Administrator has mailed notification of receipt of a Domestic
Relations Order, by regular first class mail,
as follows. Note: The Plan Administrator must notify the Participant and each alternative
payee of receipt of the order, within 10 days of
the Plan Administrator’s receipt of the order. The Plan Administrator will account separately
for the amounts subject to the order within 2
business days after receipt of the order. The Plan Administrator must advise the Trustee of
the existence of the order within 2 business days
after receipt, so the Trustee does not distribute funds subject to the order.

	 	 	 	 	 

	Date of notification to Participant:
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 

	Date of notification to alternate payee(s):
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 

	Date of notification to Trustee:
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

     REVIEW OF ORDER

     3. Technical Requirements. The Plan Administrator should complete review of the order within a
reasonable time. The order is a
Qualified Domestic Relations Order (QDRO) only if the Plan Administrator answers “Yes” to each
question in this paragraph 3. If the Plan
Administrator answers “No” to any question, check paragraph 6 and state the reason(s) for the
answer in paragraph 6.

a. Order. Is the order an order entered pursuant to a state domestic relations law
(including a community property law)?

          Yes                                        No                    

b. Domestic relations matter. Does the order relate to providing child support, alimony
(maintenance) payments or marital property rights?

          Yes                                        No                    

c.
Plan identification. Does the order specify this Plan
as the plan subject to the order?

          Yes                                        No                    

d. Alternate payee. Does the
order direct payment to the Participant’s spouse, former spouse,
child or other dependent (the “alternate payee”)?

          Yes                                        No                    

e. Identification of Participant. Does the order identify the Participant?

          Yes                                        No                    

f.
Identification of alternate payee. Does the order state each alternate payee’s name and
mailing address?

          Yes                                        No                    

Page 1 of 3

 

QDRO Checklist

g. Description of benefit Does the order state the amount or the percentage of the
Participant’s benefit the Plan must pay to each alternate payee? Note: Answer “Yes” if the
order describes the manner in which the Plan may determine the amount or percentage.

          Yes                                        No                    

h. Period of payment Does the order state the number of payments or the period to which the
order applies? Note: A lump-sum payment satisfies this requirement

          Yes                                        No                    

     4. Plan Consistency Requirements. The order is a QDRO only if the Plan Administrator
answers “No” to each question in this paragraph 4. If the Plan Administrator answers “Yes” to any
question, check paragraph 7 and state the reason(s) for the answer in
paragraph 7.

a.
Required benefit. Does the order require the Plan to provide a type or a form of benefit
or a benefit option the Plan otherwise does not provide? Note: Consult the Plan’s QDRO
provisions. Payment consistent with the Plan’s QDRO provisions or consistent with the Plan’s
normal distribution provisions is acceptable.

          Yes                                        No                    

b. Amount of benefit. Does the order require the Plan to provide benefits greater than the
benefits available to the Participant without the QDRO?

          Yes                                        No                    

c. Prior QDRO. Does the order require payment of benefits which a previous QDRO requires the
Plan to pay to another alternate payee? Note: If no prior QDRO is in effect with respect to the
Participant, answer “No.”

          Yes                                        No                    

     5. Determination of Qualified Status. If the Plan Administrator has answered “Yes” to each
question in paragraph 3, and has answered “No” to each
question in paragraph 4, the order qualifies
as a QDRO. If the order qualifies as a QDRO, the Plan Administrator should write “N/A” next to each
of paragraphs 6 and 7, and should sign the Plan Administrator’s Certification of QDRO in paragraph
8. If the order does NOT qualify as a QDRO, the Plan Administrator should check one or more of
paragraphs 6 and 7, should complete the explanation as required, and should sign the Plan
Administrator’s Certification of Nonqualified Status in paragraph 8. The Plan Administrator should
notify the Participant and each alternate payee of the determination by mailing a copy of this QDRO
Determination Checklist to each party. complete with the Plan Administrator’s Certification. After
notification of the Participant and each alternate payee, the Plan Administrator should complete
the QDRO procedure.

          NOTE: CHECK AND COMPLETE ONLY THOSE OF PARAGRAPHS 6 AND 7 WHICH APPLY IN RESPONSE TO
PARAGRAPHS 3 AND 4. IF ANY OF PARAGRAPHS 6 AND 7 DO NOT APPLY, WRITE “N/A” NEXT TO THE NUMBER AND
DO NOT COMPLETE THE PARAGRAPH.

                         6. Disqualification-Technical Requirements. The order is not a QDRO because the order
does not satisfy one or more of the
technical requirements referred to in paragraph 3. The explanation of each “No” answer is the
following:                                                             

                         7. Disqualification-Consistency Requirements. The order is not a QDRO because the order does
not satisfy one or more of the
consistency requirements referred to in paragraph 4. The explanation of each “Yes” answer is the
following:                                                     

DETERMINATION OF STATUS

     8. Plan Administrator’s Certification. Sign the certification paragraph which states the
Plan Administrator’s determination with respect to the qualified status of the order. COMPLETE ONLY
ONE CERTIFICATION.

Plan Administrator’s Certification of QDRO

     1. the
undersigned Plan Administrator, certify the order identified in paragraph 1 is a
qualified domestic relations order. The Plan will distribute in accordance with the QDRO.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	Date:

	 	 	 	 	By:	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	Plan Administrator	 	 	 

Page 2 of 3

 

QDRO Checklist

Plan Administrator’s Certification of Nonqualified Status

     I, the undersigned Plan Administrator, certify the order identified in paragraph I is not a
qualified domestic relations order. The Plan will pay any amounts segregated in accordance with
Code Section 4l4(p) without regard to the order. If the Participant is not receiving any
distribution from the Plan, the Plan Administrator will disregard any separate accounting.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Date:

	 	 	 	By:	 	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	Plan Administrator	 

Page 3 of 3

 

After-Tax Voluntary Contribution Election 

GETTY
REALTY CORP. RETIREMENT AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN

AFTER-TAX VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTION ELECTION

	 	 	 

	Participant:
	 	 
	 

	 	 

     As a Participant in Getty Realty Corp. Retirement and Profit Sharing Plan. I hereby
elect to make after-tax voluntary contributions to the Plan. My contributions will be accounted
for separately in a separate Voluntary Contribution Account.

     ( ) I hereby elect to make an after-tax voluntary contribution of ___% of my compensation to be paid:

          ( ) monthly ( ) quarterly ( ) annually ( ) per pay period

( ) I hereby elect to make an after-tax voluntary contribution of ___% of my compensation, I authorize Getty Realty Corp. to deduct this percentage from my pay, to be contributed on my behalf to my Voluntary Contribution
Account. 
This designation will remain in effect until I revoke it in writing.

	 	 	 

	 

	 	 
	Plan Administrator

	 	Signature of Participant

Page 1 of 1

 

Election Not to Participate

GETTY REALTY CORP. RETIREMENT AND PROFIT SHARING PLAN

ELECTION NOT TO PARTICIPATE

	 	 	 

	Employee/Participant:
	 	 
	 

	 	 

          As an eligible employee under Getty Realty Corp. Retirement and Profit Sharing Plan, I hereby
elect not to participate in the Plan, subject to the provisions of the Plan regarding such
election.

          I understand that my election is irrevocable and that I may never participate in this Plan
or any other plan of the Employer.

          I release and hold harmless the Plan Administrator, the Employer, and the Trustee from and
against any and all claims the undersigned may have or hereafter claim to have against said Plan
Administrator, Employer or Trustee with respect to my election not to participate in the Plan.

          I understand that my participation in the Plan is not conditioned upon my having to make
either mandatory or voluntary contributions to the Plan and that Employer contributions made to the
Plan on my behalf would be made at no cost to me.

          I understand the Plan Administrator, Employer or Trustee will not be responsible or liable for
any loss or expense which may arise or result from compliance with this election. Nor shall the
above be responsible or liable for any loss or expense which may result from the Employer’s refusal
or failure to comply with this election.

EXECUTED this     
                                     day of                             
            , 20                    .

	 	 	 

	 

	 	 
	Plan Administrator

	 	Signature of Participant
	 
	 
	 	 
	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Social Security Number

Page 1 of 1

 

PPA Volume Submitter - Sponsor

AMENDMENT FOR PENSION PROTECTION ACT AND HEART ACT

ARTICLE I

PREAMBLE

	1.1	 	Effective date of Amendment. The Employer, or if applicable, the volume submitter
practitioner on behalf of the Employer, adopts this Amendment to the Plan to reflect recent
law changes. This Amendment is effective as indicated below for the respective provisions.
	 
	1.2	 	Superseding of inconsistent provisions. This Amendment supersedes the provisions of the Plan
to the extent those provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this Amendment.
	 
	1.3	 	Employer’s election. The Employer adopts all the default provisions of this Amendment except as
otherwise elected in Article II.
	 
	1.4	 	Construction. Except as otherwise provided in this Amendment, any reference to “Section” in
this Amendment refers only to sections within this Amendment, and is not a reference to the
Plan. The Article and Section numbering in this Amendment is solely for purposes of this
Amendment, and does not relate to any Plan article, section or other numbering designations.
	 
	1.5	 	Effect of restatement of Plan. If the Employer restates the Plan, then this Amendment shall
remain in effect after such restatement unless the provisions in this Amendment are restated
or otherwise become obsolete (e.g., if the Plan is restated onto a plan document which
incorporates PPA provisions).
	 
	1.6	 	Adoption by volume submitter practitioner. Except as otherwise provided herein, pursuant to
the provisions of the Plan and Section 5.01 of Revenue Procedure 2005-16, the volume submitter
practitioner hereby adopts this Amendment on behalf of all adopting employers. The adoption by
the volume submitter practitioner becomes applicable with respect to an adopting Employer’s
Plan as of the last day of the first Plan Year beginning after December 31,2008, unless the
Employer individually adopts this Amendment, or an alternative amendment, prior to such date.

ARTICLE II

EMPLOYER ELECTIONS

The Employer only needs to complete the questions in Sections 2.2 through 2.7 below in order to
override the default provisions set forth below. If the Plan will use all of the default
provisions, then these questions should be skipped and the Employer
does not need to execute this
Amendment.

	2.1	 	Default Provisions. Unless the Employer elects otherwise in this Article, the following
defaults will apply:

	 	a.	 	If the Plan has a vesting schedule for nonelective contributions that does not meet
the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (PPA), then the vesting schedule for any Employer nonelective contributions for
Participants who complete an Hour of Service In a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, will be the schedule below. Such
schedule will apply to all nonelective contributions, even those made prior to January 1, 2007.
	 
	 	 	 	If the Plan has a graded vesting schedule (i.e., the vesting schedule includes a vested
percentage that is more than 0% and less than 100%), then the vesting schedule will be a
6-year graded schedule (20% after 2 years of vesting service and an additional 20% for each
year thereafter).
	 
	 	 	 	If the Plan has a cliff vesting schedule that requires more than 3 years of vesting
service, then nonelective contributions will be nonforfeitable upon the completion of 3
years of vesting service.
	 
	 	b.	 	Nonspousal beneficiary rollovers are allowed effective for distributions made after
12/31/06.
	 
	 	c.	 	Hardship distributions for expenses of a beneficiary are allowed effective as of August
17, 2006.
	 
	 	d.	 	The option to permit in-service distributions at age 62 (with respect to amounts
attributable to a money purchase pension plan, target benefit plan, or any other defined
contribution plan that has received a transfer of assets from a pension plan) is not
adopted.
	 
	 	e.	 	Qualified Reservist Distributions are not allowed.
	 
	 	f.	 	Continued benefit accruals pursuant to the Heroes Earnings Assistance and Relief
Tax Act of 2008 (HEART Act) are not provided.

©
2009 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

1

 

PPA Volume Submitter — Sponsor

	2.2	 	Vesting (Article III). The default vesting schedule applies unless a. is elected below.

	 	a.	o 	In lieu of the above default vesting provisions, the employer elects the
following schedule:

	 	1.	o 	 3 year cliff (a Participant’s accrued benefit derived from employer
nonelective contributions is nonforfeitable upon the Participant’s completion of three years of vesting
service).
	 
	 	2.	o  	 6 year graded schedule (20% after 2 years of vesting service and an additional
20% for each year thereafter).
	 
	 	3.	o 	 Other (must be at least as liberal as 1. or 2. above at each point in time):

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Years of vesting service	 	Nonforfeitable percentage	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	% 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	% 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	% 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	% 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 

	% 	 

	 	 	The vesting schedule set forth herein only applies to Participants who complete an Hour of
Service in a Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, and, unless b. is elected below,
applies to all nonelective contributions subject to a vesting schedule.

	 	b.	o 	 The
vesting schedule will only apply to nonelective contributions made in Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 2006 (the prior schedule will apply to nonelective contributions made in
prior Plan Years).

	2.3	 	Non-spousal rollovers (Article VII). Non-spousal rollovers are allowed after December 31,
2006 unless a. is elected below (Article VII provides that such distributions are always allowed after December 31, 2009):

	 	a.	o 	 Use the following instead of the default (select one):

	 	1.	o 	 Non-spousal rollovers are not allowed.
	 
	 	2.	o 	 Non-spousal rollovers are allowed effective                      (not earlier than January 1, 2007 and not later than January 1,2010).

	2.4	 	Hardships (Article VIII). Hardship distributions for expenses of beneficiaries will be allowed effective as of August 17, 2006,
unless elected below (applies only for 401 (k) or profit sharing plans that allow hardship
distributions):

	 	a.	o 	 Use the following instead of the default (select one):

	 	1.	o 	 Hardship distributions for beneficiary expenses are not allowed.
	 
	 	2.	o 	 Hardship distributions for beneficiary expenses are allowed effective as of                     
(may not be earlier than August 17, 2006).

	2.5	 	In-service distributions (Article IX). In-service distributions at age 62 will not be allowed
(except as otherwise permitted under the Plan without regard to this Amendment) unless elected below:

	 	a.	o 	In-service distributions will be allowed for Participants at age 62
(generally applies only for money purchase (including target benefit) plans, but may
apply to any other defined contribution plans that have received a transfer of assets from
a pension plan) effective as of the first day of the 2007 Plan Year unless another date is
elected below:

	 	1.	o 	                     (may not be earlier than the first day of the 2007 Plan Year).

	 	 	 	AND, the following limitations apply to in-service distributions:

	 	2.	o 	 The Plan already provides for in-service distributions and the
restrictions set forth in the Plan (e.g., minimum amount of distributions or frequency of distributions) are applicable
to in-service distributions at age 62.
	 
	 	3.	o 	 N/A. No limitations.
	 
	 	4.	o 	 The following elections apply to in-service distributions at age 62 (select
all that apply):

	 	a.	o 	 The minimum amount of a distribution is $                     (may not exceed $1,000).
	 
	 	b.	o 	 No more than                      distribution(s) may be made to a Participant during a
Plan Year.
	 
	 	c. 	o 	Distributions may only be made from accounts which are fully Vested.
	 
	 	d.	o 	 In-service distributions may be made subject to the following
provisions:                    
(must be definitely determinable and not subject to discretion).

	2.6	 	Qualified Reservist Distributions (Article X). Qualified Reservist distributions will not be
allowed unless elected below:

	 	a.	o 	 Qualified Reservist Distributions are allowed effective as of                      (may not be earlier than
September 12, 2001).

	2.7	 	Continued benefit accruals (Article XV). Continued benefit accruals for the HEART Act
(Amendment Section 15.2) will not apply unless elected below:

	 	a.	o 	 The provisions of Amendment Section 15.2 apply.

© 2009 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

2

 

PPA Volume Submitter — Sponsor

ARTICLE III

NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION VESTING

	3.1	 	Applicability. This Article applies to Participants who complete an Hour of Service in a
Plan Year beginning after December 31, 2006, with respect to accrued benefits derived from
employer nonelective contributions made in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 2006.
Unless otherwise elected by the employer in Amendment Section 2.2 above, this Article also
will apply to all nonelective contributions subject to a vesting schedule, including
nonelective contributions allocated under the Plan terms as of a date in a Plan Year beginning
before January 1, 2007.
	 
	3.2	 	Vesting schedule. A Participant’s accrued benefit derived from employer nonelective
contributions vests as provided in Amendment Section 2.1.a, or if applicable. Amendment
Section 2.2.

ARTICLE IV

PARTICIPANT DISTRIBUTION NOTIFICATION

	4.1	 	180-day notification period. For any distribution notice issued in Plan Years beginning after
December 31, 2006, any reference to the 90-day maximum notice period prior to distribution in
applying the notice requirements of Code §§402(f) (the rollover notice), 41l(a)(l1)
(Participant’s consent to distribution), and 417 (notice under the joint and survivor annuity
rules) will become 180 days.
	 
	4.2	 	Notice of right to defer distribution. For any distribution notice issued in Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 2006, the description of a Participant’s right, if any, to defer
receipt of a distribution also will describe the consequences of failing to defer receipt of
the distribution. For notices issued before the 90th day after the issuance of Treasury
regulations (unless future Revenue Service guidance otherwise requires), the notice will
include: (i) a description indicating the investment options available under the Plan
(including fees) that will be available if the Participant defers distribution; and (ii) the
portion of the summary plan description that contains any special rules that might affect
materially a Participant’s decision to defer.

ARTICLE V

ROLLOVER OF AFTER-TAX/ROTH AMOUNTS

	5.1	 	Direct rollover to qualified plan/403(b) plan. For taxable years beginning after December
31, 2006, a Participant may elect to transfer employee (after-tax) or Roth elective deferral
contributions by means of a direct rollover to a qualified plan or to a 403(b) plan that
agrees to account separately for amounts so transferred, including accounting separately for
the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such
distribution which is not includible in gross income.

ARTICLE VI

DIVESTMENT OF EMPLOYER SECURITIES

	6.1	 	Rule applicable to elective deferrals and employee contributions. For Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 2006, if any portion of the account of a Participant (including, for
purposes of this Article VI, a beneficiary entitled to exercise the rights of a Participant)
attributable to elective deferrals or employee contributions is invested in publicly-traded
Employer securities, the Participant may elect to direct the Plan to divest any such
securities, and to reinvest an equivalent amount in other investment options which satisfy the
requirements of Section 6.3.
	 
	6.2	 	Rule applicable to Employer contributions. If any portion of a Participant’s account
attributable to nonelective or matching contributions is invested in publicly-traded Employer
securities, then a Participant who has completed at least 3 years of vesting service, or a
beneficiary of any deceased Participant entitled to exercise the right of a Participant, may
elect to direct the Plan to divest any such securities, and to reinvest an equivalent amount
in other investment options which satisfy the requirements of Section 6.3.

	 	a.	 	Three-year phase-in applicable to Employer contributions. For Employer securities
acquired with nonclective or matching
contributions during a Plan Year beginning before January 1, 2007, the rule described in
this Section 6.2 only applies to the
percentage of the Employer securities (applied separately for each class of securities) as follows:

	 	 	 	 	 
	Plan Year	 	Percentage
	2007
	 	 	33	 
	2008
	 	 	66	 
	2009
	 	 	100	 

	 	b.	 	Exception to phase-in for certain age 55 Participants. The 3-ycar phase-in rule of
Section 6.2.a does not apply to a
Participant who has attained age 55 and who has completed at least 3 years of service
before the first Plan Year beginning after
December 31, 2005.

© 2009 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

3

 

PPA Volume Submitter — Sponsor

	6.3	 	Investment options. For purposes of this Article VI, other investment options must include
not less than 3 investment opiions, other than Employer securities, to which the Participant may
direct the proceeds of divestment of Employer securities required by this Article VI, each of
which options is diversified and has materially different risk and return characteristics. The
Plan must provide reasonable divestment and reinvestment opportunities at least quarterly.
Except as provided in regulations, the Plan may not impose restrictions or conditions on the
investment of Employer securities which the Plan does not impose on the investment of other
Plan assets, other than restrictions or conditions imposed by reason of the application of
securities laws or a condition permitted under IRS Notice 2006-107 or other applicable
guidance.
	 
	6.4	 	Exceptions for certain plans. This Article VI does not apply to a one-participant plan, as
defined in Code §401(a)(35)(E)(iv), or to an employee stock ownership plan (“ESOP”) if: (i)
there are no contributions to the ESOP (or related earnings) attributable to elective
deferrals or matching contributions; and (ii) the ESOP is a separate plan, for purposes of
Code §414(1), from any other defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan maintained by
the same employer or employers.
	 
	6.5	 	Treatment as publicly traded Employer securities. Except as provided in Treasury regulations
or in Code §401 (a)(35)(F)(ii) (relating to certain controlled groups), a plan holding
Employer securities which are not publicly traded Employer securities is treated as holding
publicly traded Employer securities if any Employer corporation, or any member of a
controlled group of corporations which includes such Employer corporation (as defined in
Code §401 (a)(35)(F)(iii)) has issued a class of stock which is a publicly traded
Employer security.

ARTICLE VII

DIRECT ROLLOVER OF NON-SPOUSAL DISTRIBUTION

	7.1	 	Non-spouse beneficiary rollover right. For distributions after December 31, 2009, and unless
otherwise elected in Section 2.3 of this Amendment, for distributions after December 31, 2006,
a non-spouse beneficiary who is a “designated beneficiary” under Code §401(a)(9)(E) and the
regulations thereunder, by a direct trustee-to-trustee transfer (“direct rollover”), may roll
over all or any portion of his or her distribution to an individual retirement account the
beneficiary establishes for purposes of receiving the distribution. In order to be able to
roll over the distribution, the distribution otherwise must satisfy the definition of an
eligible rollover distribution.
	 
	7.2	 	Certain requirements not applicable. Although a non-spouse beneficiary may roll over
directly a distribution as provided in Section 7.1, any distribution made prior to
January 1, 2010 is not subject to the direct rollover requirements of Code §401(a)(31)
(including Code §401 (a)(31)(B), the notice requirements of Code §402(f) or the mandatory
withholding requirements of Code §3405(c)). If a non-spouse beneficiary receives a
distribution from the Plan, the distribution is not eligible for a “60-day” rollover.
	 
	7.3	 	Trust beneficiary. If (he Participant’s named beneficiary is a trust, the Plan may make a
direct rollover to an individual retirement account on behalf of the trust, provided the trust
satisfies the requirements to be a designated beneficiary within the meaning of Code
§401(a)(9)(E).
	 
	7.4	 	Required minimum distributions not eligible for rollover. A non-spouse beneficiary may not
roll over an amount which is a required minimum distribution, as determined under applicable
Treasury regulations and other Revenue Service guidance. If the Participant dies before his or
her required beginning date and the non-spouse beneficiary rolls over to an IRA the maximum
amount eligible for rollover, the beneficiary may elect to use either the 5-year rule or the
life expectancy rule, pursuant to Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-3, A-4(c), in determining the
required minimum distributions from the IRA that receives the non-spouse beneficiary’s
distribution.

ARTICLE VIII

DISTRIBUTION BASED ON BENEFICIARY HARDSHIP

	8.1	 	Beneficiary-based distribution. Unless otherwise elected in Amendment Section 2.4, then
effective as of August 17, 2006, a Participant’s hardship event, for purposes of the Plan’s
safe harbor hardship distribution provisions pursuant to Treas. Reg.
§1.401(k)-l(d)(3)(iii)(B), includes an immediate and heavy financial need of the Participant’s
primary beneficiary under the Plan, that would constitute a hardship event if it occurred with
respect to the Participant’s spouse or dependent as defined under Code § 152 (such hardship
events being limited to educational expenses, funeral expenses and certain medical expenses).
For purposes of this Article, a Participant’s “primary beneficiary under the Plan” is an
individual who is named as a beneficiary under the Plan and has an unconditional right to all
or a portion of the Participant’s account balance under the Plan upon the Participant’s death.

ARTICLE IX

IN-SERVICE PENSION DISTRIBUTIONS

	9.1	 	Age 62 distributions. If elected in Amendment Section 2.5.b, then beginning as of the
date specified in such Section, if the Plan is a money purchase pension plan, a target benefit
plan, or any other defined contribution plan that has received a transfer of assets from a
pension plan, a Participant who has attained age 62 and who has not separated from
employment may elect to receive a distribution of his or her vested account balance (or in
case of a transferee plan, of the transferred account balance).

© 2009 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

4

 

PPA Volume Submitter — Sponsor

ARTICLE X

QUALIFIED RESERVIST DISTRIBUTION

	10.1	 	401 (k) distribution restrictions. If elected in Amendment Section 2.6, then effective as of
the date specified in such Section, the Plan permits a Participant to elect a Qualified
Reservist Distribution, as defined in this Article X.
	 
	10.2	 	Qualified Reservist Distribution defined. A “Qualified Reservist Distribution” is any
distribution to an individual who is ordered or called to active duty after September 11,
2001, if: (i) the distribution is from amounts attributable to elective deferrals in a 401 (k)
plan; (ii) the individual was (by reason of being a member of a reserve component, as defined
in section 101 of title 37, United States Code) ordered or called to active duty for a period
in excess of 179 days or for an indefinite period; and (iii) the Plan makes the distribution
during the period beginning on the date of such order or call, and ending at the close of the
active duty period.

ARTICLE XI

OTHER 401(k)/401(m) PLAN PROVISIONS

	11.1	 	Gap period income on distributed excess contributions and excess aggregate contributions.
This Section applies to excess
contributions (as defined in Code §401 (k)(8)(B)) and excess aggregate contributions (as
defined in Code §401 (m)(6)(B)) made with respect to Plan Years beginning after December 31,
2007. The Plan administrator will not calculate and distribute allocable income for the gap
period (i.e., the period after the close of the Plan Year in which the excess contribution or
excess aggregate contribution occurred and prior to the distribution).
	 
	11.2	 	Gap period income on distributed excess deferrals. With respect to 401 (k) plan excess
deferrals (as defined in Code §402(g)) made in taxable year 2007, the Plan administrator must
calculate allocable income for the taxable year and also for the gap period (i.e., the period
after the close of the taxable year in which the excess deferral occurred and prior to the
distribution); provided that the Plan administrator will calculate and distribute the gap
period allocable income only if the Plan administrator in accordance with the Plan terms
otherwise would allocate the gap period allocable income to the Participant’s account. With
respect to 401(k) plan excess deferrals made in taxable years after 2007, gap period income
may not be distributed.
	 
	11.3	 	Plan termination distribution availability. For purposes of determining whether the Employer
maintains an alternative defined contribution plan (described in Treas. Reg.
§1.401(k)-l(d)(4)(i) that would prevent the Employer from distributing elective deferrals (and
other amounts, such as QNECs, that are subject to the distribution restrictions that apply to
elective deferrals) from a terminating 401 (k) plan, an alternative defined contribution plan
does not include an employee stock ownership plan defined in Code §§4975(e)(7) or 409(a), a
simplified employee pension as defined in Code §408(k), a SIMPLE IRA plan as defined in Code
§408(p), a plan or contract that satisfies the requirements of Code §403(b), or a plan that is
described in Code §§457(b) or (f).

ARTICLE XII

QUALIFIED OPTIONAL SURVIVOR ANNUITY

	12.1	 	Right to Elect Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity. Effective with respect to Plan Years
beginning after December 31, 2007, a participant who elects to waive the qualified joint and
survivor annuity form of benefit, if offered under the Plan, is entitled to elect the
“qualified optional survivor annuity” at any time during the applicable election period.
Furthermore, the written explanation of the joint and survivor annuity shall explain the terms
and conditions of the “qualified optional survivor annuity.”
	 
	12.2	 	Definition of Qualified Optional Survivor Annuity.

	 	a.	 	General. For purposes of this Article, the term “qualified optional survivor annuity” means
an annuity:

	 	(1)	 	For the life of the participant with a survivor annuity for the life of the
spouse which is equal to the “applicable percentage” of the amount of the annuity
which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse, and
	 
	 	(2)	 	Which is the actuarial equivalent of a single annuity for the life of the participant.

	 	 	 	Such term also includes any annuity in a form having the effect of an annuity described in
the preceding sentence.

	 	b.	 	Applicable percentage. For purposes of this Section, the “applicable percentage” is
based on the survivor annuity percentage
(i.e., the percentage which the survivor annuity under the Plan’s qualified joint and
survivor annuity bears to the annuity
payable during the joint lives of the participant and the spouse). If the survivor annuity
percentage is less than 75 percent, then
the “applicable percentage” is 75 percent; otherwise, the “applicable percentage” is 50
percent.

ARTICLE XIII

DIRECT ROLLOVER TO ROTH IRA

	13.1	 	Roth IRA rollover. For distributions made after December 31, 2007, a participant may elect
to roll over directly an eligible rollover distribution to a Roth IRA described in Code
§408A(b).

© 2009 Markley Actuarial Services, Inc.

5

 

PPA Volume Submitter — Sponsor

ARTICLE XIV

QUALIFIED DOMESTIC RELATIONS ORDERS

	14.1	 	Permissible QDROs. Effective April 6, 2007, a domestic relations order that otherwise
satisfies the requirements for a qualified domestic relations order (“QDRO”) will not fail to
be a QDRO: (i) solely because the order is issued after, or revises, another domestic
relations order or QDRO; or (ii) solely because of the time at which the order is issued,
including issuance after the annuity starting date or after the Participant’s death.
	 
	14.2	 	Other QDRO requirements apply. A domestic relations order described in Section 14.1 is
subject to the same requirements and protections that apply to QDROs.

ARTICLE XV

HEART ACT PROVISIONS

	15.1	 	Death benefits. In the case of a death occurring on or after January 1, 2007, if a
Participant dies while performing qualified military service (as defined in Code § 414(u)),
the survivors of the Participant are entitled to any additional benefits (other than benefit
accruals relating to the period of qualified military service) provided under the Plan as if
the Participant had resumed and then terminated employment on account of death.
	 
	15.2	 	Benefit accrual. If the Employer elects in Amendment Section 2.7 to apply this Section
15.2, then for benefit accrual purposes, the Plan treats an individual who dies or becomes
disabled on or after January 1, 2007 (as defined under the terms of the Plan) while performing
qualified military service with respect to the Employer as if the individual had resumed
employment in accordance with the individual’s reemployment rights under USERRA, on the day
preceding death or disability (as the case may be) and terminated employment on the actual
date of death or disability.

	 	a.	 	Determination of benefits. The Plan will determine the amount of employee
contributions and the amount of elective deferrals of an individual treated as reemployed
under this Section 15.2 for purposes of applying paragraph Code §414(u)(8)(C) on the basis
of the individual’s average actual employee contributions or elective deferrals for the
lesser of: (i) the 12-month period of service with the Employer immediately prior to
qualified military service; or (ii) if service with the Employer is less than such
12-month period, the actual length of continuous service with the Employer.

	15.3	 	Differential wage payments. For years beginning after December 31, 2008, (i) an individual
receiving a differential wage payment, as defined by Code §3401 (h)(2), is treated as an employee of the employer making the
payment, (ii) the differential wage payment is treated as compensation, and (iii) the Plan is
not treated as failing to meet the requirements of any provision described in Code
§4l4(u)(1)(C) by reason of any contribution or benefit which is based on the differential wage
payment.
	 
	15.4	 	Severance from employment. Notwithstanding Section 15.3(i) for purposes of Code
§401(k)(2)(B)(i)(I), an individual is treated as having been severed from employment during
any period the individual is performing service in the uniformed services described in Code
§340l(h)(2)(A).

	 	a.	 	Suspension of deferrals. If an individual elects to receive a distribution by
reason of severance from employment, death or disability, the individual may not make an elective deferral or employee contribution
during the 6-month period beginning on the date of the distribution.
	 
	 	b.	 	Nondiscrimination requirement. Section 15.3(iii) applies only if all employees of
the Employer performing service in the uniformed services described in Code §3401 (h)(2)(A) are entitled to receive differential
wage payments (as defined in Code §3401 (h)(2)) on reasonably equivalent terms and, if eligible to participate in a
retirement plan maintained by the employer, to make contributions based on the payments on reasonably equivalent terms (taking into
account Code §§410(b)(3), (4), and (5)).

© 2009 Marklcy Actuarial Services, Inc.

6

 

DC 415 — CP Sponsor

I accept with respect to any election made by the employer in section 2.2. this amendment is hereby adopted by the prototype sponsor on behalf of all adopting employers on:

[ILLEGIBLE] 8/15/08 (Signature and date)

NOTE: The Employer only needs to execute this Amendment if an election has been made in Section 2.2 of this Amendment.

Thus amendment has been executed this 26th day of April 2010.

Name of Plan: [ILLEGIBLE]

Name of Employer: [ILLEGIBLE]

By: [ILLEGIBLE]

EMPLOYER

© 2009 Marklcy Actuarial Services, Inc.

5

 

ADOPTING RESOLUTION

The undersigned authorized representative of Getty Realty Corp. (the Employer) hereby certifies
that the following resolutions were duly adopted by the Employer on april 26, 2010, and
that such resolutions have not been modified or rescinded as of the date hereof:

RESOLVED, that the form of amended 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan and Trust effective January 1, 2010,
presented to (his meeting is hereby approved and adopted and that an authorized representative of the
Employer is hereby authorized and directed to execute and deliver to the Administrator of the Plan
one or more counterparts of the Plan.

The undersigned further certifies that attached hereto as Exhibits A, B and C, respectively, are
true copies of Getty Realty Corp. Retirement and Profit Sharing Plan as amended and restated, the
Summary Plan Description and the Funding Policy and Method which are hereby approved and adopted.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	Date: april 26, 2010

Signed: [ILLEGIBLE]

             
 [ILLEGIBLE]

                    [print name/title]exv10w2

Exhibit 10.2

Final

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT, dated April    , 2010 is made by and between Getty Realty Corp. (the
“Company”), a Maryland corporation, and David B. Driscoll (the “Executive”).

1. Employment. The Company hereby agrees to employ Executive, and Executive hereby
agrees to be employed by the Company, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in
this Agreement.

2. Certain Definitions.

	 	(a)	 	“Base Salary” is defined in Section 6(a).
	 
	 	(b)	 	“Bonus” is defined in Section 6(b).
	 
	 	(c)	 	“Automobile” is defined in Section 6(c).
	 
	 	(d)	 	“Benefits” is defined in Section 6(e).
	 
	 	(e)	 	“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
	 
	 	(f)	 	“Cause” means a determination by the Compensation Committee that
Executive’s
service was terminated due to: (i) Executive’s conviction of any crime (whether or
not involving the Company) constituting a felony in the applicable jurisdiction;
(ii) conduct of Executive related to Executive’s service for which either criminal
or civil penalties may be sought against Executive and/or the Company;
(iii) material violation of the Company’s Business Conduct Guidelines, including,
but not limited to those relating to sexual harassment, the disclosure or misuse of
confidential information, or those set forth in other Company manuals or statements
of policy; or (iv) serious neglect or misconduct in the performance of Executive’s
duties for the Company or willful or repeated failure or refusal to perform such
duties; provided, however, that no Cause shall exist involving
clauses (iii) and (iv) above until Executive has first failed to cure such violation
or conduct within thirty (30) days of having been given written notice by the
Company (within a reasonable period of time after the Company becomes aware of such
violation or conduct) specifying such violation or conduct, except if the Company
deems the violation or conduct incurable, then there shall be no notice requirement
or right to cure.
	 
	 	(g)	 	“Compensation Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board.
	 
	 	(h)	 	“Good Reason” means the occurrence of any of the following
without the written consent of Executive: (i) a material diminution of Executive’s
duties, responsibilities, authority, or title; (ii) a change in Executive’s reporting
structure; (iii) a material failure of the Company to comply with its compensation and
benefit obligations to Executive set forth in this Agreement; (iv) if Executive is

 

 

	 	 	 	not nominated for election to the Board; or (v) a material breach by the Company of
any term or provision of this Agreement, provided, however, that Good Reason shall
not exist unless (a) Executive provides the Company with written notice of
Executive’s intention to terminate Executive’s employment for Good Reason (setting
forth in reasonable detail the grounds therefore) no later than ninety (90) days
following Executive’s knowledge of the action Executive believes provides Executive
with Good Reason to terminate Executive’s employment, and (b) the Company fails to
cure such actions or conduct within thirty (30) days following receipt of such
written notice.
	 
	 	(i)	 	“Restricted Period” is defined in Section 11 (b)(i).
	 
	 	(j)	 	“Significantly Disabled.” For purposes of this Agreement,
Executive shall be “Significantly Disabled” if Executive is incapable of performing his
usual and customary duties under this Agreement, even with reasonable accommodation,
due to a physical or mental impairment that is expected to result in death or can be
expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months.
	 
	 	(k)	 	“Effective Date” shall mean April 1, 2010.
	 
	 	(1)	 	“Term of Employment” is defined in Section 3.
	 
	 	(m)	 	“Renewed Term of Employment” is defined in Section 4.

3. Term of Employment. The period of Executive’s employment under this Agreement shall
begin as of the Effective Date and shall continue until May 20, 2013 (the “Term of
Employment”), unless sooner terminated in accordance with Section 7 below or unless renewed
pursuant to Section 4 or extended by mutual written agreement of the parties.

4. Renewal. If this Agreement is not otherwise terminated, it will automatically renew for
successive terms of one (1) year (each a “Renewed Term of Employment‘”) effective on the
day
after the Term of Employment or any Renewed Term of Employment ends, unless either party
hereto gives written notice of non-renewal at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the Term
of Employment or Renewed Term of Employment, as applicable.

5. Duties and Responsibilities.

	 	(a)	 	During the Term of Employment and any Renewed Term of Employment,
Executive shall serve as the Company’s President and, beginning on or as soon as
practicable after the next annual shareholders’ meeting of the Company that occurs
after the Effective Date, Chief Executive Officer. Executive shall report solely to
the Board. Executive shall be the most senior executive officer of the Company, and
all other employees of the Company shall report to him. Executive shall perform the
customary duties, have the customary responsibilities of President and Chief
Executive Officer, including but not limited to setting policy, executing
initiatives, setting employee compensation, hiring and terminating employees and
such other duties as may be assigned to him by the Board from time to time, and in
his role shall, subject to his responsibilities to the Board

2

 

	 	 	 	hereinabove provided, have the sole and exclusive authority over such duties and
responsibilities.
	 
	 	(b)	 	If Executive’s employment with the Company terminates for any reason,
Executive shall immediately resign his position as a member of the Board, and
each other position that he then holds with the Company or any of its affiliates. If
Executive fails to so resign, the Board shall thereupon have the right to remove
Executive from all such positions without further action, deed, or notice.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Executive agrees to work full time for the Company and not to engage in other
business, employment or, without the written consent of the Board (which will not
be unreasonably withheld), other activities. Nothing in this Section 5(c) will
prohibit Executive from devoting a reasonable amount of time to the management
of his personal affairs or to civic, charitable or other similar activities.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Executive agrees (i) to comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations,
and
all requirements of all applicable regulatory, self-regulatory, and administrative
bodies; and (ii) to comply with the Company’s rules, procedures, policies,
requirements, and directions.
	 
	 	(e)	 	In connection with his employment during the Term of Employment and
Renewed Term of Employment, Executive shall be based at the Company’s
principal executive offices in Jericho, New York, or such other location as shall
be mutually agreed between Executive and the Company.

6. Compensation and Benefits.

	 	(a)	 	Base Salary. During the Term of Employment or Renewed Term of
Employment,
if any, Executive shall receive a base salary (“Base Salary”) at a rate of
$500,000
per annum (or such greater amount as shall be recommended by the
Compensation Committee), payable monthly or more frequently in accordance
with the Company’s practice as applied to other senior executives. Such base
salary shall be reviewed at least annually.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Bonus. During the Term of Employment or Renewed Term of Employment, if
any, Executive shall be eligible for an annual cash bonus as determined by the
Compensation Committee in its discretion based on Executive’s performance
relative to the achievement of performance goals, benchmarks, and other criteria
established by the Compensation Committee in consultation with Executive on an
annual basis. Payment of any bonus shall be made, if at all, on or after January 1,
but no later than March 15, of the year after the year in which the performance
period ended; so long as Executive is actively employed at the end of the
performance period.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Automobile. During the Term of Employment or Renewed Term of
Employment,
if any, the Company shall provide Executive with use of an automobile and shall
pay fuel, oil and other vehicle necessities and maintenance and repairs cost and

3

 

	 	 	 	expenses for the automobile, consistent with the Company’s current policies for its
Chief Executive Officer.
	 
	 	(d)	 	Equity Compensation. Executive shall be eligible for equity awards
under the
terms of the Getty Realty Corp. 2004 Omnibus Incentive Compensation Plan, or
any successor thereto, as determined by the Compensation Committee.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Benefits. During the Term of Employment or Renewed Term of Employment,
if
any, Executive shall be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under the
employee benefit plans (including health, welfare, insurance plans, retirement
plan and supplemental retirement plan) and other arrangements made available by
the Company, consistent with the Company’s current policies for its Chief
Executive Officer or any changes in such policies which are consistent with
changes applicable to all of the Company’s senior executives (collectively
“Benefits”).
	 
	 	(f)	 	Vacation. During the Term of Employment or Renewed Term of Employment,
if
any, Executive shall be entitled to vacation leave consistent with the Company’s
policies for its Chief Executive Officer as in effect from time to time, provided
that the Executive shall be entitled to at least four (4) weeks of vacation
annually.
	 
	 	(g)	 	Business Expenses. The Company shall reimburse Executive for all
reasonable
travel and other business expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of
his duties to the Company hereunder provided that such expenses are incurred for
business reasons and accounted for in accordance with the Company’s policy.
	 
	 	(h)	 	No Waiver. Executive shall also be entitled to such other
benefits or terms of employment as are provided by law.

7. Termination of Employment. Executive’s employment hereunder may be terminated by :he
Company or Executive, as applicable, without any breach of this Agreement only under the
following circumstances:

	 	(a)	 	Death. Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon his death.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Disability. If a physician mutually agreed upon by Executive and the
Company
determines that Executive is Significantly Disabled during the Term of
Employment, the Company may give Executive written notice of its intention to
terminate Executive’s employment. In such event, Executive’s employment with
the Company shall terminate effective on the 30th day after receipt of such notice
by Executive, provided that within the 30 days after such receipt, Executive shall
not have returned to full-time performance of his duties with or without a
reasonable accommodation.
	 
	 	(c)	 	Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment hereunder
for Cause.

4

 

	 	(d)	 	Without Cause. The Company may terminate Executive’s employment at any
time hereunder without Cause upon 30 days’ prior written notice. Failure of the
Company to appoint Executive as Chief Executive Officer as provided in
Section 5(a) constitutes a termination of Executive’s employment without Cause
under this Section 7(d).
	 
	 	(e)	 	With Good Reason. Executive may terminate his employment with the
Company
with Good Reason.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Expiration of Term of Employment and Ninety Day Notice Not to Renew.
Executive’s employment hereunder shall terminate upon expiration of the Term of
Employment or any Renewed Term of Employment upon written notice by either
party provided ninety (90) days before the expiration of the Term of Employment
or Renewed Term of Employment, as applicable, in accordance with Section 4,
above. The giving of notice by the Company not to renew shall not constitute a
termination without Cause. The giving of notice not to renew by the Executive
shall not constitute a resignation with Good Reason.
	 
	 	(g)	 	Notice of Termination. Any termination of Executive’s employment
hereunder
(other than by reason of Executive’s death or expiration of the Term of
Employment or Renewed Term of Employment, if any) shall be communicated by
a notice of termination to the other parties hereto. For purposes of this Agreement,
a “notice of termination” shall mean a written notice which (i) indicates
the
specific termination provision in the Agreement relied upon, (ii) sets forth in
reasonable detail any facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for
termination of Executive’s employment under the provision indicated and (iii)
specifies the effective date of the termination.

8. Compensation Following Termination of Employment. Upon termination of
Executive’s employment under this Agreement, Executive (or his designated beneficiary or estate, as
the case may be) shall be entitled to receive the following compensation:

	 	(a)	 	Base Salary and Accrued but Unpaid Expenses and Vacation. The Company
shall
pay Executive any Base Salary for services rendered to the date of termination,
any accrued but unpaid expenses required to be reimbursed under this Agreement,
and any vacation accrued, but unused, to the date of termination.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Other Compensation and Benefits. Except as otherwise provided
under this
Agreement,

	 	(i)	 	any other compensation or benefits to which Executive
may be entitled at the time of termination shall be determined and paid in
accordance with the terms of such plans, policies and arrangements providing
such compensation or benefits, and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	except as provided hereunder, Executive shall have no
right to receive any other compensation, or to participate in any other plan,
arrangement or

5

 

	 	 	 	benefit, with respect to future periods after such termination or
resignation.

	 	(c)	 	Additional Compensation Payable Following Termination Without Cause or
Resignation With Good Reason. Subject to Section 23(b), if Executive’s
employment shall terminate without Cause (pursuant to Section 7(d)) or if
Executive should resign with Good Reason (pursuant to Section 7(e)), and subject
to Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a general release in form and
substance acceptable to the Company and Executive (that will not contain any
non-competition or non-solicitation covenants broader or different than those
contained in this Agreement), beginning on the 60th day following the date of
termination, the Company shall provide the following compensation and benefits
to Executive:

	 	(i)	 	Base Salary. The Company shall pay Executive a severance
benefit equal to the greater of (A) the remaining Base Salary payments to which
Executive would be entitled for the remainder of the Term of Employment (or if this
Agreement is renewed, the Renewed Term of Employment) if such termination had not
occurred or (B) one year’s payment of Base Salary. Such payments shall be made at the
same time and in the same manner as such compensation had been paid prior to such
termination of employment, provided, however, that the initial payment shall include
Base Salary amounts for all payroll periods from the date of termination through the
date of such initial payment.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Bonus. For each full or partial calendar year remaining in the
Term of Employment (or if this Agreement is renewed, the Renewed Term of Employment),
the Company shall pay Executive an amount equal to the amount of the annual cash
bonus, if any, earned by and paid to Executive under Section 6(b) for the last
completed fiscal year before the year in which his employment terminates, payable at
the time bonus payments are made to senior executives of the Company.
	 
	 	(iii)	 	Continuation of Benefits. The Company shall make all necessary
payments for and provide all Benefits to Executive under this Agreement as if his
employment had continued until the end of the Term of Employment (or if this
Agreement is renewed, until the end of the Renewed Term of Employment) or for one
year, whichever is greater.

	 	(d)	 	Compensation Upon Death or Significant Disability. Upon death or Significant
Disability, Executive (or such payee as Executive shall have designated on the
signature page hereof) shall be entitled to six months of the then current Base
Salary. Payments of Base Salary pursuant to this Section 8(d) shall be made in
one lump sum, payable on the 30th day following the date of Executive’s
termination of employment due to his death or Significant Disability.

6

 

	 	(e)	 	No Other Compensation. If Executive’s employment is terminated by reason
of
Cause or resignation without Good Reason by Executive or Executive giving the
Company a notice of non-renewal, if any, then Executive shall not be entitled to
any other compensation or benefits from the Company except as described in
Section 8(a) and (b) above.
	 
	 	(f)	 	Mitigation. The Company agrees that Executive is not required to seek
other employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable to Executive
by the Company pursuant to Section 8(c). Further, the amount of any payment or
benefit provided for in Section 8(c) shall not be reduced by any compensation
earned by Executive as the result of employment by another employer, by
retirement benefits, or offset against any amount claimed to be owed by Executive
to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or otherwise, unless Executive breaches
the provisions of Section 11.

9. Survival. The expiration or termination of the Term of Employment or Renewed Term of
Employment, if any, shall not impair the rights or obligations of any party hereto which shall
have accrued hereunder prior to such expiration.

10. Disputes. In the event of any dispute or controversy arising under, out of, in
connection
with or in relation to this Agreement, the parties agree first to engage in prompt and serious good
faith discussions to resolve the dispute. If such discussions fail to resolve the dispute within
thirty days, the parties shall try to resolve the dispute through mediation using the services of
the
American Arbitration Association. If such mediation fails to resolve the dispute, the dispute shall
be finally determined and settled by arbitration in New York, New York, in accordance with the
rules and procedures of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award
may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. In such arbitration, each party shall bear
its own legal fees and related costs, unless the arbitrator determines that Executive substantially
prevails in such arbitration, in which case the Company shall pay Executive reasonable
attorneys’ fees and costs. Any arbitration pursuant to this Section 10 shall be conducted before a
panel of three AAA arbitrators (the “Arbitrator(s)”). If the Company and Executive cannot
agree
on the three Arbitrators within 20 days of the filing of a demand for arbitration, the Company
and Executive shall each select one Arbitrator and agree that AAA shall select the third
Arbitrator. The arbitration shall take place in New York, New York. In accordance with
Section 13 of this Agreement, the Arbitrator(s) shall apply New York law to the merits of any
dispute or claim, without reference to rules of conflict of law. Any arbitration proceedings,
decision or award rendered hereunder, and the validity, effect and interpretation of this
arbitration provision, shall be governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. § 1 et seq. To
the extent that any claim is found not to be subject to arbitration, such claim shall be either
decided by the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York, or the Supreme Court
in and for any county contained within the Southern District of New York.

7

 

11. Restrictive Covenants.

	 	(a)	 	Confidentiality.

	 	(i)	 	During Executive’s Term of Employment or Renewed Term of
Employment, if any, with the Company, and following the termination of
Executive’s employment with the Company for any reason, Executive will not
use or disclose to any individual or entity any Confidential Information (as
defined below) except (i) in the performance of Executive’s duties for the
Company, (ii) as authorized in writing by the Company, or (iii) as required
by law or legal process, provided that prior written notice of such required
disclosure is provided to the Company and that all reasonable efforts to
preserve the confidentiality of such information shall be made.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	As used herein, “Confidential Information” shall
mean information that (i) is used in the Company’s business, (ii) the Company
treats as proprietary, private or confidential, and (iii) is not generally known
to the public or the trade. “Confidential Information” includes, without
limitation, information relating to the Company’s products or services;
marketing, selling or business or development plans; current or prospective
customer, client, landlord, owner and tenant lists and data, trade secrets, call
lists, manuals, policies, memoranda, notes, records, technical data, sketches,
plans, drawings, formulae, research and development data, sources of supply and
material, operating and cost data, financial information and personnel
information. “Confidential Information” also includes proprietary and/or
confidential information of the Company’s customers, clients, landlords, owners,
tenants, suppliers and business or joint venture partners who may share such
information with the Company pursuant to a confidentiality agreement or
otherwise. “Confidential Information” shall not include the contact information
located on Executive’s rolodex (whether paper or electronic).

	 	(b)	 	Non-Competition. In consideration of Executive’s employment or the
continuation of Executive’s employment with the Company and the access to
Confidential Information provided by the Company, including customer, client,
landlord, owner and tenant contact information, Executive agrees and covenants
that:

	 	(i)	 	Executive shall not, in any states where the Company
does business, enter into competition (as defined below) with the Company
during Executive’s Term of Employment or Renewed Term of Employment, if any,
with the Company and following the termination of his employment for any reason
other than expiration of the Term of Employment or any Renewed Term of
Employment in accordance with Section 4, above, for (A) if a severance benefit
is payable under Section 8(c)(i), the period during which such severance
benefit is payable, or (B) if no severance benefit is payable

8

 

	 	 	 	under Section 8(c)(i), one year following such termination of employment (the
“Restricted Period”).
	 
	 	(ii)	 	As used herein, the term “competition” shall mean the direct or
indirect ownership, management, employment or other participation in any business
whose products or activities compete in whole or in part with the services or
activities of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including, without limitation,
any real estate investment trust or other business which manages, or owns and
operates, or purchases and sells service stations, convenience stores and petroleum
distribution terminals, provided, however, that Executive may acquire up to two
percent of any class of securities of any enterprise if such securities are listed on
any national or regional securities exchange or have been registered under Section
12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

	 	(c)	 	Non-Solicitation.

	 	(i)	 	While employed by the Company and during the Restricted Period or for
a period of six months following expiration of the Term of Employment or any Renewed
Term of Employment in accordance with Section 4, as applicable, Executive shall not in
any capacity employ or solicit for employment, or recommend that another person employ
or solicit for employment, any person who is then and was at any time during
Executive’s employment an employee, sales representative or agent of the Company or
any subsidiary or affiliate of the Company.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	Executive agrees that while employed by the Company and during the
Restricted Period or for a period of six months following expiration of the Term of
Employment or any Renewed Term of Employment in accordance with Section 4, as
applicable, he will not, on behalf of himself, or any other person, firm or
corporation, solicit for the benefit of a business or organization that manages, or
owns and operates, or purchases and sells service stations, convenience stores and
petroleum distribution terminals, any of the Company’s customers, clients,
landlords, owners, tenants, and business or joint venture partners with whom he has
had contact while working for the Company; nor will Executive in any way, directly
or indirectly, for himself, or any other person, firm, corporation or entity,
divert, or take away for the benefit of a business or organization that manages, or
owns and operates, or purchases and sells service stations, convenience stores and
petroleum distribution terminals any of the Company’s customers, clients,
landlords, owners, tenants, suppliers and business or joint venture partners with
whom Executive has had contact. For purposes of this Section, the term
“contact” shall mean engaging in any communication, whether written or
oral, with the customer, client, landlord, owner, tenant, supplier and business or
joint venture partner or any representative thereof, or obtaining any information

9

 

	 	 	 	with respect to such customer, client, landlord, owner, tenant, supplier and
business or joint venture partner or representative thereof.

	 	(d)	 	Remedies for Breach of Confidentiality, Non-Competition and
Non-Solicitation
Provisions of this Agreement. Executive acknowledges that this Section 11,
its
terms and his compliance are necessary to protect the Company’s Confidential
and Proprietary Information, its business and its goodwill, and that a breach of
any of Executive’s promises contained in this Section 11 will irreparably and
continually damage the Company to an extent that money damages may not be
adequate. For these reasons, Executive agrees that in the event of a breach or
threatened breach by Executive of this Section 11, the Company shall be entitled
to a temporary restraining order and preliminary injunction restraining Executive
from such breach, without the posting of a bond. Nothing contained in this
Section shall be construed as prohibiting the Company from pursuing any other
remedies available for such breach or threatened breach or any other breach of
this Agreement. The Company and Executive further acknowledge and agree that
it may be difficult, if not impossible; to compute the actual damages that will be
suffered by the Company upon Executive’s violation of this Section 11. It is
agreed, therefore, that in the event Executive breaches these provisions, Executive
shall pay to the Company liquidated damages of a full year’s salary during any
period of breach and forfeit any payments due under Agreement, or any actual
damages that the Company may incur as a result of such breach, whichever
amount is greater, in addition to any other damages, including without limitation
punitive damages, attorney’s fees and costs, awarded by a court or arbitrator
related to any breach of these provisions.
	 
	 	(e)	 	Effect of Termination of Employment. Notwithstanding the provisions of
Section 7(e) of this Agreement, the period of Executive’s employment for
purposes of determining the applicability of the restrictions contained in
Section 11 of this Agreement shall include any period during which Executive is
employed by the Company’s successors or assigns. Upon termination of
employment, as defined herein and for whatever cause, Executive shall
immediately deliver to the Company or its successors or assigns, all Company
property, including without limitation all Confidential Information as defined
above.

12. Withholding of Taxes. The Company shall withhold from any compensation and benefits
payable under this Agreement all applicable federal, state, local, or other taxes.

13. Binding on Successors. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of
the Company, Executive and their respective successors, assigns, personnel and legal
representatives, executors, administrators, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees, as
applicable. The Company shall cause any successor to all or substantially all of its assets or
business to assume this Agreement.

14. Governing Law. This Agreement is being made and executed in and is intended to be
performed in the State of New York, and shall be governed, construed, interpreted and enforced

10

 

in accordance with the substantive laws of the State of New York without regard to its conflict or
choice of law rules.

15. Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision or provisions of this
Agreement shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision of this
Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect. If any part of this Agreement is found to
be unreasonable, then it may be amended by appropriate order of a court of competent
jurisdiction to the extent deemed reasonable.

16. Notices. Any notice, request, claim, demand, document and other communication
hereunder to any party shall be effective upon receipt (or refusal of receipt) and shall be in
writing and delivered personally or sent, by telex, telecopy, facsimile transmission, or certified
or
registered mail, postage prepaid, as follows:

If to the Company, addressed to:
 125
Jericho Turnpike, Suite 103
 Jericho,
NY 11753-1016
 Attn: General Counsel

If to Executive, to him at the address set forth below under his signature;

With a courtesy copy to:

Outten & Golden LLP

3 Park Avenue, 29th Floor

New York, NY 10016

Attn: Wendi S. Lazar, Esq.

or at any other address as any party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other parties
in accordance herewith.

17. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which
shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same
Agreement. This Agreement shall not become enforceable until executed by the Company.

18. Entire Agreement. The terms of this Agreement are intended by the parties to be the
final
expression of their agreement with respect to the employment of Executive by the Company,
may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous agreement and supersedes
any and all prior agreements. The parties further intend that this Agreement shall constitute the
complete and exclusive statement of its terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be
introduced in any judicial, administrative, or other legal proceeding to vary the terms of this
Agreement.

19. Amendments; Waivers. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated
except by an instrument in writing, signed by Executive and a disinterested director of the
Company or by an arbitrator or court seeking to render enforceable through “judicial”
modification an otherwise unenforceable provision. By an instrument in writing similarly
executed, Executive or the Company may waive compliance by the other party with any
provision of this Agreement that such other party was or is obligated to comply with or perform,
provided, however, that such waiver shall not operate as a waiver of, or estoppel with respect to,

11

 

any other or subsequent failure. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any
right, remedy, or power hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise of any other
right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

20. No Inconsistent Actions; Cooperation.

	 	(a)	 	The parties hereto shall not voluntarily undertake or fail to undertake any
action
or course of action inconsistent with the provisions or essential intent of this
Agreement. Furthermore, it is the intent of the parties hereto to act in a fair and
reasonable manner with respect to the interpretation and application of the
provisions of this Agreement.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Each of the parties hereto shall cooperate and take such actions, and execute
such
other documents as may be reasonably requested by the other in order to carry out
the provisions and purposes of this Agreement.

21. No Alienation of Benefits. To the extent permitted by law the benefits provided by this
Agreement shall not be subject to garnishment, attachment or any other legal process by the
creditors of Executive, his beneficiary or his estate.

22. Indemnification. The Company shall provide indemnification to Executive to the extent
permitted by the Company’s corporate bylaws and under Maryland law.

23. Section 409A.

	 	(a)	 	General. The parties acknowledge and agree that, to the extent
applicable, this
Agreement shall be interpreted in accordance with, and the parties agree to use
their best efforts to achieve timely compliance with, Section 409A of the Code,
and the Department of Treasury Regulations and other interpretive guidance
promulgated thereunder (collectively, “Section 409A”), including without
limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued after the
Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary,
in the event that the Company determines that any compensation or benefits
payable or provided under this Agreement may be subject to Section 409A, the
Company may adopt (without any obligation to do so or to indemnify Executive
for failure to do so) such limited amendments to this Agreement and appropriate
policies and procedures, including amendments and policies with retroactive
effect, that the Company reasonably determines are necessary or appropriate to (i)
exempt the compensation and benefits payable under this Agreement from
Section 409A and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the compensation and
benefits provided with respect to this Agreement or (ii) comply with the
requirements of Section 409A. No provision of this Agreement shall be
interpreted or construed to transfer any liability for failure to comply with the
requirements of Section 409A from Executive or any other individual to the
Company or any of its affiliates, employees or agents.
	 
	 	(b)	 	Separation from Service Under 409A. Notwithstanding any provision
to the
contrary in this Agreement:

12

 

	 	(i)	 	No amount shall be payable pursuant to Section 8(c) unless the
termination of Executive’s employment constitutes a “separation from service” within the
meaning of Section 1.409A-l(h) of the Department of Treasury Regulations;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	If Executive is deemed at the time of his separation from service to be a “specified
employee” for purposes of Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, to the extent delayed
commencement of any portion of the termination benefits to which Executive is entitled under
this Agreement (after taking into account all exclusions applicable to such termination
benefits under Section 409A), including, without limitation, any portion of the additional
compensation awarded pursuant to Section 8(c), is required in order to avoid a prohibited
distribution under Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code, such portion of Executive’s
termination benefits shall not be provided to Executive prior to the earlier of (1) the
expiration of the six-month period measured from the date of Executive’s “separation from
service” with the Company (as such term is defined in the Department of Treasury Regulations
issued under Section 409A) or (2) the date of Executive’s death. Upon the earlier of such
dates, all payments deferred pursuant to this Section 23(b)(ii) shall be paid in a lump sum to
Executive, and any remaining payments due under the Agreement shall be paid as otherwise
provided herein. For the purposes of clarification, any payments that are subject to Section
409A shall not include any payments on the occurrence of an involuntary termination of
employment that would satisfy the short-term deferral exclusions described in Section
1.409A-l(b)(4) of the Department of Treasury Regulations or the separation pay exception
described in Section 1.409A-l(b)(9) of the Department of Treasury Regulations, and such
payments shall be made to Executive immediately upon his termination;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	The determination of whether Executive is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section
409A(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Code as of the time of his separation from service shall be made by
the Company in accordance with the terms of Section 409A and applicable guidance thereunder
(including without limitation Section 1.409A-l(i) of the Department of Treasury Regulations
and any successor provision thereto);
	 
	 	(iv)	 	For purposes of Section 409A, Executive’s right to receive installment payments pursuant
to Section 8(c) shall be treated as a right to receive a series of separate and distinct
payments; and
	 
	 	(v)	 	The reimbursement of any expense under Section 6(e) or Section 8(a)
shall be made no later than December 31 of the year following the year in which the
expense was incurred.
	 
	 	 	 	The amount of expenses reimbursed in one year shall not affect the amount eligible for
reimbursement in any subsequent year. The amount of

13

 

	 	 	 	any in-kind benefits provided in one year shall not affect the amount of
in-kind benefits provided in any other year.

24. Right to Change Designated Beneficiary. Executive shall have the right, in his
discretion, at any time, or from time to time, during the Term of Employment or Renewed Term
of Employment, as applicable, to change the beneficiary designated by him on the signature
page hereof for possible receipt of benefits payable under Section 8(d) above, by providing
written notice thereof to Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date and year first above
written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	GETTY REALTY CORP., 

a Maryland corporation

 	 
	 	By:  	/s/ Leo Liebowitz
 	 
	 	 	Leo Liebowitz, Chief Executive Officer 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	DESIGNATED BENEFICIARY

	 	 	 	EXECUTIVE	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	  

Print
Name:

	 	  
	 	/s/ David B. Driscoll
 

David B. Driscoll
	 	  
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Address
 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 

	 	 

14

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00172-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00172-of-00352.parquet"}]]